Contemporary Macrobiotics
Visions of Planetary Health and Peace
By
Edward Esko
Published in Association with
Infinity Education International
Becket, Massachusetts
c Copyright 2000 by Edward Esko
This book may not be reproduced in any form without the written consent of
the author.
1
Edward Esko
Contemporary Macrobiotics
Visions of Planetary Health and Peace
Contents
Foreword by Alex Jack
Part I
1. Allergies
2. John and Yoko in Boston
3. Dietary Goals for the United States
4. Europe 1977
5. Riding the Night Owl
6. Images of Japan
7. How Recalled By Life Happened
8. The Quest for Peace
9. Buenos Aires
10. A Trip to Prague
11. Hanau Diaries
12. Macrobiotics in Southern California
13. With Dr. Spock in Maine
14. Conversations with T. Colin Campbell
15. Belgium and France
16. Macrobiotics in the Pacific Rim
17. Beautiful Rain: A Tribute to Herman Aihara
18. Dream Never Dies
2
Part II
19. Yin and Yang in Social Organization
20. Misconceptions About Macrobiotics
21. Suggestions for United States Food Policy
22. Were the Founding Fathers Macrobiotic?
23. Diet and Disease: An Overview
24. A Solution to the Global Energy Crisis
25. Diet and Behavior
26. The Freedom to Teach Macrobiotics
27. Crime and Diet
28. The New Ecology
29. Questions and Answers About Macrobiotics
30. The Dimensions of Counseling
31. A Letter to Bill Clinton
32. Toward Planetary Family
33. Preventing Crime Through Diet
34. Freedom for Health
35. Personal Health and the Environment
36. Basics and Benefits of Macrobiotics
37. New Reasons to be Dairy-free
38. Maintaining Optimal Weight
39. Using Food in Healing
40. Treating Autumn Colds
41. Common Digestive Disorders
42. Cravings and Addictions
43. Menopause and Macrobiotics
44. Daikon for Health and Healing
3
45. Spirals of Health
Part III
46. The Spirit of the Earth
47. Balance in the Art of Cooking
48. Food for Spiritual Development
49. The Beauty of a Rice Field
50. Our Cosmology of Life and the Universe
51. Spirals and Life Cycles
52. New Science
53. Albert Einstein and the Order of the Universe
54. The Cycle of Energy and the Common Cold
55. The Yin Yang Game
56. On Unity and Polarity
57. Discovering Yin and Yang
58. The Pulse of Life
59. Relativity
60. Jurassic Science
61. Reflections on the Philosopher’s Stone
62. The Wheel and the Spiral
4
Foreword
Over the last generation, macrobiotics has grown from a handful of hippies and
dropouts into a health revolution that is spreading into the mainstream. From
Boston to Sydney, from San Francisco to Beijing, from Denver to New Delhi,
macrobiotic principles are guiding society toward a healthier, more peaceful way
of life as we enter the new century.
Hotels, schools, hospitals, nursing homes, and prisons are now actively
serving macrobiotic products to their staffs, clients, and the general public. In
Washington, D.C., the Smithsonian Institution opened a permanent collection at
the National Museum of American History recognizing macrobiotics as the
catalyst and spearhead for the natural, organic foods movement and alternative
and complementary medicine in the United States.
Edward Esko, the author of this book, has been among the most active
contemporary macrobiotic teachers over the last twenty-five years, lecturing and
counseling in Europe, Asia, Latin America, and throughout North America and
writing and editing numerous books and articles. Building on the teachings of
George Ohsawa, Michio Kushi, and other forebears, he has applied yin and
yang--the universal principles of change and harmony--to helping solve personal
health concerns, as well as problems related to crime and violence in society, the
environmental crisis, and other social ills.
5
Contemporary Macrobiotics recounts the author’s adventures, discoveries,
and travels. Like a peaceful Jedi Knight, we see him sallying forth through the
dark, forbidding nutritional landscape of Europe, upholding the virtues of sea
salt against an array of detractors. Like a modern samurai swordsman, we see
him plunging into the thicket of biological transmutation, conceiving of new
ways to produce steel, tungsten, and other precious metals and defuse the
approaching energy crisis. From John Lennon and Yoko Ono to Dr. Spock and T.
Colin Campbell, he engages seers and prophets of balance who have foreseen the
limits of modern society.
On his journeys, Edward continually offers practical advice to individuals
and families, organizations and nations. In these pages, we see him showing
parents how to prevent their children from being hyperactive. He helps others
reverse schizophrenia, overcome hypoglycemia, or relieve a kidney stone. In
macrobiotics, the personal and planetary are inseparable. When one person is
nourished, the whole planet benefits. When the world is healed, each person is
cleansed and refreshed.
The essays in this book are part of the most exciting adventure in the
world today--macrobiotica, the universal life--to preserve our planet and ensure
humanity’s continued biological and spiritual evolution for future generations.
Please enjoy the literary voyage before you, begin to incorporate principles of
natural order in your own life, and join in the eternal quest for enduring health
and peace.
6
Alex Jack
Becket, Massachusetts
August 29, 1999
7
Part I: Anecdotes and Experiences
8
1. Allergies
I would like to relate my experience with the healing power of macrobiotics.
Throughout childhood and adolescence, I suffered from allergies. Practically
every day of my life I would sneeze repeatedly and my nose would run. Nasal
congestion was a year-round problem, and became worse with the coming of late
summer and hay fever season, when I would experience swelling in my nose and
around my eyes.
From time to time this chronic condition erupted into a full-scale infection
that included fever, mucus in the chest, and general bodily weakness, for which
penicillin and other antibiotics were prescribed. Once, when I was eight years
old, the infection appeared in my throat and was diagnosed as tonsillitis, after
which my tonsils were removed. That was the worst experience of my childhood,
without a close second.
In the meantime, as the allergic condition continued, I usually traveled
with a pack of tissues in my pocket and went to sleep with a box of tissues next
to the bed. It was difficult to concentrate on schoolwork or fully participate in
and enjoy life. From time to time my parents became concerned and would try to
discover what it was that I was allergic to. The new carpet, the mattress, feathers
in the pillow, and of course, the mysterious and unseen pollen all became
9
suspect. At one point I went to an allergy specialist who injected my arm with a
variety of substances in an attempt to identify the culprit. Small lumps, like
mosquito bites, appeared where the needles had been inserted. However,
according to the doctor, the results were inconclusive. The mystery continued.
Occasionally I would have strong reactions to animals, especially cats. At
times, if I came in contact with an ordinary house cat, I would sneeze repeatedly
and my eyes would water. If I touched the cat, itchy red spots would appear on
my skin.
In the fall of 1970, at the age of nineteen, I discovered macrobiotics.
Friends introduced me to a person who had spent time with George Ohsawa in
the early 1960s in New York. Macrobiotics made perfect and absolute sense. Yin
and yang were compelling and irresistible. According to the philosophy of
macrobiotics, I was the cause of the allergies, not some external factor.
Macrobiotic philosophy suggested that the condition was the result of poor blood
quality resulting from an unbalanced diet, especially the repeated intake of foods
such as milk, cheese, sugar, tropical fruits, ice cream, and too much fluid.
Dairy food was especially problematic. Like many others, I had assumed
that milk products were a fact of life. Fortunately, macrobiotics liberated me from
a lifetime of dependence on cows. I realized that my health, happiness, and even
my spiritual development depended on whether or not I could wean myself from
dairy products.
10
Although I began macrobiotics more for spiritual than for health reasons,
when I began to eat whole grains, beans, cooked local vegetables, sea vegetables,
miso, and other wholesome foods, and eliminated ice cream, candy, milk, butter,
and cheese from my diet, the symptoms I had experienced all my life
disappeared one by one. I was even able to be in the same room with a cat
without experiencing discomfort. Rather than rejecting them as before, I now
considered them as friends. Instead of being suspicious of the natural
environment, I began to embrace it.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, Allergies, published in
Case History, East West Foundation, Boston, Mass., Summer, 1975.
11
2. John and Yoko in Boston
To me, John Lennon was one of the most interesting personalities to emerge
during the Sixties. He had a fantastic stage presence, a terrific rock ‘n roll voice,
and, when writing songs, an uncanny knack for combining clever lyrics with
innovative chord changes and melodies. He enjoyed doing what he was doing,
had the courage to speak his mind (even when it got him into trouble), and was
known and loved around the world.
John’s songs seemed to define the experience of coming of age in the
Sixties, from the exhilaration of falling in love (I Wanna Hold Your Hand, I Should
Have Known Better, Thank You Girl), to the experience of lost love (Ticket to Ride, I’ll
Be Back, I Don’t Want to Spoil the Party), to the search for inner meaning (You’ve
Got to Hide Your Love Away, In My Life, Help!) to the development of social
awareness and the quest for peace (Revolution, All You Need is Love, Give Peace a
Chance, Imagine). During the Sixties, he seemed to be at the cutting edge of
everything. It was hard to tell whether John and the Beatles imitated life, or
whether life was imitating John and the Beatles.
Like others of my generation, the Beatles inspired me to play the guitar
and sing, and to write songs. My goal wasn’t to be an accomplished musician; I
wanted to express myself the way John Lennon did. Music provided an outlet for
12
youthful energy and a means of putting across a message, regardless of what that
message happened to be.
As the Sixties drew to a close, however, yang changed to yin. The Beatles,
who had come together with such energy and conquered the whole world,
eventually went their separate ways. Our lives changed as well. For me,
macrobiotics replaced music as the focus of my life. However, I never lost my
appreciation for the Beatles. When I moved to Boston in the early Seventies, I
wrote articles for East West Journal, the monthly journal started by students of the
Kushis. I did interviews with several well known personalities, one of whom was
Yoko Ono. I traveled to New York early in 1973 to interview Yoko at the
apartment she shared with John in Greenwich Village.
It was quite a shock when, one afternoon in 1976, Aveline Kushi called me
at my office at the East West Foundation and said that John and Yoko were in
Boston and were on their way to see Michio at the Kushi house. She asked if I
would join them. I replied that I would be happy to, and rushed downstairs to
catch the Riverside trolley to Brookline. Twenty minutes later, as I entered the
front door of the Kushi house, Aveline was standing in the hallway. She pointed
to the library and said in a soft voice, “John and Yoko are inside with Michio.
Please go in.” I opened the door. Michio was sitting between John and Yoko on a
sofa at the other end of the room. From what I could tell, Michio seemed to be
answering their questions about diet.
13
As the conversation drew to a close, John and Yoko stood up and started
walking in my direction. I offered them my hand and introduced myself. Yoko
said, “You’re the fellow who did the interview in the East West Journal. John and I
enjoyed it very much.” Then John added that the Journal was now his favorite
magazine.
At that moment the library door opened and Aveline entered. She and
Michio said a few words to Yoko in Japanese, and invited the Lennons to take
seats at a large table at the other end of the library. Aveline mentioned that the
Seventh Inn, the macrobiotic restaurant in Boston, was preparing a special
dinner, and that food would be arriving soon. Both John and Yoko said that that
sounded wonderful, and they would be delighted to stay for dinner. By that
time, Wendy had come into the room and she and I took seats next to the
Lennons. Michio and Aveline excused themselves and left the room.
John was completely down to earth and unpretentious. He was a witty
conversationalist. Because we had grown up with his music and followed his
adventures for years, it felt like we were talking with an old friend. I asked him
about the other Beatles and whether he still had contact with them. I asked if
they were interested in macrobiotics or had developed some type of dietary
awareness. John replied that George Harrison and Paul McCartney were both
vegetarian, and said that the other Beatles were like old high school chums. He
had shared many interesting adventures with them, but like classmates who
separate at graduation, each of the Beatles were pursuing their own interests. He
14
added that he did talk with the other Beatles on occasion and still felt close to
them.
Then the subject turned to macrobiotics. John mentioned that he first read
Ohsawa years before, and that Ohsawa’s writings had had a profound effect on
his life and thinking. “Ohsawa was truly incredible,” he said. He added that he
and Yoko were friends with William Dufty and Gloria Swanson, and were
frequent dinner guests at Gloria’s New York apartment. Sugar Blues had just
come out, and John said he felt it was the most important book of the decade.
We also talked about food. John mentioned that he had recently stopped coffee.
He thought that drinking coffee was hard on the kidneys and said he felt better
and stronger without it.
By that time, a crowd had materialized in the hallway, seemingly out of
nowhere. The food from the restaurant arrived, and Michio, Aveline, and other
guests joined us at the table. The conversation continued over dinner, with John
and Yoko serving as the focus of a lively and animated discussion. Following
dinner, John and Yoko mingled with the crowd, which by that time had grown
quite large. Some people had come to say hello, others brought cameras and took
pictures, and others simply came for a glimpse of John Lennon.
Walking out into the hallway, I noticed Michio and Aveline’s youngest
son, Hisao, sitting quietly by himself. That was unlike Hisao, who was normally
very talkative. Hisao was a dedicated Beatles fan, as were all the Kushi children.
They had a large collection of Beatles records and often played Beatles songs on
15
the guitar and piano. Hisao was about ten at the time. It seemed that the shock of
seeing John Lennon right here, having dinner in his house, had caused Hisao to
become uncharacteristically shy and at a loss for words.
Fortunately, Michio understood Hisao’s dilemma and came to his rescue.
The moment was quite unforgettable. John was seated on a sofa in the library,
and Michio came through the door leading Hisao by the hand and holding a
camera in the other. He said something to the effect that Hisao was a big fan of
the Beatles, and asked John if he would mind being in a picture with Hisao. John
smiled and said “of course,” and Michio guided Hisao to the sofa next to John.
He then took a position in front of them, focused the camera, and snapped the
picture. Everyone laughed. As soon as the photo session was complete, Hisao
slipped out of the room, grinning from ear to ear.
As the evening drew on, the crowd eventually thinned. I remembered
John’s earlier remark that the East West Journal had become his favorite
magazine. I had a complete collection of Journals stored in a closet upstairs and
thought they would make a nice gift for John and Yoko. I went upstairs, dug
through the closet, and came downstairs with the stack of Journals under my arm.
As John and Yoko were getting ready to leave, I said to John, “Here is a complete
set of East West Journals. I would like you to have them.” John smiled and said,
“Thank you very much Edward. I’m sure we’ll enjoy them.” With that I handed
the magazines to John and he placed them in the back of the van parked in front
of the house.
16
Michio and Aveline said goodbye to John and Yoko in both Western and
Eastern fashion, first shaking hands and then bowing. As John and Yoko got into
the van, all of us stood on the front porch waving and saying goodbye. It had
been a memorable evening. As they drove off, the words to Imagine, John’s
anthem for world peace, drifted into my mind. I realized that in his life and his
art, John Lennon was a pioneer who shared our dream of one peaceful world.
Source: This essay is from personal notes.
17
3. Dietary Goals for the United States
In 1977, the U.S. Senate came out with Dietary Goals for the United States. This
landmark report summarized evidence linking the modern diet with cancer,
heart disease, and other chronic illnesses, and advised Americans to make
dietary changes in the direction of macrobiotics. Dietary Goals energized the
Boston macrobiotic community, and changed forever the concept of nutrition in
America. It was followed by dozens of official reports that echoed its
conclusions.
In the Foreword to Dietary Goals, Senator George McGovern stated:
The purpose of this report is to point out that the eating patterns of this
century represent as critical a public health concern as any now before us.
We must acknowledge and recognize that the public is confused about
what to eat to maximize health. If we as a government want to reduce
health costs and maximize the quality of life for all Americans, we have an
obligation to provide practical guides to the individual consumer as well
as set national dietary goals for the country as a whole. Such an effort is
long over-due. Hopefully, this study will be a first major step in that
direction.
18
One of the people who played a crucial role in the evolution of Dietary
Goals was a doctor named Mark Hegsted. At that time, Dr. Hegsted was with the
Department of Nutrition at the Harvard School of Public Health. In a statement
before the Senate Select Committee on Nutrition and Human Needs, chaired by
George McGovern, and later published in Dietary Goals, Dr. Hegsted said:
It should be emphasized that this diet (high in saturated fat, sugar, and
cholesterol) which affluent people generally consume is everywhere
associated with a similar disease pattern—high rates of heart disease,
certain forms of cancer, diabetes, and obesity. These are the major causes
of death and disability in the United States. The risks associated with
eating this diet are demonstrably large. The question to be asked therefore,
is not why should we change our diet but why not? What are the risks
associated with eating less meat, less fat, less cholesterol, less sugar, less
salt, and more fruits, vegetables, unsaturated fats and cereal products—
especially whole grain cereals. There are none that can be identified and
important benefits can be expected.
In the autumn of 1977 I called on Dr. Hegsted at Harvard. I presented case
histories and other documentation, and outlined the macrobiotic diet. I pointed
out how macrobiotics was in many ways similar to the recommendations in
19
Dietary Goals. Dr. Hegsted expressed genuine appreciation for the contribution
being made by macrobiotic education, and said that he had recently come under
fire from the food industry, especially the meat and sugar industries, as well as
from some members of the medical profession, for his statements in Dietary
Goals.
An amazing coincidence occurred that morning. In the middle of our
discussion, Dr. Hegsted announced that Dr. Gio B. Gori of the National Cancer
Institute was about to arrive for a meeting. Dr. Gori had addressed the Senate
Nutrition Committee the year before and stated that scientific evidence pointed
to an unmistakable connection between diet and cancer. Dr. Gori even went so
far as to state that diet could be the single most important factor in causing
cancer. His statement was carried on national television and received a great deal
of attention in the press.
When Dr. Gori arrived, Dr. Hegsted invited him to join our discussion. At
one point, both men asked about the the theoretical basis of the macrobiotic diet,
and I explained the concept of yin and yang, referring to it as a “dialectical”
classification of food. I used as examples such things as the
complementaryantagonism existing between animal and vegetable foods,
sodium and potassium, saturated and unsaturated fat, simple and complex
sugars, and temperate and tropical species of plants and animals.
Both men listened intently. Dr. Hegsted agreed that the macrobiotic diet
was nutritionally sound, but found the “dialectical” classification of food difficult
20
to understand. He remarked that he would probably have trouble explaining it to
his colleagues. Dr. Gori added that he basically agreed with the macrobiotic idea,
but because of his official position, he was not able to speak as freely about diet
as he would like to. Nevertheless, he acknowledged the contribution that
macrobiotic education had made to furthering nutrition awareness in America,
and encouraged everyone in the macrobiotic movement to continue their
valuable work.
Soon afterward, I invited Dr. Hegsted to join Michio Kushi and me for
lunch at a macrobiotic restaurant. Dr. Hegsted found the macrobiotic dishes quite
delicious. Michio thanked him for taking a courageous public stand on issues of
vital importance in the face of strong opposition. As the meeting drew to a close,
Dr. Hegsted offered to help our efforts in any way he could.
Over the last three decades, macrobiotics has played a pivotal role in
changing public awareness about diet and health. The natural food movement,
which macrobiotic educators had started in the Sixties, eventually blossomed
into the health revolution of the Seventies and Eighties. Leading medical research
institutions began to give serious consideration to the role of diet in cancer, heart
disease, and other chronic illnesses, and started recommending a naturally
balanced diet along the lines of macrobiotics as a means of preventing these
illnesses. Even such traditionally conservative organizations as the American
Medical Association and the American Cancer Society began to consider the
21
importance of diet. As a 1978 article in the Community Nutrition Institute
Newsletter stated:
The American Cancer Society, which for years has fought a battle against
cigarette smoking, may launch a similar campaign against foods
suspected of causing cancer. Frank J. Rauscher, senior vice president of
research and a former director of the National Cancer Institute, told a
recent press conference that excess beef consumption might be a target,
along with high-fat foods and meats cured with sodium nitrite. Rauscher
noted that some studies have linked high-fat diets to breast cancer in
women and colon cancer in men. He stated: “I think we’re getting close to
a point where we’ll have to mount a campaign against improper diets that
may cause cancer.”
Source: This essay is from personal notes.
22
4. Europe 1977
In October, 1977 I accompanied Michio and Aveline Kushi on a tour of several European
cities. The trip lasted for five weeks and included stops in Paris, Amsterdam, London,
and Ghent. It was the first of many trips to Europe, and offered a unique opportunity to
participate in the early development of macrobiotics on the other side of the Atlantic.
Paris
While crossing the Atlantic on the way to Paris, Michio showed me a letter he
received from a group of people who wanted to organize a European Macrobiotic
Congress in the autumn of 1978. Our first meeting in Paris would be with these
friends to discuss ideas about the congress. Following that, Michio was
scheduled to give several lectures and Aveline several cooking classes.
We were met at the airport by several of the friends who were arranging
Michio’s seminar. After settling into our respective lodgings in the city, we met
for dinner at macrobiotic restaurant named the Four Oceans. On the following
day I joined the Kushis and several friends for lunch at the Tenryu Institute, a
macrobiotic study center founded by a woman named Madame Riviere. For
many years, Madame Riviere had been a student of George Ohsawa. After lunch,
she led us into her office. She lit a stick of incense and placed it in front of a small
23
shrine dedicated to Mr. Ohsawa. Everyone joined her in offering thanks to this
great teacher.
The next day we met with a small group of people from France, Belgium,
Germany, England, and Switzerland in order to discuss the European Congress.
In addition to the Kushis, senior macrobiotic people such as Clim Yoshime from
Belgium, Jiro Nakamura from Germany (both of whom had studied with George
Ohsawa), and Bill Tara were in attendance. After lunch at a macrobiotic
restaurant named Le Bol en Bois (the Wooden Bowl), the meeting adjourned.
The first European Macrobiotic Assembly took place the following year at
the Community Health Foundation in London. It was attended by Lima Ohsawa,
Michio and Aveline Kushi, Herman Aihara, and macrobiotic people from
throughout Europe. It was followed by the first North American Macrobiotic
Congress, which took place in Boston in 1979.
Michio’s lecture, titled The Universal Way of Health, was held in a large
auditorium in the center of Paris. The hall had a seating capacity of about 500,
and when the lecture began, there were no seats left. Michio’s seminars were
organized by the European Macrobiotic Union, an association of macrobiotic
centers in France. On the following day, we were faced with the problem of not
enough space. The hall booked for the weekend seminar had a seating capacity
of 200. Those spaces were filled several days before, and unfortunately another
200 people had to be turned away. In any case, the people who attended enjoyed
24
studies on Oriental medicine, spiritual development, human destiny, and other
fascinating topics.
Amsterdam
In 1977, macrobiotic activities in Holland were coordinated by the East West
Center, or Oost West Centrum. The East West Center was founded by Adelbert
and Weike Nelissen, and had recently moved to a large building in the center of
the city. On the first floor of the building was a large hall with space for several
hundred people, next to which were administrative offices. On the second floor
were kitchen facilities, several small classrooms, and a dining area. The upper
floor of the building had been converted into apartments where several staff
members were staying.
This was Michio and Aveline’s fourth visit to Amsterdam. The seminar
took place over six days, and was divided into three sessions. The first session
took place on a weekend, and featured an introduction to macrobiotics and
Oriental medicine, along with cooking classes. The other sessions focused on
spiritual development. During our visit, a store offering macrobiotic foods
opened in the center. Adelbert mentioned that it was the fifth natural food store
to open in Amsterdam, and that about 500 stores were offering macrobiotic
products throughout Holland.
London
The East West Center in London was started in January, 1977 by Bill Tara and
friends. Bill had studied with Michio in the Sixties and moved to England to
25
establish a macrobiotic educational center. The center is located in a large
building near St. Paul’s Cathedral, and houses the Community Health
Foundation (CHF), a non-profit educational organization. The Foundation offers
regular lectures, seminars, and workshops on various aspects of macrobiotics,
including classes presented by the resident staff and workshops by visiting
teachers. Many people visit the center for macrobiotic counseling and shiatsu.
The center buzzes with activity from morning until night.
Michio's lectures were held in the CHF's conference center. This was his
fifth visit to London in two years, and the third time his classes were held at the
CHF. Michio also met with the students at the Kushi Institute. About twenty-five
people were enrolled in that first Level I program established for people who
wanted to become macrobiotic teachers and counselors. I had the opportunity to
lecture at the K.I., and found the students to be highly motivated and sincere.
The Institute started the following year in Boston to fill the need for macrobiotic
teachers in North America.
Sunwheel Foods, which at that time was the leading distributor of
macrobiotic staples in Britain, was one of the many enterprises associated with
the center. It was started in 1974 by Bill Tara and Peter Bradford, and was actively
distributing macrobiotic foods to over 300 stores throughout the U.K. Several
large health food chains were also distributing macrobiotic products to another
700 stores. Bill Tara told me that whole foods were becoming increasingly
popular in Britain.
26
Ghent
Many of the macrobiotic traditions of old Europe are still apparent in Belgium. In
the center of Ghent is a large market known as the Koornmarkt. In Flemish, the
word koorn means “grain.” Next to it is a market that specializes in vegetables.
Both landmarks have been there since the Middle Ages. This environment
provided an appropriate backdrop for the first International Macrobiotic Fair.
The fair was held in a large convention center in Ghent. The building was
filled with booths of various sorts, ranging from displays of natural crafts and
furniture to concessions selling a variety of natural foods. The opening ceremony
took place in a large auditorium. Marc Van Cauwenberghe, my colleague from
Boston, spoke first and read a message from Michio and Aveline. (The Kushis
had returned to Boston after the seminar in London.) In attendance were friends
from macrobiotic centers in other countries, members of the press, and a
delegation sent by the mayor.
On the second day of the fair, I lectured in the auditorium. I reported on
the East West Foundation’s cancer and diet programs, and predicted that
macrobiotic health care would become increasingly sought after in the near
future. I mentioned that a growing number of doctors were becoming interested
in macrobiotics. Several hundred people attended the lecture. The last day of the
fair was a Sunday, and was the most crowded of the three-day event. About
10,000 people had come to the fair; most who attended were new to macrobiotics.
The International Macrobiotic Fair had been a success!
27
Going to Europe with the Kushis gave me a different perspective on the
worldwide development of macrobiotics. The trip brought me closer to
macrobiotic traditions in the West. By 1977, Michio’s European seminars had
become major international events; participating in them gave me the feeling that
we were making history. I found the macrobiotic movement in Europe brimming
with energy and vitality. It will no doubt grow, develop, and inspire the whole
world in the future.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, Macrobiotics in Europe,
published in The Order of the Universe, Boston, Mass., 1978.
28
5. Riding the Night Owl
At about 9:30, the waiting area in Union Station begins to fill with people waiting
to board the Night Owl. The train leaves Washington every night at 10:10,
arriving at Back Bay Station in Boston the following morning. During the night, it
makes stops in Baltimore, Philadelphia, and New York, and at stations in
Connecticut and Rhode Island.
Thirty minutes later, the green door leading to the platform opens. A voice
on the loudspeaker announces that the Night Owl is ready for boarding. Wendy,
the children, and I step out of the air-conditioned station and into the hot July
night. We are returning home to Boston after giving lectures and visiting friends
in Philadelphia and Washington. It has been a busy summer. Not only have we
traveled down the East Coast for lectures, but have been busily engaged in
preparing for the 1978 Amherst Summer Program, made special by a visit from
Lima Ohsawa.
Since the children were accompanying us on the trip, we decided against
riding coach and booked a sleeping compartment instead. The compartment is
small, but comfortable. It has fold-out beds that double as couches. As we settle
into our quarters, the train begins to pull out of the station. Washington begins to
29
pass by the window, at first slowly, and then quickly, as then disappears as we
enter the Maryland countryside. Soon Wendy and the children are asleep.
Sitting by the window, I think of a recent article about scientists who had
come up with an experiment designed to bring us closer to a unified field theory.
It seems that the present understanding of electromagnetism, gravity, and the
motion of subatomic particles contains contradictions that require a unified
theory to resolve.
Fortunately, humanity doesn’t have to wait for science to discover the
principle of life. We already possess the unifying principle and have seen it work
a thousand miracles, including recovery from so-called “incurable” diseases.
George Ohsawa, Michio Kushi, Herman Aihara, and other teachers have
explored its applications in a thousand domains. We are already enjoying the
principle of life that science is trying to discover. What an incredible adventure it
is to have the unifying principle and to be using it on a daily basis.
Out of nowhere comes a knock at the door. “Tickets, please!” I open the
door and hand our tickets to the conductor. Soon, streets lined with row houses
announce our arrival in Baltimore. The train slows down and stops at the station.
As the train picks up speed after making the stop, I become aware that its motion
is a reflection of the order of the universe. It does not pass over the tracks in a
straight line but glides over the rails in a subtle up and down, or waving motion.
That, plus the gentle rocking of the train from side to side, produces a feeling of
well-being and security. I realize that we are constantly moving through the
30
universe at incredible speed. Like the train, our motion through life takes the
form of waves that alternate between two opposite tendencies—yin and yang,
expansion and contraction, up and down. I realize that yin and yang can only be
understood in terms of the dynamic movement of energy. As soon as we lock
them into a static concept, they lose their essence, which is movement itself, and
become meaningless.
Since ancient times, sages have advised humanity to follow the middle
way. Keeping a moderate balance of yin and yang in our diet and daily life leads
to health and happiness. By keeping reasonably close to a central line of balance,
we pursue the line of least resistance in our movement through life. The result is
physical and mental health. Sickness and unhappiness result when we follow
extremes. The further we move from the line of balance, the more we encounter
friction, which takes the form of sickness and unhappiness.
From the moving train, the changing scenes outside the window appear
like changing images on a movie screen. While the train is moving, it is
impossible to isolate any one of the successive images that come into view for a
moment, only to be replaced by a new image. I am at once struck by their
ephemerality. The only constant is movement and change.
Herein lies another key to human happiness. We are constantly moving
into new and uncharted territory. Happiness arises from the joyful adaptation to
these changes. Unhappiness results when we forget that life is a continual
process of change and become stuck and attached, and arises because of internal
31
stagnation. Stagnation can happen very easily if we are eating too much sugar,
fat, cheese, milk, and other foods that cause our blood condition to become sticky
or that weaken our vitality and make us lose the desire to pursue our dream. The
solution to stagnation is to return to the line of least resistance through proper
eating, physical activity, and self-reflection.
Somewhere between Baltimore and Philadelphia, we pass a body of water
that, off in the darkness, appears quite large. I assume it is the Delaware Bay. The
night is foggy and there is a mist over the dark water. It is difficult to tell where
the water leaves off and the sky begins. Meanwhile, off in the distance, tiny lights
are flickering. Perhaps they are the lights of a fishing boat or a buoy.
The darkness over the bay is like the infinite expanse of the universe,
without form and boundless. The tiny, flickering lights are like universes that
appear, disappear, and re-emerge in new form within the boundless ocean of
infinity. Science is aware that the universe is expanding endlessly. Beyond the
most distant galaxies, astronomers have discovered a source of radio waves they
believe to be the background of the universe. They envision it as a cloud of
preatomic particles that surrounds the universe, something like the cloud of
comets that surrounds the solar system.
The logarithmic spiral taught by George Ohsawa enables us to understand
this discovery. It explains the creation of the universe from the world of infinity
—beyond time and space, beyond the distinctions of the relative world—through
the appearance of yin and yang, vibrations, preatomic particles, elements,
32
vegetation, and animal life, including man. The seven-staged process of creation
is symbolized in the Book of Genesis. The part of the universe we can see or
detect is ultimately tiny in comparison to the invisible part that exists beyond the
senses. Preatomic particles, like those discovered by astronomers at the periphery
of the universe, occupy the fourth orbit of the spiral. They exist both beyond and
within the world of matter. They are, in turn, the product of pure energy; the
vibrations of pure energy are, in turn, produced by yin and yang, the primary
forces of expansion and contraction that arise within the infinite oneness.
Our universe is like one of the tiny lights that flicker off and on within the
surrounding mist. It is one of countless other spiral universes; each represented
by a flickering light. The dark, misty water seems without beginning or end; like
the world of infinity itself.
Our life on earth is short in comparison to the life of the universe. Yet the
universe exists only as a brief flicker within the infinite ocean of time and space.
Our true identity is the infinite universe itself, beyond the relative ever-changing
world. As the train continues northward, I feel a deep sense of gratitude toward
macrobiotics for giving me a glimpse of the infinite world and humanity’s true
identity.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, Riding the Night Owl: An
Essay on Movement and Change, published in The Macrobiotic, Number 127,
Oroville, Ca., December, 1978.
33
34
6. Images of Japan
I left Boston for San Francisco early in September, 1978. After spending a week in
the Bay Area, I boarded a Japan Airlines flight for Tokyo. Twelve hours later, I
arrived at the Tokyo International Airport at Narita. The airport is about an hour
by bus from the city, and after a short ride, I was met by Eiji Kohso, a friend from
Nihon CI (Japan Center Ignoramus), the macrobiotic center in Tokyo.
My first week in Japan was spent in Tokyo as the guest of friends at Nihon
CI. Activities that week included a tour of the center’s multistoried facility in a
quiet section of the city, participation in several cooking classes, including one
given by Lima Ohsawa, and presentation of a report on macrobiotics in America
at a conference on alternative medicine.
After the week in Tokyo, I boarded the Shinkansen (bullettrain) for Kyoto,
and was met at the Kyoto station by Michel Matsuda, who with several of his
brothers and their wives, managed a small macrobiotic center. Michel started
macrobiotics in the early 1960s. He was given the name Michel by George
Ohsawa. I had met Michel in 1973 in Boston. He spent almost a year in Boston
then, studying English, working at the Erewhon warehouse on Farnsworth street
(Erewhon was the natural food company started by the Kushis), and attending
35
Michio’s seminars in the evenings. For six months, he and I were roommates at
the University Road study house in Brookline, near Boston.
With the help of Michel and my friend Mr. Kazama of Mitoku, the
company that distributes highquality macrobiotic products throughout the
world, I managed to find a house in the Uzumasa section of the city. Uzumasa is
located on the outskirts of the city, and is surrounded by rice fields and beautiful
mountains. It is wellknown throughout Japan as the home of Koriuji, the temple
that contains the wooden statue of Miroku Bosatsu (the Buddha of the Future),
carved over a thousand years ago out of a single block of wood. This magnificent
work of Buddhist art is one of Japan’s most prized national treasures.
Adapting to A New Environment
Wendy arrived in Japan in October, accompanied by our two children, Eric, age
four, and Mark, age oneandahalf. I met them at Narita, and on the following day,
we boarded a plane for Osaka, which is about an hour by car from Kyoto. The
flight offered a fantastic view of Mt. Fuji.
In preparation for their arrival, I had begun to arrange several jobs
teaching English. With the help of friends, I began calling language institutes in
Kyoto, and managed to arrange a teaching schedule that would generate enough
income to pay the rent and keep rice in the pressure cooker. As I later discovered,
teaching English offered wonderful opportunities to make new friends and
become better acquainted with Japan.
36
Naturally, the arrival of a young American couple with two small children
in that typical Kyoto neighborhood created a minor sensation. The kindness of
our neighbors was overwhelming. Within days of our arrival, they began
bringing furniture and other things for our use. These included a kotatsu (a
small, low dining table with a builtin heater), a China cabinet, dishes, and other
useful items.
Gradually, our neighbors began to notice that we were unlike most
visitors to Japan. For one thing, our diet was very strange. They found it
somewhat hard to believe that we ate brown rice, soba, natto, miso soup, and
other foods that were considered old fashioned. They probably thought it strange
that our children had never had cow’s milk, and did not eat the sugary snacks
and candy at the corner store. After hearing that both of the children had been
breastfed, one neighbor remarked, “You are like oldstyle Japanese!”
Many of the foods that we were used to eating in Boston were either not
available, or were available but in a slightly different form. For example, whole
grain bread is relatively unknown. Most supermarkets carry an unbleached
white bread, and the toast served in restaurants is processed from bleached white
flour. (It is about two inches thick.) Muso, the macrobiotic food company in
Osaka, distributed a form of yeasted whole grain bread, but the texture was
somewhat different than whole grain breads in America or Europe. Generally
speaking, baking has not become popular in Japan. Most houses don’t have
37
ovens, and the flour in Japan is not ideal for the types of breads and desserts we
are used to in the West.
Living in Japan offered us an opportunity to eat rice that was grown
nearby. During our stay, our consumption of rice increased tremendously, and we
found the brown rice to be of very high quality. It was organically grown, and the
grains were slightly smaller than American rices. It contained very few broken,
chipped, or immature grains. Rice is still the principal food in Japan, but most
people eat it in the form of white rice, or hakumai. Very few eat genmai, or brown
rice. However, a growing number of people are starting to eat a form of partially
refined rice that contains the hiaga, or bud, but does not contain the vitamin and
mineralrich outer coat.
Buckwheat, in the form of soba, is probably the next most popular grain.
Whole buckwheat (kasha) is practically unknown, but the noodles in Japan were
some of the best we have tasted. There are soba shops in practically every
neighborhood where you can get a fairly highquality bowl of noodles in broth, or
noodles topped with tempura. Oats are practically unknown (or should I say
“unused”) in Japan, and we did not see any corn. Barley enjoys a very modest
popularity, and millet, or awa, is mostly of the glutinous variety used in making
mochi. It is very sweet and moist, and makes a delicious breakfast cereal.
The Ise Shrine
In December we had the opportunity to visit the Ise Shrine. We had heard about
Ise in Michio’s lectures in Boston, and friends who had been to Japan told us how
38
special it was. In preparation for our visit, we found ourselves automatically
eliminating various minor excesses from our diets, and eating more cleanly and
simply. We were invited to visit the shrine by one of my English students, a
young woman named Tamako Yamaguchi, whose parents lived in Mie
Prefecture, not far from Ise.
The Ise Shrine consists of two main buildings: an inner shrine known as
Kotaijingu or Naiku, an outer shrine known as Geku or Toyoukedaijingu, as well
as more than 120 smaller shrines. The inner shrine is dedicated to
AmaterasuOmikami, the goddess of the sun, and the outer shrine is dedicated to
ToyoukeOmikami, the goddess of agriculture, who presides over lifegiving food,
especially brown rice. The shrine is one of the oldest, while at the same time one
of the newest in Japan. It was first built nearly twothousand years ago, and,
incredibly enough, is rebuilt every twenty years according to the same plan. The
structures are made entirely of cypress trees that give the buildings a rich, golden
color, and each wooden column is placed directly in the soil. The roofs are
thatched with a native grass called kaya, and at both ends of the roofs are two
cross beams that project upward toward the heavens.
The town of Ise is to the south of Kyoto on the Pacific coast. In addition to
the Shrine, it is famous for its pearls. The threehour train ride offered a
panoramic view of the beautiful mountains and countryside of southern Japan.
Upon arriving at Ise, we boarded a small bus bound for the Shrine. On the road
leading to the Shrine were many stone lanterns that bore the symbol of a
39
chrysanthemum with sixteen petals. The chrysanthemum is the symbol of the
Imperial Family of Japan, and is used as the symbol of the Miroku Bosatsu, or
Buddha of the Future. When you first arrive at the shrine grounds, you cross a
wooden bridge that spans a small river known as the Isuzu. The bridge is rebuilt
every twenty years along with the rest of the Shrine, and has two large wooden
gates, or torii, at either end of it. (Interestingly, the Japanese word torii is similar
to the German tor, or “gate,” suggesting the possibility of linguistic exchange
between East and West in ancient times.)
After crossing the bridge, we stopped at a small wooden structure at the
center of which was a long stone basin filled with water from the river. The water
is very clean and pure, and each person took one of the small wooden cups with
long handles and scooped some of the water. The water was used to wash the
hands, and in some cases, to wash out the mouth. We all felt more alert from the
coolness of the water.
The next stop, after passing through another huge wooden torii, was a
small open area on the bank of the Isuzu. There were hundreds of beautiful carp
in a variety of colors and sizes swimming close to the shore. The children
naturally became very excited at the sight of these delightful fish.
As we approached the southern gate of Kotajingu, the outer shrine, we
were struck by the many tall cryptomeria trees lining the walkway. Some are
many centuries old, and reach over onehundred feet. In such an environment,
one begins to feel the energy of heaven and earth. Invariably, your posture
40
straightens, and you become aware that you are a channel for these forces. That
was similar to the feeling I experienced the previous October while walking
through fields of ripening rice.
There are many things, both natural and manmade, in Japan that give one
a sense of the energy flowing between heaven and earth. When I arrived in
Tokyo, I attended a conference held in a modern steel and glass convention
center in the Asakusa section of the city. Directly across the street from the
convention center was the Meiji shrine, at the center of which was a large
pagoda. The pagoda towered into the air, and at the top of it was a long spiral
pole that looked very much like an antenna. One could almost visualize the force
of the universe spiraling down through the pole and along the pagoda’s vertical
spine.
The Ise Shrine gives one a sense of the purity of nature and the importance
of living in harmony with it. After seeing it, we could understand that people in
ancient times were living more or less macrobiotically. The Ise Shrine offered a
glimpse of a very ancient cosmology and way of life based on harmony with
nature.
Following our visit to Ise, we spent the night at the home of Tamako’s
parents deep in the mountains of Mie Prefecture. During the bus ride, we were
treated to beautiful mountain scenery. In front of many houses were long
wooden racks for drying daikon, some with hundreds of these long white roots
drying in the December sun. Tamako’s parents maintained many old traditions,
41
and based their diet on the foods that grew in their vicinity. Her father was
eightyfive at the time and went into the mountains every week to harvest
shiitake. As Tamako said, “The mountains are his hobby; the mountains are his
life.”
During our stay in Mie, we had the opportunity to bathe in an
oldfashioned Japanese bath heated by a wood fire. It was incredibly relaxing.
After bidding farewell to our gracious hosts, we set out for Kyoto, feeling
refreshed and renewed after such a marvelous experience.
The Nara Daibutsu
Right after the weeklong celebration of the New Year, Doug Johnson (a friend
from Connecticut), my son Eric, and I went to the city of Nara to see the famous
Daibutsu, or Great Buddha. Nara is located just to the south of Kyoto and is one
of the ancient capitals of Japan. The capital was moved continuously northward
over the last 1,500 years, from Ise in the south, to Nara, then to Kyoto in the 9th
century, and in the 1860s, to its present location in Tokyo.
The Daibutsu is housed in a temple known as Todaiji. Built during the
Nara Period (around 752 A.D.), the temple is the headquarters of the Kegon sect
of Buddhism. The temple is surrounded by parks through which deer roam
freely. As we entered the temple complex, we were taken aback by the size of the
building that houses the Daibutsu. Although it has been rebuilt several times
because of fire, and is smaller than the original, it is still considered to be the
largest wooden building in the world. It is a huge Orientalstyle building with
42
upper and lower sloping tile roofs and huge wooden columns. From a distance, it
dwarfs the buildings around it. The building is in a large open area, and in front
of it is a long, open walkway.
The scene inside the building had a surreal quality to it. The statue itself is
gigantic: it is over fifty feet in height, and rests on an elevated platform. In front
of the statue were several dozen monks in Buddhist robes, sitting in meditation
and chanting. A huge table with food offerings and burning incense sat directly
in front of the image. On either side of the Buddha were two Boddhisattvas, each
over thirty feet in height, while the building itself was a sort of museum for
Buddhist art, including calligraphy and statues. A continuous stream of people
entered the building, lit incense in front of the image, and filed around the statue
while looking at the various samples of art. The visitors, including many
children, talked in hushed tones, and the chanting of the monks provided a
muted undertone to their voices.
In my interpretation, the Daibutsu represents not the actual historical
Buddha, but the infinite universe itself. By erecting such a massive building and
bronze statue, the architects were attempting to convey a sense of infinite depth,
breadth, and scope. The main statue most likely symbolizes infinity, while the
Boddhisattvas to the left and right symbolize yin and yang, or the left and right
hands of God. I admire greatly the skill of the architects and builders of such an
incredible structure, which conveys a sense of enormous size and depth in a way
that no modern steel and glass structure can. The entire complex, including the
43
building and surrounding area, is evidence of a wonderful intuitive grasp of yin
and yang. The area around the building is very open and expansive, more yin,
and the building itself is yin—it is made entirely of wood and is very large.
Counterbalancing the building is the bronze image. Even though it is quite large,
it is made of metal and has a very yang physiognomy—a very square face (with
earlobes reaching to the shoulders) and it is sitting in a more yang, meditating
posture in the center of the building.
As we left the temple grounds, I began to wonder why the builders of
these shrines and temples chose the places they did for their creations. Suddenly
the answer became clear. In those times, people were eating whole grains and
vegetables, and were sensitive to the invisible currents of electromagnetic energy,
or ki, that permeate nature. They obviously chose places with a particularly
intense charge of energy to build their structures. For example, the city of Kyoto
is surrounded by mountains that produce a powerful charge of energy. People in
the past must have been sensitive to energy since Kyoto contains more shrines
and temples than anywhere else in Japan. The strong natural charge of energy in
these places makes it much easier for those who visit to gain insight into the
invisible spiritual world.
Traditional Versus Modern Diets
As with practically all modern nations, Japan is developing a large appetite for
animal food. Once unheard of, dairy products are becoming increasingly popular
among the Japanese. In the annual New Year’s Eve program broadcast over NHK
44
(the national television network), viewers were invited into different homes to
see how people around the country were celebrating the holiday. One visit was
with a family in the northern island of Hokkaido. Hokkaido is the main dairy
farming area in Japan, with a climate similar to New England, and the family
featured in the broadcast operated a large dairy farm there. Throughout Japan,
viewers of the program were treated to scenes of cows and barnyards—perhaps
for modern Japan, an appropriate way to begin the New Year.
Cheese, milk, butter, yogurt, and similar foods have all become a part of
the average diet here. (Frozen pizza is becoming popular.) As a result, since
World War II, the size of Japanese children has increased steadily, and one sees
many young people with poor complexions. Without doubt, the modern diet has
invaded and is in the process of conquering Japan, and most likely the rest of
Asia. (It is interesting to note that in order to restore the balance of trade,
America has convinced the Japanese to expand their imports of two agricultural
items: beef and oranges.)
When I lectured on macrobiotics at the Kyoto YMCA, many of the
students were concerned about whether enough protein was available from a
semivegetarian diet. I suggested that the idea that meat and dairy products are
necessary for health was a modern fallacy, and that the Japanese shouldn’t be so
eager to replace their traditional common sense about food with modern ideas
about nutrition. It wasn’t until I explained how vegetable protein was superior to
animal protein that they became more at ease with the idea. “We are a very
45
scientific people,” one woman said, and Wendy and I found ourselves in the
curious position of trying to convince them that their traditional diet, based
around grains and vegetables, was nutritionally superior to the modern Western
diet.
Of course, the Japanese still consume far less animal food than do most
Americans (about onefifth as much meat), but it seems that consumption of meat
is growing steadily, along with a corresponding rise in the consumption of sugar,
milk, softdrinks, and other extremely yin foods. The incidence of breast cancer,
heart disease, and other degenerative diseases is rising in Japan, largely as a
result of these dietary changes.
The YMCA Seminar
In January, 1979, we presented our first formal macrobiotic seminar in Japan. It
was held at the Kyoto YMCA, located across the street from the Old Imperial
Palace, and consisted of four Saturday afternoon sessions that included lectures
and cooking classes. The classes were attended by about fifteen women,
including teenagers and grandmothers. Many of the women already knew how
to cook traditional Japanese foods and found the macrobiotic approach easy to
understand. We especially enjoyed having one obaasan (grandmother) in the
class, since she would often comment, “That’s the way we used to do it when I
was growing up.”
One of the students, a young English teacher named Keiko Takagi, wrote
about the class:
46
I have been eating natural foods for the past few years and have been
studying on my own, mainly through books and magazines. However,
this was the first time I learned about the concept of yin and yang, and
that animal protein is largely unnecessary. It was very surprising to learn
that dairy products (even yogurt) are best avoided. Although some
questions remain, I truly appreciate that the course has introduced me to
valuable ideas and concepts hitherto unfamiliar to me.
A Visit to Kyozoin
In March, Michel Matsuda took us to Kyozoin, the Buddhist temple in Kyoto
where George Ohsawa is buried. Kyozoin is a small but very beautiful temple in
a very tranquil part of the city.
During the bus ride, we asked Michel about the meaning of the huge
Chinese characters, or Kanji, cut into the sides of several of the mountains
around the city. The characters represent the letter Dai or Tai, which means
“large” or “great,” and each is about a hundred meters long.
Michel explained that the characters are part of a weeklong festival,
known as OBon, held every August. The festival is Buddhist in origin, and is
celebrated throughout the country. Its meaning is something like “return of the
spirits,” and it is believed that departed ancestors return from the spiritual world
during the celebration in order to receive consolation and encouragement.
47
During the festival, the huge symbols are set ablaze. The fires are lit at night and
are quite spectacular. The light from these fires is thought to guide the spirits on
their journey to our world.
In Japan, the attitude that considers death as a continuation of life is a part
of everyone’s consciousness. Awareness of life after death is combined with the
belief that an intimate relationship with departed ancestors should be maintained
as a part of every family’s daily life. At the spring and fall equinoxes, millions of
people throughout the country visit the graves of their ancestors to offer prayers
and encouragement. These occasions are national holidays, as is the OBon
festival.
Traditionally, no animal food is eaten during the week of OBon, and
colorful festivities are held to send the spirits off on their return journey to the
spiritual world. Throughout Japan, thousands of small paper boats, each
carrying a tiny lit candle, are set afloat on rivers and allowed to drift out to sea.
Upon arriving at the temple, we bought a small bunch of flowers at the
groundskeeper’s house. Many people were at the temple that day, which is
situated next to the headquarters of several large tea ceremony schools. On the
way to the cemetery, we passed small, severalstoried pagoda, and upon arriving
at Mr. Ohsawa’s grave, Michel put the flowers in their appropriate place, and
poured water over the stone marker. Then Wendy, the children, and I took turns
saying thank you to this man whom we never met but who has had a profound
influence on our lives.
48
A Stone Chart of the Cosmos
Later that month, the four of us boarded the Shinkansen for Tokyo to visit the
Kushi family. During our stay in Tokyo, Michio’s father, Keizo, then in his
eighties, invited us to look through the books in his library, which contained an
extensive collection of works on many aspects of Japanese culture. He then
explained the meaning of the wonderful stone lantern in the garden. Known as
IshinoToro, the fivetiered lantern (which resembles a small pagoda), is actually a
representation of GoGyo, or the five transformations of energy. It is, as he said, a
small “chart of the cosmos.”
The first tier of the lantern represents the metal energy, the most yang of
these stages of change. The second, third and fourth tiers represent the energy of
soil, water, and tree, respectively. The uppermost, or most yin tier represents the
stage of fire energy. As Mr. Kushi explained, this cosmological design is why
many pagodas have five stories.
Michio’s brother, Masao, then explained the meaning of the Kushi family
crest (which is now the logo of the Kushi Institute). In Japanese, it is known as
KenHannaBishi, or “swordflower symbol.” The symbol represents the balanced
combination of yin (the flower) and yang (the sword). It is also the symbol of the
Izumo Shrine on the western coast of Japan.
During our meeting, Kayoko, Masao’s wife, served us mochi “Wakayama
style.” She explained that in Wakayama prefecture in southern Japan, mochi is
often served in a broth of bancha tea. She placed several pieces of fresh brown
49
rice mochi in a bowl and poured hot tea over it. She then brought in a small dish
containing high quality sea salt, and added a pinch or two to the mochi. It was
delicious.
It was during that meeting that the Kushis invited us to visit Wakayama to
participate in a ceremony at Daitaiji, the Kushi family temple. Our visit to
Wakayama proved to be one of the most memorable experiences we had in
Japan.
Wakayama
On a fine Saturday morning in April, we boarded the train leaving Kyoto station
for Osaka. From the main station in Osaka, we took the Osaka Loop Train to
Tennoji station where we boarded the southbound train for Wakayama.
Much to our surprise, the train was packed. In fact, there were no seats, so for a
while we made do by sitting on our travel bags. It wasn’t until the train made
several stops that we were able to find seats.
As we proceeded south, the crowded Kansai region gave way to beautiful
countryside filled with scenic mountains. Here and there we could see flooded
rice fields, and soon the ocean came into view. Eventually, the train stopped at a
town called Kushimoto, where we could see many beautiful rock formations
along the Pacific.
About five hours out of Osaka, we arrived at our destination—the stop
known as KiiKatsuura. We were met at the station by Michio’s father, Keizo, and
his brother, Masao. KiiKatsuura is an old fishing village that has recently become
50
popular as a resort. After exchanging greetings, we boarded a small boat that was
leaving for our hotel on the other side of the bay. The hotel is built alongside a
mountain, and is well known for its hot spring. The spring is in a cave that opens
onto the Pacific. Following a delicious dinner that featured an incredible array of
fresh seafood, Wendy, the children, and I enjoyed a natural mineral bath in the
spring. We all felt very relaxed and refreshed, and slept very well that night.
Daitaiji
After rising early the next morning, we went with Masao to an old whaling
village not far from the hotel, where Daitaiji is located. The temple is situated in a
beautiful wooded area. While walking through the temple and surrounding
grounds, we discovered the meeting hall where Michio has lectured during his
visits. After enjoying the wonderful surroundings for a while, we went to the
nearby home of a family member to participate in the ceremony.
When we arrived, we found everyone sitting on zabutons; the room had a
tatami (straw mat) floor, and opened onto a beautiful Japanese garden. A
Buddhist priest entered and began the ceremony before a family shrine at the
front of the room.
The ceremony consisted largely of chanting, which the priest performed at
the shrine. Afterwards, everyone filed out of the house and up the path leading
to the temple, behind which is a small cemetery where members of the Kushi
family are buried. Each person placed incense on several of the the stone grave
51
markers, while offering a short prayer. The priest took up a position near the
front and continued chanting as the people filed past.
One month later, Michio and Aveline visited Kyoto, together with Lima
Ohsawa, Gloria Swanson, and William Dufty. Wendy and I met them at Kyozoin
in order to participate in a ceremony at George Ohsawa’s grave. As in the
ceremony at Wakayama, a Buddhist priest from the temple chanted while each
visitor offered prayers and placed lit incense on the stone marker.
Kumano
On the following day, Michio’s father guided us on a tour of the area. Our first
stop was the complex of shrines and temples known as Kumano, as well as the
famous waterfall at Nachi, a beautiful stream of cascading water that drops
several hundred feet straight down the side of a mountain. After touring
Kumano, we took a drive through winding mountain roads until we arrived at
the grounds of the Hongu Shrine. We walked through a huge torii (shrine gate)
and up a stone stairway that led to the Shrine. The sky was a crystalline blue, and
the late afternoon sun a warm yellow. The Shrine was surrounded by tall pine
trees. As we were walking through these beautifully tranquil surroundings, Mr.
Kushi remarked in English, “Sky is blue, trees are green, sun is bright—
wonderful, isn’t it?”
As we approached Hongu, we learned that it is at least as old as the Grand
Shrine at Ise. Its four main buildings are dedicated to four great kami, or deities:
AmaterasuOmikami, the great heavenly shining goddess, represented by the sun
52
and considered to be the guardian spirit of Japan; her elder brother, represented
by the wind; and their parents, Izanami and Izanagi, who represent the primary
forces of yin and yang. The simple elegance of these shrine buildings and
surrounding grounds convinced us that their architects had a deep awareness of
the order of the universe and man’s place within it. Following our visit to
Hongu, we returned to our hotel. Early the next morning we said goodbye to our
kind hosts and boarded the train for Kyoto.
Saying Goodbye
At the end of May we returned to America. After bidding farewell to our friends
and neighbors in Kyoto, we got into a taxi and drove to the international airport
at Osaka, where we boarded a Korean Airlines flight bound for Honolulu and
Los Angeles. As the huge 747 turned out over the Pacific, Wendy and I reflected
on our experiences in Japan. Our stay in Japan had offered us the chance to meet
many wonderful and interesting people, as well as a rare glimpse of cultural
traditions that are thousands of years old. Going to Japan strengthened our
macrobiotic practice, and deepened our understanding of humanity, nature, and
the boundless spiritual world. It strengthened our desire to return to the West to
teach and spread the macrobiotic way. With tears in our eyes, we said goodbye to
that wonderful land and its people. Thank you Japan for letting us glimpse your
ancient traditions while showing us many new possibilities for the future.
53
Source: This essay is from letters sent to students at the Kushi Institute,
Boston from October, 1978 to May, 1979.
54
7. How Recalled By Life Happened
Coming back from Japan proved to be more difficult than we had anticipated.
According to the Nine Star Ki, travel from West to East, or from Japan to
America, was Ankensatsu, the most unfavorable direction for the year 1979. We
had planned to return to the States in April. The trip to Wakayama described in
the previous chapter had caused us to reschedule our return for the end of May.
As it turned out, the time we had originally planned to return (initially to
Philadelphia) was within days of the nuclear accident at Three Mile Island.
Another factor that added to the difficulty was our uncertainty about
where to return to. In his most recent letter, Michio had suggested that we
consider staying on the West Coast for a while. In addition, we had written to Bill
Tara and he had invited us to stay in London. Before we went to Japan, we had
considered moving to Washington, D. C. That was at the time of Dietary Goals,
Michio’s Food Policy Recommendations for the United States, and the somewhat
heady feeling in the Boston community that the Carter Administration was open
to macrobiotics, and that the United States was moving in a new dietary
direction. After much deliberation, Wendy and I decided that we would try to
restart the Washington, D. C. project. We could use my parents’ home in
55
Philadelphia as a base until we were able to locate a house in the Washington
area.
That was our plan as we set out across the Pacific. However, once we
arrived in Los Angeles, we started to have doubts. We both had an intuitive sense
that it might be better to return to Boston. After a sleepless night in an airport
hotel, we called friends in Boston and told them we would be arriving there on
the following day. Our plan was to stay in a macrobiotic study house until we
were able to sort things out.
Before leaving for Japan, we had spent several years developing
educational programs in Boston. Our activities had included setting up the first
Amherst Summer Program, arranging Michio’s visits to Europe, and promoting
awareness of the relationship between diet and cancer. These activities had
included writing articles on macrobiotics and cancer, compiling case histories,
editing publications, and setting up annual conferences on cancer and diet.
Upon returning to Boston, friends told us about about a doctor in
Philadelphia who was the president of a hospital and who, through an unusual
set of circumstances, had started macrobiotics because of prostate cancer. He
seemed to be doing quite well. His name was Anthony Sattilaro. He had started
to speak publicly about his experience and had many positive things to say about
it. After hearing about Sattilaro’s story, I encouraged friends at the East West
Foundation to invite him to speak at the cancer and diet conference scheduled to
take place that August in Boston.
56
In the meantime, our personal plans were still unclear. I was still attached
to the idea of going to Washington, D. C., although friends in Boston were now
encouraging us to stay there. After a great deal of soulsearching, we decided to
proceed down the East Coast. Wendy and the two children would stay with my
parents in Philadelphia while I went to Washington to look for a house to rent.
Our main contact in Washington was a friend named Tom Monte. I had
spoken with Tom on several occasions before Japan. He was working as a
reporter for a New Jersey newspaper and was preparing an article on
macrobiotics. Upon returning to Boston, I had heard that Tom and his wife Toby
had moved to Washington. He was working as an editor for Nutrition Action, the
newsletter of the Center for Science in the Public Interest. I called Tom from
Philadelphia and explained our situation. He graciously invited the four of us to
stay at his home in Silver Spring, Maryland, while we were looking for a house
in the area.
As it turned out, Tom’s house was quite small, so Wendy, the two children,
and I stayed downstairs on a small futon in the basement along with several cats.
I would go out each day and visit real estate agencies looking for a suitable
house. In the evening, I would return, join Wendy, the children, and the Montes
for dinner, and then spend the evening discussing macrobiotics with Tom.
On one hot July evening, our conversation turned to the subject of
macrobiotics and cancer. Jean Kohler’s book, Healing Miracles from Macrobiotics,
had just come out. I had helped the Kohlers edit the book before going to Japan.
57
Healing Miracles chronicled Kohler’s recovery from pancreatic cancer, and I
mentioned to Tom my feeling that it would help our message reach a wide
audience. During our conversation, an idea came to me: why not do an interview
with Dr. Sattilaro for a popular magazine? I told Tom that he would be the
perfect person to do an article on Dr. Sattilaro, and suggested that we submit it to
a publication such as Philadelphia Magazine in order to reach a general audience.
Tom agreed that an article about Dr. Sattilaro was a good idea, and we decided to
call Sattilaro on the following day to present our idea.
The next day was a Sunday. As the day wore on, we decided to place the
call. Tom dialed the number on the wall phone in the kitchen. Tom said, “Hello,
Dr. Sattilaro? This is Tom Monte. I would like to talk to you about doing an
article about your experience with macrobiotics. If you are interested, I can come
to Philadelphia to meet with you about it.” He then waited for Dr. Sattilaro’s
reply.
Dr. Sattilaro said, “Hello Tom. Thank you very much for calling. I’ve read
several of your articles and thought they were terrific. I’d be happy to get
together with you.” Tom replied that they could start work on the article right
away, and he would call back in several days to schedule a time to begin. Then
he said, “I look forward to working with you. Thank you, goodbye.” The whole
conversation took about a minute.
Out of these first interviews came the story that was published in the
March, 1980 East West Journal. The Journal story was picked up by the Saturday
58
Evening Post, and eventually expanded into a book, Recalled By Life, published by
HoughtonMifflin. In the meantime, Wendy, the children, and I decided to return
to Boston in order to set up a macrobiotic study house and teach at the Kushi
Institute. As time went by, it became clear that the cancer and diet project we
helped launch several years before was about to enter a new and more
interesting dimension.
Source: This essay is from personal notes.
59
8. The Quest for Peace
In each and every country
And each and every land,
The people of our planet
Will start to understand,
That we can live together
In peace and harmony,
And love will grow between us
Like one big family.
—One Peaceful World Song
In the early 1980s, the international political situation was becoming increasingly
tense. Dark clouds of war were appearing on the horizon. The Soviet Union had
just invaded Afghanistan and the United States was gearing up for the largest
military buildup in its history. Michio and Aveline Kushi went on a lecture tour
of Europe that included a stop in West Berlin. When they returned to Boston,
they reported on the increasing tension there and the high level of concern
throughout Europe about the possibility of war. Michio stated that in his opinion,
60
unless the situation changed, there was a 90 percent chance of a nuclear war
occurring during the 1980s.
To underscore his concern, in June, 1980, Michio presented a special
lecture on the possibility of war. He invited the fire chief of Lawrence,
Massachusetts, to report on the damage that would occur if Boston were hit with
a nuclear bomb. The lecture had a sobering effect on everyone. It alerted me to
the urgency of focusing on the issue of world peace in my writings, lectures, and
social contacts.
Soon after the lecture, I began contacting leaders in the disarmament
movement. My idea was to present the macrobiotic approach as a model for
personal and planetary healing. My hope was to stimulate new thinking about
the possibility of achieving world peace.
The differences between the United States and the Soviet Union that were
threatening to trigger war were caused by a hardening or rigidity of thinking on
both sides, leading to increasing polarization. Ideological rigidity is the result of
physical hardening and rigidity produced by an unbalanced diet, especially the
repeated consumption of animal food. Eating whole grains and vegetables
dissolves mental and physical inflexibility and makes it easier for two sides to
compromise and arrive at a harmonious resolution of their differences.
One of the first people I went to see was the president of the Union of
Concerned Scientists. He was the head of the department of nuclear physics at
MIT. The Union of Concerned Scientists is made up of scientists from around the
61
world who are concerned about the spread of nuclear technology and the threat
of nuclear war. During our meeting, I explained how macrobiotics had changed
the dietary habits of many people throughout the world and offered a potential
solution to degenerative disease and war. Although he appreciated my views, he
felt that political leaders would not change until a worldwide consensus
pressured them to.
I also met with representatives of Physicians for Social Responsibility
(PSR), an international group of doctors (which had members in the USSR)
concerned with the medical consequences of nuclear war. Twenty years earlier,
PSR had conducted a study of the consequences of a nuclear strike on the city of
Boston. The results of that study, which showed that a nuclear attack would
destroy most of the city, made a deep impression on President Kennedy. The
study motivated Kennedy to propose and later sign a nuclear test ban treaty with
Kruschev, an act considered by many to be a turning point in the Cold War.
The doctors were of the opinion that nuclear war would be a public health
disaster of unprecedented magnitude that would overwhelm the capability of the
medical profession to respond. Since there could be no effective medical response
to such a catastrophe, the doctors felt that prevention was the only sane option.
They had updated their study on the effects of a nuclear strike on Boston,
showing how the more powerful weapons of the 1980s would cause an
unimaginable degree of devastation. Their position was that once a nuclear war
started, there was no way it would remain “limited,” or could in any way be
62
considered “winnable,” since both sides would be destroyed. The doctors
believed that only a worldwide call for nuclear disarmament would change the
official policies of both superpowers.
During the meeting with members of PSR, it was suggested that
representatives from the macrobiotic community attend a reception for a Soviet
peace delegation at the home of Dr. Helen Caldicott. Dr. Caldicott is a
pediatrician from Australia who gained international prominence for her work
for nuclear disarmament. She was hosting a reception at which members of the
Supreme Soviet, the equivalent of the Soviet parliament, would be in attendance.
The reception was held on a Sunday afternoon at Dr. Caldicott’s home in
Newton, Massachusetts. Several hundred people were in attendance, including
the ten-member Soviet delegation and camera crews from Boston television
stations.
Dr. Caldicott’s reception offered an unexpected opportunity to present our
views to representatives of the Soviet Government. In preparation for the
meeting, the members of our group, Tom Monte, Tim Goodwin, and Janet Lacy,
compiled a packet of information for each of the Soviets. The packets included
Cancer and Diet, a booklet published by the East West Foundation, and a letter
explaining the macrobiotic approach to planetary health and peace. During the
reception, we handed a packet to each of the Soviets while asking them questions
such as, “What is the current rate of cancer in the USSR?”, “How has the Soviet
diet changed in the past forty years?”, “Do you know of any research in your
63
country linking diet with degenerative disease?”, and “Do you think a diet of
whole grains and vegetables would make people less inclined to war and more
open to pursuing a peaceful resolution to their differences?”
The Soviets were surprised by the nature of our questioning and were
unable to provide answers. However they thanked us for the materials. One
younger member of the delegation told us he would pass our information on to
the minister of health in his country.
World Health, World Peace
Meanwhile, under Michio’s guidance, the East West Foundation decided to make
“World Health-World Peace” the theme of its educational events in Boston. The
theme of world peace was adopted by the 1982 North American Macrobiotic
Congress that was attended by over 100 delegates from throughout the United
States and Canada. During the Congress, the committee I chaired drafted a series
of precepts for peace based on the Seven Universal Principles of the Order of the
Universe. The Seven Precepts for World Peace were published in the report
issued by the Congress, and later in the book, One Peaceful World, by Michio
Kushi and Alex Jack (St. Martin’s Press, 1987). The Seven Precepts are as follows:
1. All people live on one planet, the earth.
2. The current world crisis offers an opportunity to achieve lasting peace.
3. All ways of life complement each other and contribute to overall
harmony and balance.
64
4. Modern humanity has a unique opportunity to establish lasting peace.
5. The possibility of global war coexists with the opportunity for global
peace.
6. The greater the threat of war and destruction, the greater the need for
international cooperation and communication.
7. The development of nuclear weapons has made war obsolete; thus the
era of one peaceful world is now beginning.
These precepts are derived from the Seven Universal Principles of the
Infinite Universe.
1. Everything is a differentiation of one infinity.
2. Everything changes.
3. All antagonisms are complementary.
4. There is nothing identical.
5. What has a front has a back.
6. The bigger the front, the bigger the back.
7. What has a beginning has an end.
Together with the work of groups such as the Union of Concerned
Scientists and Physicians for Social Responsibility, these efforts produced ripples
that spiraled out far beyond Boston. Eventually, the call for nuclear disarmament
65
and an end to superpower conflict became a global mandate that influenced both
the White House and the Kremlin. Within several years, Ronald Reagan and
Mikhail Gorbachev were negotiating deep cuts in the nuclear arsenals of both
superpowers. By the end of the decade, the Berlin Wall fell and the Cold War
faded into history. For the time being, it seemed the possibility of nuclear war
had been averted.
One Peaceful World Studies at the Kushi Institute
Together with working for the immediate goal of preventing war, it became
apparent that we needed to study the issue of world federation as a constructive,
long-term solution. I began a program of world peace studies at the Kushi
Institute. In 1983, I reported on these activities in a letter to the North American
Macrobiotic Congress:
One of the proposals discussed during the 1982 North American
Macrobiotic Congress was to encourage courses or lectures on the subjects
of world peace and world federation at macrobiotic centers throughout
the world. Over the past year, regular studies on these subjects have been
presented as a part of the Level III course on the Order of the Universe at
the Kushi Institute. These studies have covered the following:
1. The background to one peaceful world, including celestial and
historical cycles.
66
2. Macrobiotics as the biological foundation for future world
federation.
3. A review of past and present utopian models and proposals for
world peace, including Perpetual Peace by Immanuel Kant, Utopia by
Thomas Moore, Erewhon by Samuel Butler, the Charter of the League of
Nations and the United Nations Charter, Albert Einstein’s Ideas and
Opinions, The Fate of the Earth, an excellent book by Jonathan Schell
published in 1982, and the Preliminary Draft of a World Constitution,
prepared after the Second World War by Robert Hutchins and others at
the University of Chicago.
Each of the students in these classes selected one of these proposals
and presented a ten minute oral report, commenting on the strong and
weak points of each, and relevance of each to our present situation.
4. Original proposals for world peace. Following the review of past
world peace proposals, the students were asked to make a brief report on
their ideas for realizing the dream of world peace and world federation,
followed by questions and discussion.
During the class, various study materials were distributed,
including astronomical charts, such as those showing the celestial cycles
that influence the movement of history; the Seven Precepts for World
Peace drafted by the 1982 Macrobiotic Congress, and quotations from
67
various thinkers about the need for world federation, including
Dostoevsky, Kant, Dante, and the English historian, Arnold Toynbee.
Epictetus, the Greek philosopher often quoted by George Ohsawa (“If a
man is unhappy, it is his own fault”), stated:
There is but one course open to men, to do as Socrates did: never to
reply to one who asks his country, “I am Athenian,” or “I am
Corinthian,” but “I am a citizen of the universe.”
The education committee has made copies of these study materials
available for use in your center, should you decide to include world peace
and related subjects in your educational program. Feel free to distribute
these materials to students who participate in your lectures or classes.
Copies of the Preliminary Draft of a World Constitution, which may serve as
a starting point for the creation of a future world macrobiotic constitution,
can also be made available to you.
War in the Persian Gulf
As the 1990s began, the clouds of war reappeared on the horizon, this time, in the
Middle East. The Persian Gulf War represented a different type of conflict. The
macrobiotic response was also different, and started to be initiated by a new
generation. My eldest son, Eric became active in the quest for a peaceful solution
68
in the Middle East, as did others of his generation. Eric wrote the following
article for the One Peaceful World newsletter:
My name is Eric Esko. My parents are teachers of macrobiotics in Becket,
Massachusetts. Like many people my age, I am concerned about the future
of the world. Of the many threats facing humanity in the 1990s, the threat
of war is one of the most serious. Ever since I can remember, my family
would get together to sing the One Peaceful World song. I realized that
macrobiotics and world peace go hand in hand, and are in fact the same
thing.
In an age of nuclear weapons, humanity will eventually become
extinct unless we find a way of living together peacefully. The first step
toward peace is to eliminate all machines of death and destruction. Then
we must take a look at our way of eating. Killing animals for food is not
necessary unless foods such as grains and vegetables are not available.
Grains and vegetables are abundant throughout the world, so eating
animal food is largely unnecessary. Instead of trying to destroy countries
we think of as undesirable, we should help them as much as possible until
they become peaceful. One of the biggest problems preventing world
peace is world hunger. To stop that we must stop relying on animal food
and educate ourselves in natural farming so that we can become more
69
self-sufficient. When these problems are solved, we will be one step closer
to world peace.
The crisis in the Middle East has erupted into a destructive war. It is
an impediment to our progress toward one peaceful world. It is important
for macrobiotic people, and especially the young generation, to speak out
and point the way toward world peace. In December, 1990, several
macrobiotic friends and I participated in a candlelight vigil for peace held
in Amherst, Massachusetts, not far from my home in Becket. About 300
people—each with a lit candle—formed a large circle and stood in
mediation for a half-hour in the center of the town. We signed a petition
asking President Bush to search for a peaceful solution in the Middle East.
The petition was later sent to the White House.
I would like to hear from other young people who share these
views. I hope to set up a network of young people committed to world
peace. I think it is important for those of us who share the dream of
macrobiotics and world peace to communicate and stay in touch. Please
write to me if you are interested in sharing your ideas.
Waterloo
In the spring of 1993 I visited England and Belgium for lectures. I arrived first in
London, where I gave a weekend seminar at the Community Health Foundation.
While in London, I met with leaders in the macrobiotic movement in Britain,
including Jon Sandifer, Peter Bradford, Donald Cox, and Simon Brown. I also met
70
with Denny and Melanie Waxman, who were visiting from their home in
Portugal. I stayed at a small apartment being rented by two young women from
the former Yugoslavia, one from Serbia and the other from Croatia, both of
whom are practicing the macrobiotic way of life. Although their countries were
recently at war, there was no sign of conflict between them. United by a common
dream of health and peace, these two women are like sisters, not adversaries.
Ten minutes into my Saturday morning lecture, an explosion shook the
five-story CHF building, rattling windows and blowing open the front door. A
terrorist bomb had been set off in London’s nearby financial district. The one-ton
bomb shattered windows and caused a great deal of damage. After a minute or
two, I continued the lecture. Interestingly, the bomb had been made from
nitrogen fertilizer, providing yet another reason to support organic farming.
The energy in Belgium was more relaxed than that in London. It was late
April, yet summer had already started. Everywhere, soft green colors greeted the
eye. The weather was warm and sunny. Island nations such as Great Britain and
Japan are surrounded by salt water, and that creates a very highly charged
environment. A continent is by nature more open and expanded than an island.
Fields, forests, and freshwater lakes are the primary natural influences, rather
than the ocean.
I was met at the airport by Hanne Petersen. Originally from Copenhagen,
Hanne lives with her parents outside Brussels. She completed all three levels of
study at the Kushi Institute in Becket. After returning to Belgium, she took a job
71
as a tour guide at EEC headquarters. Hanne had made arrangements for me to
lecture in Brussels on the following evening.
The Petersens live in Rhode-Saint-Genese, next to the village of Waterloo,
the site of Napoleon’s defeat by the Duke of Wellington in 1815. Napoleon had
suffered a major defeat the year before and exiled to the island of Elba, off the
coast of Italy. However, being very yang (short, active, and stubborn), he escaped
and raised another army. The final, decisive battle occurred at Waterloo, at which
time the Napoleonic era came to an end.
The following day, Hanne and I drove to a beautiful wooded area not far
from her home. Delightful blue flowers were blooming on the forest floor,
creating a soft blue carpet that covered the ground beneath the trees. The
afternoon sun shone through the forest canopy. An unexpectedly wonderful
fragrance, more subtle than any perfume, permeated the air. The scene was alive
with natural beauty.
On the way back to Rhode-Saint-Genese, we stopped at Waterloo. The site
is now a national shrine, at the center of which is a hill with a large metal statue
of a lion at the summit. Bullets and cannonballs were melted down and used to
make the statue. In contrast to the tranquil beauty of the forest, I sensed agitation
and sadness at Waterloo, as if the ghosts of the men who died in battle were still
there. How many lives had perished in that place more than a century and a-half
ago? Perhaps the day was as sunny and beautiful as the one we were enjoying.
72
Suddenly, the struggles of men seem strangely out of synch with the enduring
tranquility of nature.
Two days later, after bidding farewell to my kind hosts, I boarded an early
morning train for Amsterdam, where I boarded a plane for Boston. As the train
passed through the Flemish part of Belgium, the sun began to rise in East.
Morning mist rose from the fields. I realized that in our century, these farms and
villages had seen epic battles. The morning mist seemed to carry the spirits of the
young men who perished in these struggles. Once again, the futility of war was
readily apparent.
The metal lion at Waterloo is symbolic of the underlying cause of such
human tragedy. The lion is a carnivore and hunter. For him, a diet of meat is
natural and appropriate. However, human beings are not lions. We have far
greater intelligence and spiritual capacity. Unless we live in a polar climate, a diet
high in animal food is against the natural order. When we base our diet on
animal foods, our thinking and behavior start to resemble that of lions and tigers.
Our senses become sharper, and we become impulsive, aggressive, and warlike.
We become territorial, dividing the earth into artificial sections. Our range of
perception narrows, and we lose sight of the peaceful natural order of which we
are a part.
In the future, humanity will come to realize that the unifying principle of
macrobiotics is actually the principle of peace and harmony. Through the
unifying principle, all conflicting factors are seen as complementary; all opposing
73
forces can be brought together and harmonized. The negative tendencies that
lead to war—fear, hostility, exclusivity, and intolerance—can be moderated and
changed into their opposites. This process begins with a healthful natural diet
based on the harmonious balance of yin and yang, or the energies of expansion
and contraction. As the macrobiotic way of life spreads around the world, people
will come to recognize that the common factors that unite us, such as humanity’s
universal tradition of eating grains and vegetables, are greater than the things
that divide us. Our differences are actually complementary, and contribute to a
greater harmony. The philosophy and practice of macrobiotics can bring about a
world of genuine health and lasting peace.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and a letter to the 1983 North
American Macrobiotic Congress. The article by Eric Esko is from One Peaceful
World, Becket, Mass., Spring 1991, and Macrobiotic Youth for Peace: Young People’s
Peace Network, MacroNews, Philadelphia, Pa., January/February, 1991.
74
9. Buenos Aires
The trip to Buenos Aires took a full twentyfour hours. The flight began in Boston,
included a stopover in New York, a ninehour journey to Rio, a stopover at the
Rio airport, and a twoandahalf hour flight to Buenos Aires. There were plenty of
empty seats on the long Pan Am flight to Rio, and as it was an overnight flight, I
stretched out and tried to get some sleep. I had the feeling it was going to be a
long trip.
I woke up several hours later. There was daylight outside the window. We
were over the Amazon. Looking down, I saw a huge brown expanse through
which rivers were running. Heat seemed to be rising from the earth. As we
crossed the equator, I felt a strange sensation; something like a magnetic
realignment. It felt as if the plane had turned around and was heading back
toward the Pole rather than away from it.
After nine hours in the air, we finally landed in Rio. I milled around in the
waiting area for several hours with the other passengers, then boarded the flight
to Buenos Aires. As the plane headed out over the South Atlantic, I looked down
and saw what seemed to be an endless beach extending in a narrow strip along
the coast.
75
I was on the way to Argentina at the invitation of Mauricio Waroquiers. At
the time, Mauricio was close to seventy. He had a well-groomed moustache and
the dignified look of a Spanish nobleman. I had met him several times before at
macrobiotic events in Massachusetts. He was born in Buenos Aires (he is of
Belgian descent) and lives in Uruguay with his wife, Patricia.
During the Seventies, Mauricio and a Dutch partner founded a large
macrobiotic enterprise in Montevideo, the capital city of Uruguay. Interestingly,
before macrobiotics, Mauricio’s partner was one of the leading meat packers in
Uruguay. Macrobiotics had turned his life around. He sold his business and
invested the profits in the macrobiotic center. The enterprise grew quickly and
included a restaurant, a publishing business featuring Spanish translations of
macrobiotic books, and educational programs. They appeared regularly on
national television to promote macrobiotics. When his partner eventually
returned to Europe, Mauricio moved the center to a resort area on the coast.
Accompanying me on the trip was Dr. Elinor Levy, a Boston University
researcher who had participated in the landmark study on macrobiotics and
AIDS. We were going to Buenos Aires to speak at the 1989 Pan American
Conference on Macrobiotics, Holistic Medicine, and Natural Agriculture. The
event was being organized by doctors and other people associated with
macrobiotic centers in Argentina and Uruguay.
Mauricio and Patricia met us at the airport. We stepped outside into the
bright sun. When I left Massachusetts, it was late autumn. There it was dark and
76
cold, with long nights and short days. Here, deep within the Southern
Hemisphere, we were heading straight into midsummer. The temperature was in
the seventies and the sun bright and intense. It took several days to adjust to the
difference.
On the way to the hotel, we reviewed the schedule. I was to give two
lectures a day for the entire week. Dr. Levy would give several presentations. The
opening ceremonies were taking place that night; there would only be enough
time to check into the hotel before the event.
The conference was held in an auditorium in the center of the city. The
outer lobby was filled with booths selling natural food, books, and other
products. As I entered the hall, I saw a large darkened room with a stage at the
front. Someone was at the podium speaking in Spanish. There were about three
hundred people in the hall. A table sat next to the podium, with several people
sitting at it. Mauricio explained that the people onstage were prominent doctors
and government officials, including representatives sent by President Menem.
Mauricio guided Dr. Levy and me to the front of the auditorium. We took
seats at the table onstage. Before long, the host introduced us. Maurico handed
me a microphone. I stood up and walked around the table to the front of the
stage. I introduced myself, not knowing whether or not my comments were
going to be translated. After saying a few words, I heard a female voice from the
front of the hall speaking through the public address system in Spanish. It turned
out to be my translator, Miriam, who would work with me during the week.
77
I asked for the lights to be turned on so that people could see each other,
and drew a large face on the pad onstage. I proceeded to explain how the facial
features correspond to the internal organs, and how to use them to understand
our health condition. After I explained each correspondence, I invited people in
the audience to look at and evaluate each other. I concluded with a brief
description of the macrobiotic diet and comments about how macrobiotics could
unite people in the two hemispheres. As I finished, the audience erupted into
applause. I sat down next to Mauricio, and noticed he was smiling broadly.
Mauricio had scheduled interviews with the press during the week. We
did one radio interview that was broadcast throughout Argentina, as well as to
the neighboring countries of Paraguay and Bolivia. On another occasion, we
went to a television studio where I was interviewed for a nationwide program.
Argentina is one of the world’s leading cattle producers, and has a high percapita
consumption of beef. I stated that that was a primary cause of Argentina’s high
rate of colon cancer and heart disease, and that a diet of grains and vegetables
could reduce these conditions. I mentioned that cattle production is a leading
cause of the destruction of the rain forests in Brazil and Central America, and
stated that the macrobiotic diet was essential for both personal and planetary
health,
As the week drew to a close, it was apparent that the Pan American
Conference was a success. Several thousand people from throughout South
America attended the lectures and other events that took place during the week.
78
The conference generated a great deal of publicity. I discovered that the
macrobiotic, organic farming, and holistic health movements have taken root in
South America and are expanding rapidly. The people I met in Buenos Aires
were eager to network with other educators and organizations throughout the
world. Their energy and enthusiasm convinced me that in the future, their dream
of a Pan American alliance based on the principles of natural living could well
become reality.
Source: This essay is from personal notes.
79
10. A Trip to Prague
The members of our group—Carry Wolf, Todd Segal, my father, and I—arrived
in Prague early on Sunday morning, May 20, 1990, following an overnight train
ride from southern Germany. We were met at the station by Edelgard Oelke, a
macrobiotic friend who is on the staff of the German Embassy in Prague, and Dr.
Ludmilla Ruskova. Dr. Ruskova is a native of Prague as well as a physician. She
attended the Kushi Institute in London and is actively teaching macrobiotics in
her home country.
Our first lecture in this former socialist country took place later that day in
Dobruska, a small town about two hours by car from Prague near the Polish
border. Upon arriving in Dobruska, we were surprised to find several hundred
people waiting for us in the town hall. Earlier, Dr. Ruskova had explained that
there were several macrobiotic families there who had studied with her and who
had begun producing their own tempeh, tofu, and other staples and growing
hardtoget vegetables in backyard gardens.
The people of Dobruska were eager to study macrobiotics. It was apparent
that they had struggled to overcome many difficulties in their practice. One of
the major problems had been a lack of basic staples such as whole grains and
fresh vegetables, not to mention foods like miso, tamari soy sauce, sea
80
vegetables, and umeboshi plums. However, these and other hardships had not
deterred them or dampened their energy or enthusiasm. On the contrary, their
spirits were high, and they were grateful for the chance to study together.
Not only had they experienced difficulty obtaining food (under the former
government they had not been able to start private enterprises such as natural
food stores), but had experienced harassment from the authorities. Contact with
foreigners had been suspect, and lectures such as the one in Dobruska had been
illegal.
Now all of that had changed. Prague and the rest of the country were
suddenly open to new contacts and ideas. The people of Dobruska were excited
and happy to have the chance to receive visitors from the U.S. and to study
macrobiotics freely and in the open.
Todd and Carry had put together a wide range of sample foods for our
lectures. They brought several suitcases filled with whole grains, azuki and other
beans, sea vegetables, miso and tamari soy sauce, condiments, seasonings, and
other staples that we had heard were hard to find in Eastern Europe. Following
the lecture, these samples were arranged at the front of the auditorium, and
everyone in the audience came up to see the products, many of which they had
never seen before. We also presented the macrobiotic community in Dobruska
with a keg of American miso donated by the South River Miso Company in
Massachusetts.
81
Following the lecture, we went to dinner at the home of friends who had
organized the event. We were served a wonderfully prepared meal that featured
delicious homemade tempeh. After dinner we sang songs in English, Czech, and
German and said farewell to our wonderful new friends. On the ride back to
Prague, I marvelled at how rapidly the world was becoming one. Only a year
earlier, it would have been difficult to imagine being served a marvelously
prepared macrobiotic meal in a small village in Czechoslovakia. Macrobiotics
was uniting people all over the world.
Dr. Ruskova had scheduled several activities the next day. The first was a
lecture for doctors and the general public at the Motol University hospital, a
leading medical center in Prague. Dr. Ruskova is on the staff of the hospital and
wanted to share information about macrobiotics, diet, and health with her
colleagues. The hospital amphitheater was filled with about 100 people,
including about twenty doctors and hospital staff. During the lecture we
discussed the evidence linking diet to cancer, heart disease, and other health
problems and presented macrobiotic case histories and related research. The
doctors listened intently, and the other people in the audience were grateful and
enthusiastic. Across town Todd and Carry gave cooking classes for about 75
people, including many mothers and children.
Our final lecture took place in the center of Prague the next afternoon. It
was held in a large auditorium that was filled to capacity. Todd and Carry both
spoke to the group and thanked them for their hospitality. They mentioned that
82
they had been deeply touched by the warmth, enthusiasm, and spirit of the
Czech people. I took the podium and said that their recent social revolution had
inspired the whole world and that their macrobiotic spirit would inspire many
people toward a new world in the future. I mentioned that the world was indeed
becoming one, that national borderlines were disappearing, and that a planetary
family based on the dream of health and peace was now beginning.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, Macrobiotics in
Czechoslovakia, published in One Peaceful World, Becket, Mass., Summer, 1990.
83
11. Hanau Diaries
My wife, Wendy, and I are the parents of eight children (five boys and three girls), all of
whom were raised according to macrobiotic principles. Together with teaching our
children about diet and health, we have tried to inspire them with a dream of health and
peace, and instill in them a spirit of endless discovery and adventure.
From time to time, we have taken the older children on our lecture tours of Europe
and the United States in order to further their education and help them become citizens of
the planetary civilization of the future. The following diaries were written by our son,
Daniel, and describe one such trip to Hanau, Germany, near Frankfurt, in the spring of
1991. The diaries were presented as a report to his class at the Becket School. Daniel was
eleven at the time.
Wednesday, April 24 The bus trip from Becket to Boston was exciting because I
was going to Germany. When we got to Logan airport, I saw people of many
nationalities leaving for different countries. The airport was a busy place with
flights leaving for all over the world.
Every seat in the plane was taken. As we were taking off, I could see the
lights of Boston. Later I saw the coast of Maine, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward
Island, and Newfoundland. Then the pilot announced a big surprise. The
84
northern lights were visible outside the window. They were a thin blue haze that
glowed brightly on the horizon. I fell asleep for a couple of hours. When I woke
up it was sunrise. The sky was a pinkish color. We flew over Ireland, England,
and the English Channel.
Thursday, April 25 When we arrived at the Frankfurt airport I saw
people in turbans from India and the Middle East. We went on a moving
sidewalk and had our passports checked: all the official did was look at the
outside of the passport and let us in. Then we found a cart for our luggage and
changed money. Then we were met by our friend, Mr. Hans Lilienthal, who
drove us to our hotel. In Germany, it was 9:30 in the morning. In America it was
3:30 AM. To adjust to that I slept for a couple of hours.
Later we went for a walk. There was a marketplace across from the hotel
with shops separated by cobblestone streets. I saw a statue of the Brothers
Grimm who were from Hanau. Then we went back to our hotel and went to
sleep. I was still adjusting to jet lag.
Friday, April 26 The next morning we went to the marketplace and
bought postcards. We went to a cafe and addressed the postcards and then back
to the hotel. When we got back to the hotel our friend Hans was waiting for us.
We went to his house for dinner. Then I played soccer with the his grandchildren.
We went to the hotel and read a little bit before going to sleep.
Saturday, April 27 Early in the day we took a walk around the
marketplace. There were a bunch of stands selling fruits, vegetables, flowers, and
85
other things. The square was packed with people. The market has been going on
since the 1600s. Hans picked us up and on the ride to his house told us that the
town of Hanau was nine-hundred years old. He showed us several houses that
were four-hundred years old. We went to his house and took a bike ride to a
palace known as Wilhelmsbad. It had a beautiful park with a carosel. We had
mineral water at an outdoor cafe. On the ride home we went through beautiful
green forests. Then after a nice dinner of fresh trout, cooked by Hans’ wife,
Hildegard, we went back to the hotel.
Sunday, April 28 I woke up at 7:30 in the morning. We walked to the
place where my Dad was going to lecture. The town hall was already set up. It
was a really nice building with a restaurant, playground, pool, and flower
garden. There was a band playing there too. The band was playing old fashioned
music. After the lecture our group had a nice vegetarian dinner at a cafe called
Zeitlos, which means “timeless.” Later, my Dad, a friend, and I went to an opera
in the town hall. The opera was called Titus, and was by Mozart. Even though I
was tired I stayed awake through most of it.
Monday, April 29 In the morning I attended my Dad’s lecture. We went
to lunch and then back to the hotel to read. I called my family and then took a
nap. Then we went to dinner. After dinner I went to my Dad’s evening lecture.
Then a group of us went to an Italian restaurant for pasta. On the way I rode in a
Porsche 911. It was awesome.
86
Tuesday, April 30 Today I went into a place called the Goldschmeidhaus.
It had an assortment of metal coins, gold and silver cups and plates, and jewelry.
It had a workshop where these things were made. It had tiny windows on the the
roof. After that I looked at some old electric guitars at a shop nearby. They were
the kinds that the Beatles and other groups played during the Sixties. I had my
picture taken with one. Later I listened to my Dad’s lecture.
Wednesday, May 1 This morning I slept during my Dad’s lecture because
I was tired from going to bed late. I had fun sleeping and it felt good. In the
evening I watched television and had dinner. I watched a soccer match between
Germany and Belgium. After the evening lecture we went out and had big soft
pretzels. I called home when we got back to the hotel.
Thursday, May 2 Hans and I went shopping in the morning. We went to a
store and Hans bought me a soccer ball. A little while later I went to a restaurant
called Nordsee with my friend Reinholt, who was translating my father’s lectures.
During my Dad’s evening lecture I caught a mouse. Later I had mineral water at
a restaurant before going back to the hotel.
Friday, May 3 Today was the last day of my Dad’s lectures. I was glad
because every morning we had to wake up early. I spoke to the people at the
lecture. I said a few things in German, including: “Guten abend,” “Ich heisse
Daniel,” “Ich bin elf jahre alt,” and “Ich kommt aus Amerika.” Then I switched to
English and Reinholt translated for me.
87
Saturday, May 4 Around five in the afternoon we took a ride to
Aschaffenburg. We saw a castle on the river. We took a walk through beautiful
gardens. The town is in Bavaria. The castle was huge and had small windows
and a courtyard that looked like it came from the Middle Ages. On the way there
I rode in another Porsche. We went pretty fast on the Autobahn. We went to the
town to have dinner and do some sightseeing. My Dad’s friend owns a
restaurant there and he made us a special macrobiotic meal. It was very good. We
arrived back at the hotel after midnight.
Sunday, May 5 Today Mrs. Lilienthal took us sightseeing in Frankfurt. I
went to the cathedral of Frankfurt. It was built on the sight of an ancient church.
Inside were sculptures of kings, queens, and knights. The church is an example
of Gothic architecture. I climbed up the tower through a long spiral staircase. I
could look out over Frankfurt. The Frankfurt cathedral had survived the
bombing of World War II. After the war, the cathedral was one of the only things
left standing. Then Mrs. Lilienthal, my Dad, and I had dinner at a Japanese
restaurant. Then my Dad and I went back to the hotel and packed our suitcases.
Monday, May 6 Hans drove us to the airport. When we got to the airport
we said goodbye. There were flights leaving for many countries all over the
world. There were guards patrolling the airport. We were asked many questions
about our luggage. After that we boarded the plane and took off. The plane flew
out over the Atlantic. It was daylight all the way across.
88
I had a great time on the trip. I met many new friends and had many new
experiences. I hope to visit Germany again.
Source: My Trip to Germany, a report to the Becket School, by Daniel Esko,
Becket, Mass., May, 1991.
89
12. Macrobiotics in Southern
California
On the night before my departure for California in March, 1993, a winter storm
blew into the Berkshires. The winter of 1993 seemed longer than usual, with
more snowfall. I got up before dawn and looked out the window. Snow was still
falling.
I was traveling West to begin the Kushi Institute Extension (KIX) in
Southern California. Since 1990, K.I. Extensions had started in Toronto, New York
City, Philadelphia, Chicago, Cleveland, Dallas, and San Francisco. The Extension
Program was started in order to bring comprehensive macrobiotic studies to
people in different parts of the United States and Canada. The KIX program
made it possible for people around the country to pursue in-depth macrobiotic
studies without having to travel to an established center. It was my second trip to
California since the beginning of the year; a month before I had traveled to San
Francisco to begin the K.I. Extension there.
I was traveling with Carry Wolf, a teacher at the K.I. in Becket. Carry was
scheduled to present cooking classes as a part of the weekend. As we drove
down from the Berkshire Hills into the Pioneer Valley, the snowfall lightened. It
seemed that the storm probably would not interfere with our departure. Our
90
plane took off from Hartford on schedule, and after a smooth flight to
Minneapolis, we boarded the connecting flight for Orange County.
In contrast to the Berkshires, Southern California was bright, sunny, and
warm. Stepping out of the airport, I felt myself decompressing and relaxing. The
long winter in New England had made everyone tight and contracted. It felt
good to expand and relax in the warm California sun. We were met at the airport
by Gwen Staats. Gwen lives in Costa Mesa and had graciously opened her home
for the K.I. classes.
Our first stop was the home of Bosko and Mina Dobic. Bosko and Mina
are from Serbia in the former Yugoslavia. They studied macrobiotics for several
years in Becket, during which time Mina had recovered from ovarian cancer (her
story is in the book, Cancer-Free, Japan Publications, 1992). Now they were
introducing many people in Southern California to the macrobiotic way of life.
Following a light lunch which Mina had prepared, Bosko took Carry and I to
Newport Beach not far from his home.
Only a week before, I had been lecturing in Long Island and took a short
walk on the beach on the South Shore. The contrast could not have been more
striking, and offered an interesting lesson in yin and yang. On Long Island, a
cold wind whipped across the shore; while in Newport Beach, the breeze was
warm and gentle. On Long Island, the colors were subdued; in Newport, they
were brilliant and stunning. On Long Island, I huddled to keep warm, while in
Newport, we took off our shoes and walked barefoot on the sand. On Long
91
Island, I walked briskly; in Newport, we adopted a leisurely pace. It was difficult
to spend more than ten minutes at the beach on Long Island, while in Newport,
we could have easily spent the whole day. On Long Island, the overall effect was
bracing; in Newport, it was relaxing.
That evening, a macrobiotic dinner and public lecture took place at Gwen
Staats’ home. About fifty people came, including many who were enrolled in the
K.I. They had come from San Diego, Santa Barbara, Los Angeles, and other
communities throughout Southern California.
After dinner, I spoke about macrobiotic healing, focusing on the use of
food as medicine. I explained how an understanding of yin and yang and the
energy of food is essential for genuine health and healing. I mentioned a recent
study in the New England Journal of Medicine in which researchers discovered that
one-third of all Americans are using alternative healing methods. According to
the study, alternative health care is now a $14-billion industry.
The K.I. session got underway on the following morning with Carry’s
cooking class. About twenty-five people are enrolled in the program. Classes are
presented one weekend a month for ten months, and cover the same subjects--
Order of the Universe, Macrobiotic Cooking, Oriental Diagnosis, Macrobiotic
Health Care, and Shiatsu--that are presented in the Level I program in Becket.
Many of the students had been practicing macrobiotics for some time and were
familiar with the basic principles. Others were new to the macrobiotic way of life.
92
The cooking class focused on whole grains. Carry explained how to
present a variety of healthful and delicious whole grain dishes, and talked about
her experiences teaching and practicing macrobiotics in America and Europe.
After lunch, I taught the class on the Order of the Universe. I explained how the
principle of yin and yang is the basis for achieving health and happiness, and
how it is found in all of the world’s great spiritual, religious, and philosophical
teachings, from the I Ching to the teachings of Jesus, and from the Old Testament
to the teachings of Buddhism.
We used as examples quotations from the world’s great spiritual and
philosophical classics. For example, in Genesis, Chapter 1 we read of the
polarization of one infinity, or God, into two complementary yet opposite
energies:
In the beginning, God created the heaven and the earth.
The understanding of the law of change, especially the continual cycling
between opposite states, is clearly expressed in Ecclesiastes, Chapter 1:
One Generation passeth away, and another generation cometh; but the
earth abideth forever.
The sun also ariseth, and the sun goeth down, and hasteth to his
place where he arose.
93
The wind goeth toward the south, and turneth about unto the
north; it whirleth about continually, and the wind returneth again
according to his circuits.
All the rivers run into the sea; yet the sea is not full; unto the place
from whence the rivers come, thither they return again.
In St. Matthew, Chapter 19, Jesus talks about the transformation of yin into
yang and yang into yin:
But many that are first shall be last; and the last shall be first.
In the opening lines of the Nihon-Shoki, or Chronicles of Japan, compiled
in the 8th century, we read of an account of creation that, like the account in
Genesis, describes the polarization of the universe into heaven and earth, or yin
and yang:
Of old, Heaven and Earth were not yet separated, and the In and Yo [yin
and yang] not yet divided. They formed a chaotic mass like an egg which
was of obscurely defined limits and contained seeds.
The purer and clearer part was thinly drawn out, and formed
Heaven, while the heavier and grosser element settled down and became
Earth.
94
The finer element easily became a united body, but the
consolidation of the heavy and gross element was accomplished with
difficulty.
Heaven was therefore formed first, and Earth was established
subsequently.
Thereafter Divine Beings were produced between them.
Buddha’s teachings evidence a clear understanding of the ephemerality of
life and the constancy of change. In a farewell to his disciples he said:
My disciples, my end is approaching, our parting is near, but do not
lament. Life is ever changing; none can escape the dissolution of the body.
This I am now to manifest by my own death, my body falling apart like a
decaying cart.
Do not vainly lament, but do wonder at the rule of transiency and
learn from it the emptiness of human life. Do not cherish the unworthy
desire that the changeable might become unchanging.
A similar understanding can be found the sayings of Heraclitus, a pre-
Socratic Greek philosopher:
95
Immortals become mortals, mortals become immortals; they live in each
other’s death and die in each other’s life. The universe throws apart and
then brings together again; it advances and retires. Everything flows and
nothing abides; everything gives way and nothing stays fixed. You cannot
step twice into the same river, for other waters and yet others go ever
flowing on.
In China, the teachings of Lao Tsu demonstrated a deep understanding of
the order of the universe, or yin and yang. Lao Tsu’s understanding is expressed
clearly in the Tao Teh Ching, a small book composed of eighty-one poetic verses:
In fact, for all things there is a time for going ahead and a time for
following behind;
A time for slow breathing and a time for fast breathing;
A time to grow in strength and a time for decay;
A time to be up and a time to be down.
Difficult and easy complement each other.
Long and short exhibit each other.
High and low set measure to each other.
Voice and sound harmonize each other.
96
Following our review of these and other historical expressions of the order
of the universe, we studied the principle of commonness and difference. We
began by listing the universal, common factors that are shared by all things. We
discussed how even though all things share the same origin in the universe and
the same process of change, they are at the same time completely unique. The
principle of commonness and difference illustrates the macrobiotic principle that
every front has a back, and every back has a front.
We then applied the principle of commonness and difference to diet. I
explained how the standard macrobiotic diet is derived from the common factors
that all people share, such as a common environment on earth, a similar body
structure, and common cultural traditions of grain and vegetable eating. The
historical expressions of the order of the universe cited above, all of which share
a universal common understanding, are the product of humanity’s traditional
diet of grains and vegetables. We then studied some of the ways in which the the
macrobiotic diet can be modified to suit individual differences, such as those
resulting from differences in climate, environment, age, sex, physical condition,
level of activity, and personal tastes and desires. We then discussed how each of
the historical expressions cited above was the product of the unique time, place,
and environment in which it appeared, and that is why each one expresses the
order of the universe in a different way.
On the second day, we delved further into our exploration of the order of
the universe. We classified a variety of things into yin and yang, including
97
general tendencies, foods, and types of people. The students participated actively
in the group discussions and asked many questions. The weekend ended with a
group meditation in which we joined hands and projected an image of health
and peace throughout the world.
By the end of the weekend, everyone felt they had gained a better
understanding of the principles and practice of macrobiotic living. In talking to
the students afterward, they all expressed gratitude for having the opportunity
to study in such a unique way. Everyone had enjoyed the weekend and was
looking forward to future KIX studies.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures.
98
13. With Dr. Spock in Maine
The coast of Maine has a special kind of charm. Unlike the gentle beaches one
finds along the Mid-Atlantic coast where I was raised, the Maine coast is rugged
and rocky. The people who inhabit the coast of Maine are strong and
independently minded, Yankees in the truest sense of the word.
There are pockets of macrobiotic activity scattered throughout this huge
state. Over the years I have lectured in Waldoboro, at the macrobiotic center
started by John and Anna Ineson, in Portland, and at a spring retreat held at a
beautiful lakeside resort in Damarascotta. John Ineson, an Episcopal minister and
author of The Way of Life: Macrobiotics and the Spirit of Christianity, was at one time
the interfaith chaplain at Colby College in Waterville. He arranged a macrobiotic
symposium at Colby, at which I spoke, along with Alex Jack, Haruo Kushi, and
several other macrobiotic teachers.
More recently, educational programs have centered around the town of
Belfast, about two hours north of Portland along the coast. I was invited to visit
Belfast in June, 1992 by Elizabeth Masters and David Kingsbury. Together they
manage Kingsbury House, a macrobiotic bed and breakfast in Belfast. Elizabeth
is a graduate of the Kushi Institute. She turned to macrobiotics a number of years
ago following a diagnosis of cancer. After recovering her health, she and David
99
converted their large home into a cozy bed and breakfast, and began to sponsor
potlucks and other macrobiotic activities.
Several weeks before the visit, I received a call from Mary Morgan. Mary
is the wife of Dr. Benjamin Spock, the world renowned pediatrician, peace
activist, and author of the classic Baby and Child Care. Dr. Spock had met another
Kushi Institute teacher, Dr. Marc Van Cauwenberghe, the year before in Maine,
and at the age of eighty-eight, started macrobiotics with Mary’s support and
encouragement. In an article in USA Today, Mary stated, “His health is my No.1
priority now, and I think I’ve done a good job!” The article stated that Mary
“orchestrates his thrice-weekly exercise sessions with a personal trainer, his daily
16 laps in a YMCA pool, and his weekly lessons with a macrobiotic chef.”
Ben and Mary live part of the year in Camden, Maine, and part in Tortola,
in the British Virgin Islands. Mary was calling from their summer home in
Maine. She mentioned that she and Ben wanted to get together with me during
my visit.
Earlier in the year, my wife, Wendy gave seminars in the Virgin Islands,
and was invited by Ben and Mary to visit Tortola. Wendy enjoyed her visit
tremendously, especially the time she spent in the kitchen showing Ben and
Mary how to cut vegetables and prepare macrobiotic dishes. Following her
return to Becket, she and I discussed inviting Dr. Spock to speak at the 1992
Macrobiotic Summer Conference in Vermont. Our friends at the Kushi Institute
100
were enthusiastic about the idea and extended a formal invitation which Dr.
Spock gladly accepted.
In preparation for our meeting, I read Dr. Spock’s autobiography, Spock On
Spock (Pantheon, 1985), which he and Mary co-authored. The book is
appropriately subtitled, “A memoir of growing up with the century.” Dr. Spock
was born at the turn of the century, and has lived through two World Wars, the
Great Depression, the Cold War, and the nuclear and space ages. All of the major
events of the 20th century are chronicled in his book, as are his meetings with
many of the century’s great personalities, including Charlie Chaplin and several
U.S. presidents. In 1924, as a member of the Yale rowing team, Dr. Spock traveled
to Paris to compete in the Olympics. Interestingly, during his voyage across the
Atlantic, he met Gloria Swanson, the silent film star who like Dr. Spock, became
macrobiotic later in life and participated in macrobiotic summer conferences and
other educational programs.
After graduating from medical school, Dr. Spock trained in both
pediatrics and psychiatry. (He was the first person in the country to train in both
fields.) He established a practice in New York City during the Depression, and in
the 1940s was approached by a publisher and asked to write a book. Thus Baby
and Child Care came into being in 1945. The book became an overnight best-seller,
and to date has sold 39 million copies. Dr. Spock’s common sense advice about
raising children reassured millions of parents and influenced the way an entire
generation was brought up. (The book opens with the line: “Trust yourself. You
101
know more than you think you do.”) I consulted Dr. Spock’s book on numerous
occasions while doing the research for Macrobiotic Child Care and Family Health,
which Wendy and I wrote with the Kushis in 1985. (The book was reissued in
1994 under the title Raising Healthy Kids.)
In the late Fifties, Dr. Spock became active in the movement for nuclear
disarmament and world peace. At the invitation of Homer Jack (Alex Jack’s
father), he joined the National Committee for a Sane Nuclear Policy (SANE) in
1962. At that time SANE was working principally for a nuclear test ban treaty. As
Dr. Spock states in his autobiography, he joined SANE because he realized “that
if we didn’t have a test ban treaty, more and more children, not only in America
but around the world, would die of cancer and leukemia or be born with mental
and physical defects from fallout radiation.” It was Dr. Spock’s involvement with
SANE that led to his well-publicized involvement with the peace movement
during the Sixties.
Elizabeth Masters had scheduled an introductory lecture on Friday
evening followed by an all-day workshop on the following day. The lectures
were held in the hall of a large white church typical of those found throughout
New England. Ben and Mary came to the evening lecture, and I invited them to
speak to the group of about thirty people who had gathered for the talk. They
gladly accepted, and explained how they discovered macrobiotics and how Ben
had experienced immediate improvements in his health.
102
I began the lecture by thanking Dr. Spock for his dedication to world
peace and the health and well-being of children throughout the world. I
mentioned that despite the end of the Cold War, enormous problems still
remained on the road to one peaceful world. I stated my belief that macrobiotics
offered a long-term solution to problems of personal health and the environment,
and a fundamental method for the creation of a healthy and peaceful world. As I
was speaking, I noticed Dr. Spock nodding in approval.
On the following morning, I introduced the group to the basics of Oriental
diagnosis. Ben and Mary participated in all of the group discussions and practice
sessions, and asked many questions. They seemed to be thoroughly enjoying
themselves.
I returned home on the following day. During the seven-hour drive back
to Becket, I reflected on my meeting with Dr. Spock. I was impressed by Dr.
Spock’s youthful spirit and energy. At the age of eighty-nine, he is still seeking
new knowledge and experience. His thinking is very flexible, and as a physician,
he is interested in learning about new approaches to health and well-being. His
open-mindedness and enthusiasm exemplify the spirit of macrobiotics.
Dr. Spock influenced an entire generation, both through his common sense
approach to child care and his dedication to peace. His embrace of macrobiotics
could mean that the generation he guided will soon follow his lead and embrace
a new and more healthy way of life.
103
Source: This essay is from personal notes, excerpts of which appeared in
Macrobiotics Today, Oroville, Ca., November/December, 1992.
104
14. Conversations with T. Colin
Campbell
Whoever gives these things [food] no consideration, and is ignorant of them, how
can he understand the diseases of man?
Hippocrates
On a snowy morning in December, 1992, I boarded a bus bound for Ithaca, New
York. Friends in Ithaca had invited me to lecture in their city, and in spite of the
winter storm, we decided to go ahead with our plan. As it turned out, the city of
Ithaca did not receive much snowfall, although the area around it did. An
enthusiastic group turned out for the lectures and other educational events held
over the weekend.
During the visit, a friend mentioned that Dr. T. Colin Campbell, the well-
known diet and health researcher, was a neighbor of hers. Dr. Campbell is a
professor at Cornell University, and principal author of the landmark China
Health Study. The China Health Study made headlines in June, 1990 after
preliminary results were published by Cornell University Press. This huge
epidemiological study, conducted in association with the Chinese government,
added substantial weight to the evidence supporting the advantages of eating a
105
diet based on whole grains, vegetables, beans, and other plant foods. The study
was launched in 1983, and is based on data collected from 6,500 people in China.
Among its principal findings:
1. To lower the risk of heart disease and certain cancers, dietary fat may
need to be reduced to far below the 30 percent of calories currently being
recommended by many public health authorities. Data from the China Health
Study suggest that fat intake may need to be lowered to around 10 to 15 percent
of calories in order to truly reduce the risk of chronic illness.
2. The intake of animal protein most likely plays an important role in the
development of cancer, heart disease, diabetes, and other chronic illnesses.
Among the people surveyed in the study, those who consumed the highest
amounts of animal protein were found to have the highest rates of these diseases.
In general, Americans eat about 30 percent more protein than the Chinese, with
about 70 percent of it coming from animal sources, and have higher rates of
chronic disease. The Chinese consume an average of 7 percent of their protein
from animal sources.
3. A diet high in calories, protein, fat, and calcium during childhood may
increase the risk of breast and female reproductive cancers. This dietary pattern
promotes rapid growth and could be a factor in causing menstruation to begin at
a young age. Women in China were found to begin menstruation three to six
106
years later than American women and to have far lower rates of breast and
female reproductive cancers.
4. Dairy products are not necessary to prevent osteoporosis. A number of
studies have shown that countries where little or no dairy food is consumed have
lower rates of osteoporosis than countries where large amounts of dairy are
eaten. Dairy foods are normally not a part of the Chinese diet, and osteoporosis
was rare among people surveyed in the study. The Chinese derive most of their
calcium from vegetable sources.
The China Health Study found that a high cholesterol level may
predispose one to cancer, heart disease, and diabetes. As Dr. Campbell stated in
an interview following publication of these findings:
So far, we’ve seen that plasma cholesterol is a good predictor of the kinds
of diseases people are going to get. Those with higher cholesterol levels
are prone to the diseases of affluence--cancer, heart disease, and diabetes.
Cholesterol levels in China were found to range from 88 to 165 milligrams
per 100 milliliters of blood, much lower than the average in the United States.
The researchers found that the rate of colon cancer was lowest among people
with the lowest cholesterol. These results suggest that high consumption of dairy
107
products and other animal foods, and the high cholesterol levels that result, has a
significant influence on the development of these diseases.
Evidence from the China Health Study suggests that meat and other
animal foods are not necessary to prevent anemia. The Chinese derive most of
their iron from plant sources, and the researchers found little evidence of iron-
deficiency anemia. There was no evidence that fiber interfered with the
absorption of iron. Persons who ate the most fiber were found to have the highest
levels of iron in the blood. Dr. Campbell summarized the preliminary results of
the China Health Study by stating:
We are basically a vegetarian species and should be eating a wide variety
of plant foods and minimizing our intake of animal foods.
I mentioned to my friend that I very much wanted to meet Dr. Campbell.
She graciously called him and mentioned my request. In spite of a tight schedule,
he said he would have time the following day to meet with me. The meeting took
place at his home. Paula Dore, a friend from Ithaca, accompanied me to the
meeting.
After shaking hands, Dr. Campbell led us into his living room. He is a
soft-spoken, unassuming man. As we sat down, I thanked him for his pioneering
research. What followed was an animated discussion about the need for
continuing research and education on diet and health.
108
I started by describing the role macrobiotic education has played in
furthering dietary awareness in the United States and abroad. I mentioned the
pioneering role that macrobiotic education has played in starting the natural
food and health revolutions. We then discussed the need for formal research on
the role of diet in the prevention of and recovery from cancer and other chronic
diseases.
Dr. Campbell told me that the findings of the China Health Study were
being taken very seriously in China, Indonesia, and other Asian countries, and in
some cases, national agricultural and dietary policies are now being based on its
findings. The meeting concluded with an affirmation of our mutual interest in
working together.
Soon afterward, Dr. Campbell sent me two articles that he was preparing
for publication. In the accompanying letter he stated:
I enclose the two manuscripts that I wrote for a book to be co-edited by
Denis Burkitt and Norman Temple that I spoke to you about while you
were here.
In one chapter, I critiqued the contemporary research focused on
the so-called dietary guidelines and, with published data, found that these
recommendations, as conventionally practiced, are likely to do little or
nothing. In the second chapter, I and Junshi Chen summarized the
findings from our China project to present evidence showing, from many
109
perspectives, that comprehensive disease prevention will come only if
major adjustment of the animal/plant foods ratio is changed.
In these articles, Dr. Campbell elaborated on the findings of the China
Health Study, especially in regard to the current preoccupation with the role of
dietary fat in causing disease. In his view, dietary guidelines recommending a
reduction of fat to 30 percent of total calories divert people from the more urgent
need to make comprehensive dietary changes, and have little or no effect on
lowering the risk of cancer and other chronic diseases.
Interest in the relationship between dietary fat and cancer dates back to
the beginning of modern scientific medicine. In 1849, John Hughes Bennet, a
professor of clinical medicine and author of a standard textbook on medicine in
Britain, stated that “the circumstances which diminish obesity, and a tendency
toward the formation of fat, would seem a priori to be opposed to the cancerous
tendency.”
Much of the evidence linking high fat intakes with breast and other forms
of cancer comes from international correlation studies in which populations with
high fat intakes were found to have a high rate of these diseases, while
populations with the lowest fat intakes were found to have low or nonexistent
rates. These findings are supported by animal studies showing that a high intake
of fat promotes the development of tumors. However, these findings have not
held up in dietary intervention studies, such as the Women's Health Trial and the
110
Nurses Health Study, in which groups of women were placed low-fat diets in
order to determine whether or not lowering the intake of fat reduced the
incidence of breast cancer. Unlike population and animal studies, these trials
have failed to show a relationship between dietary fat and breast cancer.
According to Dr. Campbell, dietary fat is only one among other factors
influencing the development of breast and other forms of cancer. The intake of
animal protein may be just as important. When a “low-fat” diet is put into
practice, most people, including the subjects in these studies, simply switch to
lower fat varieties of animal food, for example, from beef to chicken, and from
whole fat dairy products to “low-fat” varieties. As a result, their intake of animal
protein remains at its already high level, or may actually increase. (For the first
time in history, per capita consumption of chicken is now higher than that of
beef. Chicken has replaced red meat as the leading form of animal food
consumed in the U.S., largely as the result of public health guidelines that
recommend eating more low-fat animal foods.)
There is evidence that the intake of animal protein has a significant
influence on the development of cancer. In population studies, countries with
high fat intakes have high intakes of animal protein, and their intake of protein
may be an important factor in their high cancer rate. At the same time, when a
person adopts a low-fat diet, he or she will usually reduce fat intake by several
percentage points only, while failing to increase the consumption of whole
grains, fresh vegetables, beans, sea vegetables, and other plant foods that have
111
cancer-inhibiting properties. As a result, people receive little or no preventive
benefit from such a minor change in diet.
Paralleling the focus on dietary fat is the growing interest in the cancer-
inhibiting potential of single nutrients. There are now 500 to 2,000 natural
chemical substances, found mostly in plant foods, that are believed to
“chemoprevent” cancer. For example, brown rice, whole wheat, barley, and other
whole cereal grains have been found to contain substances known as protease
inhibitors that are believed to suppress the action of proteases, enzymes
suspected of promoting cancer. Protease inhibitors may interfere with the activity
of oncogenes, which under certain circumstances, are thought to stimulate
normal cells to turn cancerous. Moreover, natural phytoestrogens, found in
whole grains and soybean products, such as tofu, may inhibit the development of
breast cancers. Researchers in England hypothesize that these compounds seem
to work in the same way as tamoxifen, a drug that has been used in conventional
therapy.
Miso, a fermented soybean paste, has long been associated with cancer
prevention. A diet rich in soyfoods, especially miso soup, produces genistein, a
natural compound that inhibits the growth of new blood vessels that feed
tumors. Researchers from Children’s University Hospital in Heildelberg,
Germany, discovered that genistein blocked cancer cells from multiplying and
could have significant implications for the prevention and treatment of solid
malignancies, including those of the brain, breast, and prostate.
112
Beta-carotene, a precursor to vitamin A, and other carotenoid pigments
found in orange-yellow and dark leafy green vegetables, have been shown to
have cancer-inhibiting properties. Studies have also shown that cruciferous
vegetables, such as cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, turnips, and Brussels sprouts,
contain numerous cancer-inhibiting substances, including indoles, chlorophyll,
vitamin C, carotenoids, dithiolthiones, and glucosinolates, that are believed to be
potent anti-cancer agents. Moreover, researchers have begun to identify
numerous substances in sea vegetables that seem to protect against cancer.
Currently, about 17 nutrient supplement trials are underway in which a
small number of compounds are being tested in over 100,000 subjects. The
participants in these studies are consuming their usual diets but taking these
substances in supplement form. However, as with the failure of “minimalist”
studies that focus only on fat intake, Dr. Campbell predicts that these supplement
trials will fail to show a reduced risk of cancer. One or two isolated compounds
will not be sufficient to overcome the overall negative effect of an unbalanced
diet.
As we can see, a diet based on organic chicken, low-fat cheese and yogurt,
and dietary supplements will not necessarily prevent cancer.
Dr. Campbell’s views are strikingly similar to those of macrobiotic
educators. In macrobiotic thinking, health or sickness result from the overall
dietary pattern, and not from isolated components of the diet. To prevent chronic
disease, a more total dietary change is necessary. Rather than isolating the cancer-
113
inhibiting substances in grains, vegetables, beans, sea vegetables, and other plant
foods, and taking these as supplements, macrobiotics recommends eating these
foods in their whole form. The key to cancer prevention lies in eating whole
natural foods, not in using dietary supplements or eating low-fat animal
products.
In order for diet to have a genuinely preventive effect, Dr. Campbell
suggests it may be necessary to reduce the consumption of fat to around 10 to 15
percent of caloric intake. For someone to get their fat intake down to that level, it
is necessary to change the overall ratio of plant to animal food in the diet. Of
necessity, a diet of 10 to 15 percent fat would require a substantial increase in the
intake of whole grains, beans, vegetables, and other plant foods. Animal foods
would become occasional supplements in an essentially plant-based diet. In his
writings, Dr. Campbell returns again and again to this theme: researchers should
investigate the preventive potential of a total readjustment of the animal to plant food
ratio in the diet, rather than looking simply at a reduction in dietary fat or the inclusion
of dietary supplements.
Through years of scientific research on diet and health, Dr. Campbell has
developed a genuinely holistic concept of nutrition. He has uncovered the
complementary/antagonistic relationship between plant and animal foods, and
the necessity of establishing the proper balance between them.
After years of study, Dr. Campbell has arrived at what George Ohsawa
referred to as a “dialectical” understanding of nutrition, or an awareness of yin
114
and yang, or complementary opposites in the realm of food and health. By
drawing attention to the superiority of plant-based diets, he is essentially calling
for a total reevaluation of modern nutrition. Coming from a realm dominated by
analytical and partial thinking, his comprehensive views on diet and health are
like a breath of fresh air.
According to the President’s Cancer Panel, diet is the single largest cause
of cancer. Despite the investment of billions of dollars in research and enormous
effort, the rate of cancer is 18 percent higher today that it was in 1971, the year
Richard Nixon launched the “War on Cancer.” According to a study published in
the Journal of the American Medical Association, a white male in his forties has twice
the risk of developing cancer as his grandfather did, and a white female of the
same age has a 150 percent greater chance of developing cancer as her
grandmother did. The upward trend in cancer incidence has occurred even when
the effects of smoking, the decline in heart disease, and the aging of the
population are accounted for.
Currently, one-third of all Americans will develop cancer during their
lifetime; by the year 2000, cancer will surpass heart disease as the leading cause
of death in the United States. Given these statistics and the trail of human
suffering caused by cancer, Dr. Campbell’s message on diet and health could not
be more timely.
115
Source: This essay is from an article entitled, Beyond the China Health Study:
A Discussion with T. Colin Campbell, published in MacroNews, Philadelphia, Pa,
Summer, 1994.
116
15. Belgium and France
The best thing that could happen to us would be for cows to be banned to the zoo.
Dr. Hugo Kesteloot
The East West Center in Antwerp has been active for over fifteen years. It was my
first stop on a ten-day trip to Europe in February, 1994. The Center houses a
spacious and well-stocked natural food store, managed by George van
Wesenbeck, a friend from Boston, as well as offices and classrooms for lectures
and cooking classes.
George studied macrobiotics in Boston in the Seventies, and upon
returning to Belgium, started the East West Center as well as a company to
distribute natural foods. He had recently sold the food company and taken over
management of the store. On my first evening in Belgium, George and I went to a
Japanese restaurant and reminisced about our days in Boston.
On the following day, Luc de Cuyper, the manager of the East West
Center, told me about the Center’s new educational programs, including regular
backpacking tours to Spain, Portugal, Poland, and other places in Europe. The
backpackers took macrobiotic foods and camped out during the tours. The
program looked like great fun.
117
Luc had arranged a lecture that evening. Before the lecture, he and I joined
Frans Copers, another friend from Boston who now manages a macrobiotic
Shiatsu center in Ghent, at a Japanese natural food restaurant. Frans explained
that awareness of diet was increasing in Belgium. He showed me an article
published in Knack, a popular magazine in Belgium on the relationship between
animal fats, and especially dairy foods, on heart disease and cancer. The article
featured an interview with Dr. Hugo Kesteloot, a cardiologist and epidemiologist
at the University of Leuven. Frans translated the following passage from the
article:
If you think that progress in modern medicine plays an important role in
the decrease of cardiovascular mortality, Professor Kesteloot will
contradict you adamantly: “Medicine plays a more minor role than most
people are inclined to think. After all, if progress was made, how do you
account for the increasing cancer mortality? People think that medical
science can do a lot, whereas in reality, it fails to deliver. People don’t
realize the extent to which they have their health in their own hands. And
this health is determined by our way of life, most importantly, by our
food.”
Fat consumption not only has an influence on cardiovascular
mortality. Recent studies are supporting the worldwide link between
between fat intake and cancer. The results of a study by Professor
118
Kesteloot on the carcinogenic effects of dairy fat are about to be published
in the American journal, Preventive Medicine. “Had I been able to show that
there is no connection whatsoever, I would have published it,” confirms
Professor Kesteloot. “But there is a clear connection between the amount
of saturated dairy fat consumed and the incidence of breast, colo-rectal,
prostate, and even lung cancer. The best thing that could happen to us
would be for cows to be banned to the zoo.”
The theme of the lecture was personal and planetary health. I began by
reporting on developments in America, including the United States National
Institutes of Health study of macrobiotics and cancer. When I mentioned that
recent surveys showed that one-third of all Americans were using alternative
health care, someone in the audience stated that in Belgium, more than half the
population used alternative medicine. I then talked about The Philosopher’s Stone,
Michio Kushi’s new book on alchemy and transmutation. I explained how the
understanding of atomic transmutation had the potential to change science and
technology and create a new industrial revolution. The first goal of the new
industrial revolution is to make unlimited materials, including precious metals,
available from common substances, such as air, water, and soil. The second
aspect involves learning to use unlimited, non-polluting sources of energy,
including the electromagnetic force, or ki, that is constantly coming in to the
earth from the universe.
119
Paris
Early the next morning, I took a bus to the Brussels airport where I boarded the
flight to Paris. I was met at the airport by Catherine and Caroline Delacoute. The
Delacoute sisters have been practicing macrobiotics for over fifteen years, and are
representing One Peaceful World, the international information network and
friendship society started by Michio and Aveline Kushi, in France. They have
studied with the Kushis and now offer macrobiotic cooking classes in Paris.
Catherine and Caroline took me on a quick tour of Paris that included a
stop at a famous cafe on the Left Bank. Then we drove to the Marie Curie
Institute for a meeting with a man named Professor Joyeux, one of France’s top
cancer specialists and a pioneer in research on cancer and diet. Professor Joyeux
was in agreement with many of our ideas, especially our belief that a naturally
balanced diet could help prevent many forms of cancer. Catherine and Caroline
told me that he frequently appeared on French national television and
recommended eating more whole grains and vegetables to prevent cancer.
Catherine, Caroline, and I boarded a train early the next morning for the
south of France. Joining us was Reverend Jomyo Tanaka, a Shingon Buddhist
priest from Japan who has practiced a macrobiotic way of life for many years.
Reverend Tanaka lives in Vermont and is well known in the macrobiotic
community. He was in France studying the parallels between Buddhism and
Western religions. He was investigating the possibility of opening a center for
120
meditation in Paris. Reverend Tanaka was planning to lead meditation sessions
every morning during my seminar in the south of France.
As the train headed south, the intensity of Paris gave way to more relaxed
and expansive surroundings. South of Lyon, the gigantic cooling towers of a
nuclear reactor came into view. The reactor seemed out of place with the gentle
rolling hills and old-style farmhouses that dotted the countryside. Nuclear power
is widely used in France. The sight of the reactor was a stark reminder of the
need for creative new solutions to the environmental crisis, including increased
awareness of macrobiotics.
Pezenas
We were met at the Montpellier station by Patricia Price and her daughter
Rachael. Patricia and Rachael have both studied at the Kushi Institute, and, along
with Catherine and Caroline, are representing One Peaceful World in France. My
friends and I stayed at Patricia’s spacious home in Pezenas, a small village south
of Montpellier, not far from the Mediterranean. In addition to being a student of
macrobiotics, Rachael, who is twenty, is a prize-winning equestrian. The many
trophies she had won in riding competition lined the wall of the living room.
Patricia and Rachael took me on a tour of the area early the next morning.
They explained that the southern part of France had been colonized thousands of
years ago by Greek settlers. The Greeks brought olive trees to the area, and also
wine grapes. The town of Pezenas is famous as the place where Moliere, the 18th
century playwright and satirist, lived and produced many of his plays.
121
We drove to Cap d’ Agd, a charming village on the Mediterranean. After
parking the car, we went for a walk along the coast. A light drizzle was falling.
The brisk ocean breeze left us all feeling refreshed and invigorated.
Our first lecture took place that evening in a hall in the center of Pezenas.
About forty people came. Macrobiotic desserts and bancha tea were available for
our guests. During the lecture, I spoke about diet and health, using the principle
of yin and yang to explain how to balance our diet and lifestyle. The lecture was
translated by Caroline Delacoute and Patricia Cuerot, another student of
macrobiotics who had come from Paris.
A number of people came for personal consultations on the following
morning. After lunch, our group--which by now included Catherine and
Caroline, Reverend Tanaka, Patricia Cuerot, Patricia and Rachael, myself, and
several other friends--set out for Montpellier. Patricia had arranged an afternoon
lecture in Montpellier, a charming city with one of the oldest medical schools in
Europe. About thirty people came to the lecture in an educational facility in the
center of the city. Following the lecture we returned to Patricia’s, where I lectured
again that evening.
I lectured at Patricia’s once more on the following afternoon. Joining us
were several other macrobiotic teachers, including Jean Celle and Mateo and
Helene Magarinos. Jean Celle has been involved in macrobiotic education and
publishing since the Seventies. He published several of Michio Kushi’s earliest
books in French, including Cancer and Diet. He is now active in the French
122
environmental movement. Mateo and Helene teach macrobiotics in Montpellier
and throughout Europe. Mateo is well known as the translator for Michio
Kushi’s seminars in France.
In all, about 100 people participated in our educational programs in
Pezenas and Montpellier. Patricia, Rachael, Catherine, Caroline, and I met with
another cancer researcher on the following day. His name was Professor Pugols,
and our meeting took place at the Val d’ Aurelle Cancer Research Center in
Montpellier. Professor Pugols is well known for his research on diet and cancer,
and, like Professor Joyeux, we found him to be in agreement with our views on
diet and cancer prevention. He was especially interested in the NIH study of
macrobiotics and cancer, and stated that his work educating the public about diet
and cancer would be greatly enhanced by scientific proof that a macrobiotic diet
could aid in the recovery from that disease.
Alsace
Early the next morning, Patricia, Rachael, and I boarded a flight for Strasbourg in
the province of Alsace. Alsace is on the border with Germany, and at various
times in history has been part of France and part of Germany. Many Alsatians
speak both languages and have a strong sense of independent national identity.
We were met at the airport by Michel Sheek, who, along with his wife
Cecile, manages La Miche, a charming hotel in the mountain village of Noirceux
that specializes in macrobiotic foods. Alsace was much cooler than the south of
France, and there was a light cover of snow on the ground. The region is
123
mountainous, with many chateaux and castles dotting the countryside. Alsace
contains many vineyards and is internationally recognized for producing wine of
exceptional quality.
Michel explained that he started macrobiotics over fifteen years ago
following a diagnosis of testicular cancer. After recovering his health, he became
involved in macrobiotic education. Michel is builder by trade and did the
renovations on La Miche himself. He explained that he used all natural materials
in order to make the environment inside La Miche as natural, healthful, and
comfortable as possible.
I lectured that evening in the town of Selestat. The lecture had been
advertised in the newspaper and about 130 people came, many of whom were
new to macrobiotics. The lecture had been organized by Paul Dietrich, a Catholic
priest who is a teacher of macrobiotics. Paul is the head of Terre et Partage, the
macrobiotic association in Alsace.
Paul took Patricia, Rachael, and me sightseeing on the following morning.
We went to Mount Saint Odile, a well known religious shrine dating back to the
8th century. The shrine is located on the top of a mountain, from which we were
treated to a spectacular view of the mountains and villages of Alsace, as well as
the Black Forest region of Germany. We all left Mount Saint Odile feeling
inspired and uplifted.
I addressed a meeting of the macrobiotic association later that day. About
thirty people attended the meeting, at which Paul Dietrich served as moderator.
124
One of our most heated discussions took place around the issue of salt. Many
people in Alsace (and throughout France) are using grey sea salt. Grey salt is
usually high in magnesium , making it too yang for daily use. It can produce an
overall tightening and constricting effect in the body and mind, and lead to
overly yang symptoms such as kidney stones.
Jean-Pierre Gardette, a macrobiotic teacher from Paris who has studied in
Boston, added poignant personal commentary on the importance of choosing the
right salt. Jean-Pierre started macrobiotics after developing ankylosing
spondylitis, a form of arthritis in which the vertebrae of the spine harden and
become fused. He originally used grey salt in cooking, and that led to
improvement of the more yin symptoms of his disease, especially the swelling
and inflammation. However, as he continued using grey salt, his spine became
tighter and and it became difficult for him to walk or perform simple tasks. It
was not until he came to Boston several years later and began using white sea
salt that his condition slowly began to improve.
As the discussion continued, I asked Michel’s wife Cecile for samples of
the salt our Alsatian friends were using. She brought two samples: grey salt
crystals and a somewhat refined, powdered grey salt, both from Brittany. Patricia
Price had brought a bag of white salt from Baja, California (Si Salt), which is the
kind we use in America. I placed each one in a bowl and asked everyone to taste
all three. The difference was immediately apparent. The grey salts had a
125
somewhat harsh, almost bitter aftertaste. The salt from Baja was mild, almost
sweet, without a harsh aftertaste.
After tasting the different varieties of salt and hearing Jean-Pierre’s story,
many of the people in the association expressed interest in changing from grey to
white salt. Patricia offered to import the Baja salt and make it available to all
those in France who wanted it.
Si Salt was developed by David Jackson, a macrobiotic teacher and
founder of Norsouth Products in Prescott, Arizona. He describes the unique
process through which the salt is produced as follows:
Si Salt brand sea salt is obtained via a special permit granted from the
Mexican government which took over 5 years to negotiate. The salt flats
are ideally located on the western coastal desert of the Peninsula of Baja
California.
The constant winds from the northwest, the rather scarce rainfall,
the abundance of solar energy, the lack of hurricanes and storms, and the
absence of marine pollution sources bestow ideal conditions for high
quality sea salt production.
The water for salt production is obtained directly from an adjacent
bay, which acts as a natural salinity condenser of sea water and has a
temperature several degrees higher than the open sea. This water is
pumped into a series of concentration ponds, and, when calcium
126
carbonates and other undesirable solids precipitate naturally from over-
saturation, the brine is ready to be poured into the spiral patterned
crystallization ponds, whose floor is the fossil salt deposits, which have
been made by crystallizing a 6 to 7 foot layer of sea salt. It takes from 1 1/2
to 2 years from the first concentration pond to the time of harvest.
This rather slow and gradual process allows the intake of
environmental energy that ionizes sea salt causing the distance between
the sodium and chlorine ions to increase and be more suitable to digest
and absorb.
The most common organisms to be found in the concentration
ponds are plankton, artemia salina (a small shrimp), and halophylic (salt
thriving) bacteria. As density--and hence salinity--increase, plankton and
artemia salina die, and the halophylic bacteria multiply, giving brine its
peculiar pinkish coloration, which in turn increases the retention of solar
energy, and thus of further concentration. This biological process does not
exist in sea salt that is produced under fast crystallization methods, with
just one or two steps. The remaining brine gives sea salt a slight pinkish
coloration, that still persists subtly after it has been washed with sea water
and brine under pressure, posterior to harvesting, and indicates the
presence of residual pigments from the beneficial bacteria and henceforth
the presence of trace minerals.
127
Then we grind the large salt crystals in slow natural stone grinders
(using spiral-cut, 12-inch granite stones). This type of grinding allows the
salt crystals to find their own way through the breaking down process,
allowing the natural ki, or energy, in the salt to maintain itself. You can
still recognize the crystalline structure in ground Si Salt. All other sea salt
grinding uses a hammermill, (because of its speed), which
indiscriminately crushes the salt disbursing any ki that it may have. Si Salt
is then hand-packed and labeled.
Following our discussions about sea salt, I concluded the meeting by
thanking my gracious hosts and all of the members of the association. I told them
that I felt inspired by the energy, vitality, and independent spirit I discovered in
Alsace, and expressed my hope that Alsatian macrobiotics would become a
model and a force for unity in Europe. At the end of the meeting, Michel brought
out several bottles of organic Alsatian wine. He passed small wine glasses out to
everyone and went around the table filling each glass. Then we raised our glasses
in a rousing toast to the dream of one peaceful world.
Source: This essay is from personal notes.
128
16. Macrobiotics in the Pacific Rim
It was slightly after midnight when my plane touched down at Singapore Changi
airport. The seven-hour Tokyo-Singapore flight was the final leg of an air
odyssey that started twenty-four hours earlier in Boston. The trip to Singapore
marked the conclusion of a busy year (1994) in which I gave macrobiotic
seminars in Belgium, France, Holland, and England, as well as Atlanta, Austin,
Toronto, San Francisco, Detroit, Philadelphia, South Carolina, New Hampshire,
Florida, and Rhode Island.
Waiting for me in reception area were David Tio and Richard Seah. David,
who pioneered the introduction of macrobiotics in Singapore in the early ‘80s, is
an alumnus of the Kushi Institute in Boston. Richard, who heads the Macrobiotic
Association of Singapore and publishes The Good Life, a colorful macrobiotic
periodical, had studied in Becket. Richard had invited me to lecture in Singapore
during his stay in Becket earlier in the year.
As soon as we stepped out of the air-conditioned terminal, I realized I
wouldn’t be needing my winter coat, nor my suit jacket for that matter. The
night-time temperature in December was in the eighties.
Singapore, a small island-nation with a population of about three million,
lies off the tip of the Malay peninsula, not far from the equator. It contains an
129
interesting mix of ethnic Chinese, native Malaysians, and people from India.
Everyone speaks English. Singapore is a fully modern metropolis with a bustling
high-tech economy. Towering office buildings and high-rise apartments are
juxtaposed against lush tropical vegetation.
My first teaching engagement was an evening public lecture in a large
auditorium in the center of the city. The lecture was attended by about 250
people. Following the lecture, I presented a weekend workshop on Mind/Body
Healing attended by about 40 people, and several evening lectures, including a
group consultation. In addition to people from Singapore, the seminar was
attended by friends from Brunei and Bali. I saw a number of people for personal
counseling, and also appeared on AM Singapore, a morning television show. My
schedule was more or less filled from early morning until late at night.
One morning, Richard and I went to a huge food market in the “Little
India” section of the city. Hundreds of stalls offered an incredible array of foods,
some of which were familiar, many of which were exotic and unfamiliar. Many of
the stalls sold tempeh, or whole fermented soybean cake. Tempeh is a traditional
Indonesian dish, and the kind sold in Singapore is available individually
wrapped in the leaf used to ferment the soybeans. Unlike tempeh produced in
modern sanitary facilities, traditionally made tempeh, such as that in Singapore,
is covered with mold, a sign that the bacteria that synthesize vitamin B12 are
active. The tempeh in Singapore was, without a doubt, the most delicious I have
tasted.
130
Fresh tofu is also readily available, as is soymilk. Vendors sell warm
soymilk as a beverage. Freshly-squeezed sugarcane juice is also commonly
consumed. It is light green in color and has a dull sweet taste, very unlike the
sharp, penetrating sweetness of refined sugar. It is less yin than refined sugar,
and has a slight taste of chlorophyll.
A variety of exotic fruits and vegetables were on sale at the market. One of
the most popular exotic fruits is the durian, which people in Singapore refer to as
the “king of fruits.” The durian is native to Borneo and Malaysia, and is also
grown commercially in Indonesia, Thailand, and the Philippines. It is about the
size of a football and has a hard outer shell covered with prickly spines. It grows
high on the branches of the durian tree, and unlike apples or pears that can eaten
as is, a great deal of effort is required to crack open the shell. This extremely yin
fruit spoils very quickly and contains a volatile combination of rapidly
fermenting starches and simple sugars. When the shell is opened, the fruit emits
an unpleasant sulphurous odor, and when eaten, can cause such immediate
symptoms as fever, headache, sour gas, stomach cramps, vomiting, and diarrhea.
People who have mixed durian with alcohol have been rushed to the hospital
emergency room. As with other exotic fruits with spiny outer shells, I decided
that the durian is best left alone. Perhaps it is one of the original “forbidden
fruits” mentioned in the Bible.
Singaporeans are experiencing a variety of health problems caused by the
modern diet. Singapore has one of the highest cancer rates in the world. Breast
131
cancer, once relatively unknown among people in Asia, now affects many
women in Singapore. Many Singaporeans were raised on canned, condensed
milk, a remnant of British colonial days. As a result, children’s sicknesses such as
asthma, inner ear infections, and others are widespread. Obesity is increasingly
common, including among children.
Richard explained that Singapore is self-sufficient in only one food--
chicken--and depends on imports for the remainder of its food supply. (Most of
the rice consumed in Singapore, for example, is grown in Thailand.) The chicken
produced in Singapore is of the hormone- and antibiotic-fed variety. Chicken is
used often in Chinese cooking (as are pork and eggs), and many Singaporeans,
like people in the U.S. and Europe, mistakenly believe that chicken is a healthful
alternative to red meat.
During my lectures, I referred to an article from the Physician’s
Committee for Responsible Medicine entitled, Chicken is Not a Health Food. The
article points out that chicken consumption in the U.S. has increased from 14
pounds per person in 1955 to 69 pounds in 1993, largely because of the
perception that chicken is more healthful than meat. In reality, however, chicken
is not so different from meat. According to the article, 3.5 oz of broiled flank steak
is 56 percent fat, 42 percent protein, and has 70 mg of cholesterol. Light and dark
chicken with the skin contains 51 percent fat, 46 percent protein, and has 88 mg
cholesterol. The most commonly eaten varieties contain between 30 percent and
60 percent fat. For optimal health, macrobiotic guidelines recommend a daily diet
132
containing about 10 percent to 15 percent fat, mostly in the form of high-quality
unsaturated vegetable oils.
Chicken is also high in protein. A serving of stewed chicken breast
contains a full 75 percent protein. A high intake of animal protein contributes to
osteoporosis and kidney disorders, including kidney stones, hypertension, and
urinary tract infections, and is now associated with an increased risk of cancer.
Researchers have known for decades that animal protein accelerates the loss of
calcium from the bones. Animal protein produces an acid condition in the blood,
and this activates a series of reactions that help to neutralize the acid. These
reactions cause calcium to be released from the bones.
Americans eat on average 100 grams of dietary protein per day. Most
studies show that more than 95 gm of protein per day results in substantial loss
of calcium. This may be a primary cause of the high rate of osteoporosis in the
United States and other developed countries.
Singapore is rapidly becoming an international center for macrobiotic
education. Macrobiotic teachers from Europe, including Steve Acuff and
Adelbert Nelissen, have given seminars there. Michio Kushi visited in 1993,
Carry Wolf in 1994, and Herman and Cornellia Aihara are scheduled for
seminars in 1995.
Following the week in Singapore, Richard Seah, David Tio, and I made a
day trip by air shuttle to Kuala Lumpor. The capital city of Malaysia is about four
hours by car from Singapore up the Malay peninsula. Macrobiotic friends in K.L.
133
had scheduled an impromptu mid-day conference for about 25 people at an area
college. I told the group that the countries of the Pacific Rim had now arrived at a
crossroads. The past twenty-five years had seen phenomenal growth in the
economic and industrial development of the region. The Pacific Rim is now
enjoying the fruits of material prosperity and an improved standard of living.
However, together with the new prosperity, the problems of modern
civilization, including the rise of degenerative disease and destruction of the
environment, are now gaining momentum. If the nations of the Pacific Rim
continue to pursue technological development without self-reflection, then the
negative aspects of modern civilization will only intensify. If, on the other hand,
they combine technological development with an agricultural, dietary,
environmental, and health revolution guided by macrobiotic principles, then the
future is bright. Our friends in the Pacific Rim are in a unique position to
combine enlightened dietary and environmental policy with modern high-tech
development.
After a busy week in Singapore, I flew to Tokyo. I had not been to Japan
since 1979, and was looking forward to my visit. While in Tokyo I stayed with
Ms. Setsuko Yada and family. I had met Setsuko the summer before at the
Macrobiotic Summer Conference in Vermont. She was visiting America together
with about 25 other Japanese macrobiotic friends as a part of the annual One
Peaceful World Tour.
134
The energy in Japan was noticeably different from that in Singapore. Japan
is located in the temperate zone, Singapore, near the equator. Aside from the
difference in temperature, there was a difference in environmental energy. Earth’s
yin, centrifugal force is stronger at the equator, due to the earth’s more rapid rate
of rotation there, while heaven’s yang, centripetal force is stronger in the
temperate zones. The strong charge of earth’s force made it difficult to sleep in
Singapore. It was hard to get to sleep before one in the morning, and I found
myself waking up at six. In Japan, the stronger charge of downward energy, plus
the cooler temperature, made me want to go to sleep by ten each night. It was
also easier to sleep later in the morning.
After a day relaxing and visiting friends in Tokyo, I boarded the
Shinkansen (bullet train) for Kyoto. I was met at the station by Mr. Junji Oba, the
head of One Peaceful World Japan and the leader of the One Peaceful World Tour
to America. Together we took the train to Nara. Mr. and Mrs. Oba have
established a macrobiotic cooking school in Nara and arranged a lecture in a
community center. About 60 people attended, mostly students of the cooking
school. Mr. Oba translated the lecture into Japanese. The lecture, a general
introduction to macrobiotics, seemed well-received. Following the lecture, I
joined the Obas and friends for a delightful Nabe-style dinner. Mr. Oba invited
me to lecture again in Nara. Like Ms. Yada in Tokyo, Mr. Oba was a kind and
generous host. I returned to Tokyo the following morning and left for Boston on
the next day.
135
Macrobiotics is developing actively in the places I visited. The macrobiotic
movement in the Pacific Rim reflects the dynamism of the area itself. In the
future, I believe it will become easier to initiate active cooperation between the
macrobiotic communities in the United States, Europe, Japan, and the Pacific
Rim. During the trip, I learned many new things and gained inspiration from this
unique glimpse of an emerging planetary civilization.
Source: This essay is from personal notes.
136
17. Beautiful Rain
A Tribute to Herman Aihara
One of my most meaningful encounters with Herman Aihara occurred several
years ago at the Macrobiotic Summer Conference in Vermont. One afternoon
during the Conference, the sky became overcast and erupted into a summer
shower. Everyone, myself included, ran for cover, greatly inconvenienced by the
sudden downpour. I took shelter in my room on the ground floor of the
dormitory.
Eventually, the heavy rain changed to a light drizzle. Through an open
window I could overhear footsteps and voices outside on the common. I heard
Marc Van Cauwenberghe, a teacher at the Conference, say, “Hello Herman.” (I
assume Marc and Herman passed each other on the walkway.) Herman’s
response--not only his words, but the vibration of his voice--touched me deeply.
He said simply, “beautiful rain.” His words were like haiku or the ringing of a
bell. They conveyed a sense of genuine gratitude that was as refreshing as the
summer shower.
I first met Herman in the early ‘70s. In that mythic golden age of American
macrobiotics, Herman, Cornelia, and several friends would leave the West Coast
every summer in a van and travel from city to town, from one end of the
137
continent to the other, giving lectures and cooking classes. What an incredible
spirit of freedom, compassion, and adventure. I met him when the annual
“Summer Tour” arrived in Philadelphia.
I remember Herman’s lecture as if it was yesterday. It was a warm
summer evening. Herman lectured in the courtyard of the Quaker Meeting
House. Even with the vibration of the city in the background, Herman projected
an absolute calm that enveloped everyone in the audience. We were transported
deep into the heart of nature. Where Herman was was where we all wanted to
be.
Here was an honest, unassuming fisherman-philosopher-guide,
contemplating, explaining, and marveling at this infinite order of the universe. To
Herman, infinite order expressed itself everywhere--from the wisdom of Lao Tsu
and Buddha to the art of fly-fishing, the status of the San Francisco 49’ers, and
the mating habits of salmon. Listening to him was fun, exciting, and profound.
He had the wonderful capacity to understand and embrace everything in a non-
judgmental way. According to Herman, success was fine, but so was failure. In
fact, failure led to success and success to failure. Being first was ok, but so was
being last. Why so much effort to be first, when first eventually becomes last?
Why not transcend both?
Herman showed us that lasting happiness is found not in trying to be
“perfect,” but in the art of being one’s natural self, which is itself perfection. No
wonder he made everyone feel comfortable and free.
138
Herman’s mannerisms are legendary. Some of the funniest moments I
have experienced took place when Verne Varona, a friend and student of
Herman’s, did his famous imitation of Herman. Once, Verne did his imitation at
a gathering at which Herman was present. Herman laughed heartily with
everyone else. Herman’s mannerisms made us treasure him even more.
Herman’s writings get better as one’s judgment matures. In the early ‘70s,
I relished every issue of The Macrobiotic, which Herman edited. With each passing
year, my appreciation of his writings, such as those in the classic Learning from
Salmon, has grown deeper. Herman taught us the importance of good writing.
He inspired me to polish my own skills as a writer.
With Herman’s passing, we have all lost a friend. His passing will leave a
gap in macrobiotic education that can never be filled. However, like all great
teachers, Herman’s dream lives in us, his students and friends. His insight,
humor, and sense of infinite gratitude will inspire future generations. I consider
myself fortunate to have known this gentle philosopher of peace.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and recollections.
139
18. Dream Never Dies
Macrobiotica
The way of health and happiness
Yin, yang in harmony
With life and nature guiding us
Self-reflection
And transformation
Living with an endless dream
One grain, ten thousand grains
With gratitude eternally
--Sung to the ‘Ode to Joy” Chorus of Beethoven’s Ninth Symphony
I came to macrobiotics in 1970. After reading You Are All Sanpaku by George
Ohsawa and William Dufty, I walked into a health food store in Philadelphia and
bought several pounds of organic short grain rice, sea salt, a bag of Ohsawa twig
tea (bancha), and a bottle of tamari soy sauce. This, my first attempt at diet
number seven, occurred in September of that year. I had studied Taoism and
Buddhism and was keenly interested in spiritual development. Friends who had
140
known Ohsawa in New York advised a brown rice fast as the most direct, Zen-
like way to experience enlightenment. So, while living at home with my parents,
I cooked a pot of brown rice, roasted and boiled bancha twigs, and sat down and
chewed each mouthful 50 times. I even chewed each cup of tea. (“Chew your
liquids and drink your solids,” Ohsawa advised.) I repeated this routine three
times a day. Other than brown rice and tea, I ate or drank nothing else.
Having recently graduated from the ‘60s, this was my first experience
with deep yangization. Almost immediately I began to lose weight. My face
began to change, becoming clearer and losing the hard edge that came from
twenty years of eating meat. My eyes became peaceful, my aura brighter. It was
hot that September. After several days I started seeking yin by lying on the cool
tile floor in the basement. I remember watching t.v. and feeling completely
alienated from the commercials for food and drugs. I felt like a stranger in a
strange land. However, from somewhere beyond my immediate surroundings, I
began to sense an infinite presence, a source of universal inspiration and absolute
peace. At night especially, I started to sense the earth, the stars, and heavens
beyond, and felt connected to the whole universe.
For the first time, I experienced what it was like to be really hungry, and
what it was like to be really human. Physical hunger made me sensitive to pure
vibration and put me in touch with the members of our planetary family for
whom a bowl of rice represented the sum total of their daily diet. I began to feel a
connection with the vast number of people who didn’t have enough to eat.
141
It was difficult to fast while living at home. My parents’ well-meaning
concern plus the abundance of familiar foods made it hard to continue. Even
though I “came off” diet number seven after about a week, I gained a powerful
glimpse into the influence of food on body, mind, and spirit. I intuitively knew,
beyond intellectual reasoning, that macrobiotics was the right path.
My second attempt at diet number seven came in late November. One
morning, while cooking rice cereal, my father came into the kitchen. He looked at
the cereal on the stove and joked,” I can’t understand why you want to eat
depression food.” I later found out that during the Great Depression, he, his
parents and his six siblings had subsisted largely on grains and vegetables. It
wasn’t until he enlisted in the army during World War II that meat became a
regular part of his diet. I understand now that my father’s early diet and humble
upbringing helped create his strong constitution, energetic yet flexible nature,
and rock-solid common sense.
As sympathetic as they were, my folks had trouble understanding what I
was up to. Things reached a crisis when one morning, I was roasting bancha tea
in a skillet and burnt the twigs. Smoke began filling the kitchen. My father came
into the room and declared, “that’s enough!” I knew then I would have to leave if
I wanted to continue my spiritual journey. So, like a Zen monk, I packed my
brown rice, bancha tea, sea salt, and soy sauce and moved into a row house in
the Germantown section of the city.
142
As I continued with my fast in this new environment, the physical
changes and spiritual insights I experienced previously returned. I had always
loved nature, but now I started to feel intimately connected to it. The fallen
leaves, the dry brown grass, and the bare trees all vibrated with an energy I could
feel. I felt closer to people too. I appreciated people on a deeper, more spiritual
level. As I became more empty, my relationships became more full.
This second fast lasted ten days. It extended over Thanksgiving. My
roommates all returned to their families for the holiday, leaving me alone in the
house. As I sat down to a Thanksgiving dinner of brown rice and bancha tea, I
had the feeling I was the only person in the country who was eating such a
simple meal that day. I turned on the t.v. for company. A news program came on
and featured a group of women who were forgoing the traditional Thanksgiving
feast. They were the wives of pilots who had been shot down over North
Vietnam. Their husbands were being held in North Vietnamese prisons and were
subsisting on rice and vegetables. The women were expressing solidarity with
their husbands by eating a simple meal of brown rice and pumpkin soup. I
realized I was not the only one who was eating a simple Thanksgiving dinner.
(Incidentally, when these pilots were released, many were found to be in better
physical condition than their counterparts who were not captured and who
continued eating the usual American diet.)
Giving up meat was relatively easy. I knew I would never go back to it.
For me, the final battle was with milk. I grew up drinking several glasses of milk
143
every day and knew that if I wanted to advance as a human being, I would have
to “wean” myself from cow’s milk once and for all. Inspired by Ohsawa’s
commonsense observation that milk is the perfect food for baby cows, I came off
diet number seven by drinking several quarts of milk at one sitting. That made
me very sick, with stomach pains and cramps. I knew then I would never again
drink milk. I haven’t.
As I began to associate with other people who were practicing
macrobiotics, my approach to macrobiotic eating became more broad and
flexible. I learned to appreciate a variety of whole natural foods. I met Michio
Kushi, Herman and Cornelia Aihara, Lima Ohsawa, and other teachers who
visited Philadelphia. I saw that the dream of health and peace which they were
sharing was also my dream. I knew I would dedicate my life to that dream and
share the macrobiotic vision with as many people as possible.
The macrobiotic movement has come a long way since those early days in
America. Natural foods, alternative medicine, ecological awareness, organic
farming; all have become worldwide trends. All were part of the original
teaching of macrobiotics. Yet we must always remember that macrobiotics is
humanity’s universal dream. It transcends individuals, organizations, manners of
expression, systems or structures. These relative forms come and go.
Macrobiotics equals dream eternal. It is as free and accessible as air, water, and
sunlight. It will continue as long as there is a humanity on this planet.
144
In the coming millennium, new generations will appear and replace the
previous generations in carrying the dream of macrobiotics. The old is the seed of
the new; one grain yields ten thousand. Like the cycle of the seasons, that process
will continue endlessly and change our planet to one of health and peace.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and recollections.
145
Part II: Personal and Planetary Health
146
19. Yin and Yang in Social
Organization
The most basic social relationship is that between a man and a woman. Men and
women are complementary opposites, and are attracted to each other. Out of
their union comes the social unit known as the family. Humanity exists because
of the attraction and harmony between these opposite energies.
In society, there are two types of organization. One is based on the
structure of the family, and is more natural. The other is based on artificial
concepts. These opposite approaches to social organization have arisen because
of differences in environment and food patterns, as we see in the following table:
Family-Style Organization!
Conceptual Organization
Based on love and trust!
Based on fear and distrust
Emphasis on natural harmony!
Emphasis on conceptual regulation
Cooperation!
Competition
Traditional!
Modern
Flexible!
Rigid
Monistic!
Dualistic
147
Product of a plant-based diet!
Product of a diet based on
based on whole cereal grains!
animal food
In the world of business, more rigid, conceptual models of organization
were adopted by Western countries, beginning in the early part of the 20th
century. On the other hand, Japanese businesses adopted a more family-style of
organization.
After the Second World War, Japanese industry was completely destroyed.
Now, the Japanese economy is second only to that of the United States. One
reason for such astounding success is the Japanese approach to management, in
which a family-style of organization is is combined with modern business.
Another reason for their success is their more holistic approach to work.
Modern assembly line manufacturing, for example, is fragmented and
dehumanizing. A worker will spend the entire day performing the same task
over and over, such as placing a weld in a car door. The inhumanity of the
modern factory was portrayed in the 1930s in Modern Times, the classic film by
Charlie Chaplin. Such fragmentation separates people from each other and from
their natural creativity. It is hard for them to feel pride or accomplishment in
their work.
The modern assembly line process was developed by Henry Ford. It is the
product of a meat-centered diet. Ford visited meat packing plants in Chicago
where fully automated, “disassembly lines,” had been put into place. In these
148
automated factories, living cows were turned into packaged meat products.
Workers would perform the same task again and again for the entire day. Ford
was so impressed with the efficiency of what he saw in Chicago that he simply
reversed the process, creating what became known as the “assembly line”
approach to manufacturing.
The Japanese have a more holistic approach to production. Instead of
isolated workers performing fragmented tasks, they use “production teams,” in
which teams of workers perform a variety of tasks. Workers are more connected
to each other and to the process of production as a whole. They naturally feel a
greater sense of pride and accomplishment in their work. Combined with their
family style of organization, the team approach to production has enabled the
Japanese to achieve staggering economic gains. The team approach to work came
from a culture in which grains and vegetables were the principal foods.
As more people shift away from animal food and toward a diet of grains
and vegetables, we can expect our orientation toward work to change. In the
future, our approach to work will evolve in a more holistic and natural direction,
and lead everyone toward greater self-realization and fulfillment.
Source: This essay is based on a lecture at the East West Foundation in
Boston, October, 1975.
149
20. Misconceptions About
Macrobiotics
In the 1970s, several articles appeared in national magazines in which the
macrobiotic diet was labeled a dangerous fad diet. Although I appreciate the
questions raised in these articles, they did little to further the understanding of
diet and health. They created a false impression about the way macrobiotics is
being practiced, and added to the public’s confusion about what to eat to
maintain health. In an open letter published in The Order of the Universe, I
mentioned that the following points were especially worth noting.
1. Articles such as these often focus on several isolated cases from the
1960s, in which problems arose due to a misinterpretation of macrobiotic
principles. People who have seen their health improve through macrobiotics are
rarely interviewed about their experiences; their stories usually never appear in
these negative articles.
2. These articles ignore favorable research on the macrobiotic diet. For
example, in research conducted by Harvard Medical School, people who eat
macrobiotically were found to have lower than average levels of blood pressure
and cholesterol, two of the leading risk factors for heart disease.
150
3. The authors of these articles make the mistake of assuming that people
who follow a macrobiotic lifestyle are observing highly restrictive diets, with the
goal being to eat nothing but brown rice. That assumption is false. A review of
macrobiotic literature shows that current macrobiotic recommendations suggest
a broad, flexible diet that includes a wide variety of foods, not a restricted
regimen. Writers who attack macrobiotics as an “all brown rice diet” are either
biased or have not done enough research. Perhaps they are more interested in
sensationalism than in accuracy.
4. These authors fail to note the similarities between macrobiotic dietary
guidelines and recommendations advocated by leading health organizations.
Macrobiotic guidelines are in similar to the suggestions in Dietary Goals for the
United States and other official publications. Doctors, nutritionists, and public
health authorities around the world agree that a diet based on whole grains,
beans, fresh local vegetables, and other foods high in complex carbohydrates and
fiber, and low in cholesterol and fat is not only nutritionally adequate, but may
be the most effective way to lower the risk of cancer, heart disease, and other
chronic illnesses. Moreover, these authors rarely give credit to macrobiotic
educators for contributing to nutritional awareness in the United States and
abroad.
5. These authors overlook the fact that many doctors and health
professionals are practicing macrobiotics. Michio Kushi and other macrobiotic
educators give regular seminars for doctors and other health professionals. Many
151
doctors now recommend macrobiotics as a viable approach to health promotion
and disease prevention.
Because of the increase in chronic illness arising from modern dietary
habits, it urgent that the general public be presented with clear, accurate, and
current information about macrobiotics. I encourage anyone writing an article
about macrobiotics to contact one of the hundreds of macrobiotic educational
centers in North America in order to receive up-to-date information or meet with
any number of people—including families with children—who are enjoying
good health as the result of adopting a macrobiotic diet. I encourage all of you
who are practicing macrobiotics to write your personal story or case history, and
to send it to a macrobiotic center for publication. It isn’t necessary to have a story
about the recovery from cancer or another dramatic illness; cases showing
general improvement in physical, mental, and spiritual health are just as
important.
Individual efforts do make a difference. For example, once when I was in
Washington, D. C. for lectures, I was introduced to a woman from the U.S.
Department of Agriculture. She was compiling a textbook on nutrition that was
going to be used by millions of high school students throughout the country. She
had heard that I was a macrobiotic teacher, and wanted to show me a draft of the
statement describing the macrobiotic diet that was scheduled to appear in the
book. Because of her pleasant, upbeat manner, I expected the statement to be
152
positive, or at least accurate. However, I was quite surprised to read what
amounted to a denunciation of the “Zen” macrobiotic diet, followed by a
warning to young people to avoid it at all costs. The diet described in the
statement had little to do with the way people in America were actually
practicing macrobiotics, or with the way that macrobiotics was presented in
lectures and publications. I told her that the statement was completely
inaccurate, and if published, would create confusion and misunderstanding.
Fortunately, she was not biased personally against macrobiotics. She
became apologetic once I explained the situation to her. She said a committee
was meeting in several days to finalize the book prior to publication and she
would be happy to present a statement from me explaining macrobiotics with a
recommendation that it be used in place of the earlier one. I sat down with a pen
and paper and quickly drafted a letter explaining the situation. I added a brief
statement about the macrobiotic diet, and gave both of these handwritten
documents to her. She thanked me and said she would let me know about the
outcome of the meeting. As it turned out, the committee decided to omit the
section on macrobiotics once they realized the information they had was
inaccurate.
Together we can change the misconceptions and unnecessary confusion
that surround the practice of macrobiotics. Let us encourage people everywhere
to adopt this simple, common sense approach to to health and peace. Let us offer
153
macrobiotics as a solution to the modern crisis and a way to transform the earth
into paradise.
Source: This essay is based on a letter in The Order of the Universe, Boston,
Mass., 1977.
154
21. Suggestions for United States Food
Policy
In the summer of 1977, Michio Kushi asked me to draft a memorandum with
suggestions for the national food policy recommendations he was preparing for
the Carter Administration. President Carter had ordered a reassessment of
United States food policy following the release of Dietary Goals for the United
States earlier that year. Through my office at the East West Foundation,
arrangements were made for Michio to meet with members of Carter’s domestic
policy staff at the White House. The meeting took place in September.
In the memorandum, I recommended that the federal government pursue
active programs in the following areas.
1. Organic farming and traditional food processing. I suggested that the federal
government encourage the large-scale adoption of natural and organic farming
methods, especially the cultivation of whole grains, beans, and fresh local
vegetables for direct human consumption. I suggested that the government
encourage the production (using organic natural methods) and use of traditional
soybean foods, such as miso, tamari soy sauce, tofu, and tempeh, as low-cost,
high-quality sources of protein. I included a suggestion that the government
155
provide guidance and funding to farmers to convert from present chemical-
intensive methods of food production to natural and organic methods, and
encourage the harvesting and distribution of edible sea vegetables as high-
quality sources of minerals.
2. Distribution of high-quality natural foods. I recommended that the federal
government encourage the distribution and marketing of high-quality natural
foods, while funding research on the costs of converting the present food system
toward the goal of making healthful natural foods available to the public.
Included in that recommendation was a suggestion that the government fund a
program of education on the relationship between diet and health for
representatives of the food industry.
3. Research on diet and health. Included in the memorandum was a
suggestion that the federal government fund an active program of research on
diet and health, including the use of the macrobiotic diet in the prevention and
possible recovery from cancer, heart disease, diabetes, and other chronic
disorders.
4. Public education. I recommended that the federal government provide
funding for an active campaign to educate the public about the relationship
between diet and health, both through the media and through public institutions.
The purpose of that campaign would be to provide people with enough
information to make food choices consistent with good health, and to present
practical guidelines for preparing and using healthful natural foods.
156
After reviewing these and other suggestions, Michio drafted a series of
comprehensive recommendations aimed at improving the health of the American
people. This document served as the starting point for the meeting with Carter’s
advisors. I sent Michio’s recommendations to members of the Senate committee
that drafted Dietary Goals, and to doctors and researchers around the world. (The
Food Policy Recommendations are in the book, On the Greater View, by Michio
Kushi, Avery Publishing Group, 1986.) I included a copy of the East West
Foundation’s landmark report, A Nutritional Approach to Cancer.
Below are several of the replies I received:
Thank you for sharing with me copies of your organization’s publications,
A Nutritional Approach to Cancer and Food Policy Recommendations for the
United States. I am sure the documents will serve as significant resources
in future congressional discussions in these areas. Your comments on the
work of the Select Committee are appreciated. I would like to be kept
informed of the nutrition and health related concerns of your foundation.
Bob Dole
United States Senate
Subcommittee on Nutrition
157
Thank you for your letter and the enclosed reports on food policy and the
relationship between our diet and our health. I share your concern over
this important issue and during future considerations of legislation
relating to the importance of nutrition to proper health care in the nation,
the reports prepared by the Foundation will continue to be most helpful.
Again, I appreciate having the benefit of your views.
Edward M. Kennedy
United States Senate
Committee on Human Resources
As you know from my comments in the Dietary Goals, I am in agreement
with many of the policy recommendations you have made. I believe
continuing efforts must be made both with the executive branch and the
Congress, as well as educational institutions, for example through school
lunch programs. It is also essential to educate the professions and the
media to provide the public with better choices in relation to diet and to
help people better understand what those choices really are.
Philip R. Lee, M.D.
Professor of Social Medicine
University of California
158
Source: This essay is based on personal notes and an article entitled,
Responses to the Food Policy Recommendations for the United States, published in The
Order of the Universe, Boston, Mass., 1978.
159
22. Were the Founding Fathers
Macrobiotic?
The relationship between food and health is basic not only to the practice of
macrobiotics, but to the traditional common sense of all cultures. We have all
heard the familiar expressions, “Food is your best medicine,” and “You are what
you eat.” Traditional wisdom such as this is a natural outgrowth of humanity’s
universal dietary heritage, based on whole grains and vegetables as principal
foods, as practiced throughout the world for countless generations. At the same
time, folk medicine, which was usually centered in the home, often consisted of
simple dietary adjustments and the use of medicinal plants from the immediate
environment.
Many great personalities throughout history were keenly aware of the
importance of proper diet. For example, Thomas Edison once stated: “The doctor
of the future will give no medicine, but will interest his patients in the care of the
human frame, in diet, and in the cause and prevention of disease.” Edison’s
thinking was completely macrobiotic in that regard.
At various times in their lives, the ideological leaders of the American
Revolution, Benjamin Franklin and Thomas Jefferson, experimented with diet
and practiced a semimacrobiotic way of eating, with emphasis on whole grains
160
and vegetables. Franklin’s dietary experiments are well documented in his
autobiography; the story of his arrival in Philadelphia while munching on whole
wheat rolls is familiar to every student of American history.
Jefferson once wrote that he used animal food only occasionally, and only
as a “condiment” to his main diet of grains and vegetables. It was their simple,
wholesome diet that gave these men the strength, vitality, and clear judgement to
overcome the difficulties involved in establishing a new nation. Similar examples
are common in the histories of many countries.
Jefferson believed that natural agriculture, especially the cultivation of
cereal grains, was vital for the future of the new country. He was particularly
interested in introducing brown rice to the United States. During one of his visits
to France, he noticed that rice was eaten by many as a principal food, especially
during Lent, when people did not eat meat. Most of the rice eaten in France came
from Italy, so Jefferson went to that country to obtain rice seed to send home to
America. However, the Italian government had a law forbidding the export of
rice seed. Undaunted, Jefferson risked a scandal by hiring a mule driver to cross
the border into France with an illegal shipment of several large sacks of rice seed.
The shipment was stopped at the border and turned back. Jefferson was so
determined to introduce rice to America that he filled the large pockets of his
coat with seed and carried it across the border himself.
Upon arriving in France, Jefferson sent the seed to Charleston, South
Carolina where a few grains were given to a small group of farmers who then
161
took personal charge of the planting, cultivation, and harvest of the crop.
Jefferson was so pleased with the results that he arranged for rice seed to be
shipped to the Carolinas from Egypt and China.
If Jefferson and Franklin could return today, they would not recognize the
modern processed foods eaten so widely in America. They would probably be
alarmed at the epidemic increase in degenerative disease, and by the rapid decay
of society. Every day, we read of the continuing decline of modern civilization.
At the same time, however, an increasing number of people in the United
States and other countries have shifted toward a natural, ecologically balanced
way of eating in accord with traditional dietary practice throughout the world.
This approach to diet and lifestyle is known as macrobiotics, and offers a
fundamental method to reverse society’s downward spiral and begin a new era
of health, peace, and continuing development. This peaceful biological
revolution is centered in the kitchen of every home. Whether or not it is
successful depends on those who prepare daily food.
If Franklin or Jefferson were alive today, they would surely have grasped
the significance of the new revolution, and would be champions of our efforts to
recover life, liberty, and happiness not only for people in America, but for people
throughout the world. These giants of human integrity and wisdom were
primarily involved in shaping the political and economic constitution of a new
country. The most pressing concern facing us today, twohundred years after
Franklin and Jefferson, is the founding of a new world—based on the strong
162
biological constitution of all humanity. And this constitution, too, is being created
out of the extraordinary, unique energy of whole cereal grains, the staff of life.
Source: This essay is from an article entitled, Were the Founding Fathers
Macrobiotic? published in the World Macrobiotic Society Newsletter, East West
Foundation, Boston, Mass., 1980.
163
23. Diet and Disease: An Overview
No illness which can be treated by diet should be treated by any other means.
Maimonides
There is now an increasing volume of evidence linking the way we eat with our
physical and mental health, leading to a widespread and growing interest,
among both medical professionals and the public at large, in applying diet as a
solution to the modern health crisis.
There is no question that our health needs have changed over the last
eighty years. At the turn of the century, the most important diseases in the
United States were infectious diseases such as influenza, tuberculosis, and
pneumonia. Since then, the incidence of infectious disease has declined.
However, during the same time, the rate of chronic illnesses, such as cancer, heart
disease, and diabetes, has risen substantially.
During the 20th century, a profound change took place in the way people
eat, leading many to believe that modern dietary habits are the leading cause of
the increase in chronic illness. That was the conclusion of the landmark report
issued in 1977 by the Senate Select Committee on Nutrition and Human Needs,
164
entitled Dietary Goals for the United States, and of reports issued by public health
agencies around the world.
To date, more than a dozen international health organizations have issued
reports that implicate the modern diet in the rise of chronic disease. Most of these
reports make dietary recommendations aimed at prevention. There are signs that
preventive dietary guidelines issued over the last decade are producing positive
results. For example, the rate of heart disease in the United States and several
other countries has declined somewhat over the past ten years. There is evidence
supporting the view that this may be due to health conscious dietary changes.
Although many of us have had direct experience with degenerative illness
—either personally or through family members or friends—we tend to think that
on the whole, those of us in the affluent nations have the best medical care and
the most abundant diet, and are thus healthier than ever before. Consider,
however, that of the ten leading causes of death in the United States, six—heart
disease, cancer, stroke, diabetes, cirrhosis of the liver, and arteriosclerosis—are
degenerative diseases. These disorders are directly linked to diet. In 1977, about
75 percent of all deaths in the U.S. were from one of these causes, a clear
indication that our population is not as healthy as we would like to believe,
despite the increasing deployment of medical technology and the convenience of
the modern food system.
It is commonly believed that this degenerative epidemic is due to our
lengthened lifespan—that the conquest of infectious diseases and consequent
165
lowering of infant and child mortality, in other words, have actually allowed
more people to grow older, and that more old people naturally means more
degenerative disease. In fact, an increasing proportion of younger persons are
suffering from chronic disease. Cancer, for example, is the number one cause of
death, excepting accidents, of children under fifteen. According to the Summer
1978 issue of Working Papers, “The percentage of people under seventeen years
old limited in activity due to chronic ailments nearly doubled from 1968 to 1974.”
Degenerative disease is not an old people’s disease, nor is it a necessary result of
gains in child survival rates. It affects all people, at all ages, in virtually all
populations.
The Changing Modern Diet
Studies of overall patterns of food consumption during the 20th century reveal a
number of interesting trends: (1) there has been a substantial increase in the
intake of saturated fat and cholesterol, due largely to rising meat and poultry
consumption; (2) there has been a substantial increase in consumption of refined
sugar, resulting largely from the addition of sugar to processed foods and
increasing soft drink consumption; (3) there has been a tremendous increase in
the consumption of chemicals, additives, and preservatives, and a variety of
artificial or highly fabricated foods; and (4) there has been a substantial decrease
in the consumption of complex carbohydrate foods such as cereal grains, beans,
and fresh local vegetables.
166
In the early part of the 20th century, Americans derived about 40 percent
of their caloric energy from complex carbohydrates—cereal grains, beans, and
vegetables. This percentage has declined to less than 20 percent. Whole unrefined
grains and grain products are practically nonexistent in the modern diet. At the
same time, the consumption of fats and simple sugars has risen so that these
items now comprise over 60 percent of the diet.
From 1889 to 1961, the ratio of complex to simple carbohydrate dropped
more than three times. In 1976, the average person in the United States ate about
120 pounds of refined sugar, compared to less than 40 pounds per person in 1875;
an increase of over 300 percent. A large portion of the sugar consumed in the U.S.
is eaten in processed foods and beverages, including soft drinks, canned foods,
bread, candy, cake, ice cream, breakfast cereals, and others. Soft drink
consumption doubled in the United States between 1960 and 1975; increasing
from an average per-person intake of 13.6 gallons to 27.6 gallons. In 1975, the
average person drank about 295 12-ounce cans of soda, containing 21.5 pounds
of sugar.
In 1976, the average person ate nearly 165 pounds of red meat (pork, beef,
mutton, veal). The rising popularity of beef is largely responsible for the overall
increase in meat consumption. For example, in 1910, the average person ate
about 55 pounds of beef. In 1970, this figure had risen to over 113 pounds.
167
These changes in diet parallel the rise of chronic illness in the 20th century.
The connection between diet and disease becomes even more apparent when we
review evidence linking diet and cancer.
Cancer and Diet
Much of the scientific evidence linking cancer and diet has come from two
sources: (1) epidemiological studies, such as those of overall cancer incidence and
changing dietary patterns in the United States, Japan, and other countries; and
(2) animal studies such as those which suggest that a restriction of caloric or
protein intake has an inhibiting effect on the development of tumors.
Examples of the epidemiological links between diet and cancer are presented
below.
1. The decline in cancer incidence in Holland following World War II food
shortages. Between 1942 and 1946, the incidence of cancer in Holland dropped 35
to 60 percent, depending on the region of the country. A Dutch epidemiologist,
Dr. F. De Waard, has correlated this decline with the changes in diet that occurred
as a result of the German occupation of the country. During the occupation, the
Germans took most of the cheese, butter, milk, eggs, and meat in the country,
leaving the Dutch to live on home-grown vegetables, bread, whole grain
porridge, and other basic staples. With the return to normal conditions after the
war, the cancer rate jumped back to its pre-war level.
168
2. Changes in cancer incidence among Japanese migrants to the United States.
The rates of colon and breast cancer in Japan have, until now, remained rather
low, while the incidence of stomach cancer has been high. The opposite is true in
the United States. Within three generations, however, Japanese immigrants in the
U.S. shift from the cancer incidence patterns common in Japan to those common
in the United States. This shift correlates with a change from the standard
Japanese way of eating to the modern American one, with a corresponding
increase in the intake of meat, chicken, cheese, and dairy food.
3. The worldwide correlation between meat and fat intake and a high incidence of
breast and colon cancer. In countries where the intake of meat and animal fat is
high, such as Scotland, Canada, and the United States, the mortality rates from
colon and breast cancer are high. Countries such as Japan and Chile, where meat
and fat consumption are low, have correspondingly low incidences of these
diseases.
The difference between the high incidence of these illnesses in the United
States and their low incidence in Japan is consistent with the differences in fat
intake between these two countries, and correlates with the increase in the
incidence of colon cancer in Japanese migrants to the United States following
their adoption of Western dietary habits.
Evidence from specific population groups in the United States reinforces
the connection between fat consumption and cancer. Groups such as the Seventh
Day Adventists, who generally follow a semi-vegetarian regime with a limited
169
fat and meat intake, have a much lower rate of some forms of cancer, especially
breast and colon. These diseases have been found to correlate with a low intake
of cereal grains which contain dietary fiber. For example, certain African
populations who, like the Japanese, have a low-fat, high-fiber regimen, have been
found to have correspondingly low incidences of colon cancer. The same appears
true for the Seventh Day Adventists.
4. The correlation between the incidence of breast and colon cancer in the United
States and increasing consumption of meat and saturated fat, and the declining
consumption of grains. The rising incidence of these illnesses correlates with
significant changes in the American diet since 1900, especially the rising
consumption of meat and saturated fat, and the declining consumption of grains
and their products.
5. The increasing incidence of breast and colon cancer in Japan following
Westernization of the Japanese diet. The rising consumption of milk and milk
products, meat, eggs, oil, and fat that has occurred in Japan since World War II
correlates with an increase in the incidences of breast and colon cancer over the
past several decades. According to the National Cancer Institute, this increase is
“consistent with the Westernization of the Japanese diet during recent decades,
particularly with an increased intake of fat.”
While epidemiological evidence has been accumulating, animal studies
have reinforced the link between cancer and diet. Examples quoted below are
170
from the 1977 Status Report of the Diet, Nutrition, and Cancer Program of the
National Cancer Institute.
1. Studies showing that a restriction of calories inhibits the development of
tumors. A number of animal studies have shown that of all dietary modifications
tried so far, the restriction of food intake has had the most regular influence on
the development of tumors. A restriction in overall caloric intake has been
regularly found to inhibit the formation of tumors and increase life expectancy of
experimental animals. Similar trials have shown that among rats fed identical
diets, the incidence of tumors is consistently higher in heavier animals.
2. Studies showing a higher incidence of tumors in animals fed high-protein diets.
According to the NCI report, a lower protein intake inhibits the development of
spontaneous or chemically induced tumors. Comparisons of a 5 percent and a 20
percent casein diet on aflatoxin induced tumors showed rats on the higher
protein diet had a 50 percent greater incidence of cancer. All of the high protein
rats developed tumors or precancerous lesions, while those on the lower protein
diet had no tumors or precancerous lesions.
3. Studies showing a relationship between a high-fat diet and a higher incidence of
breast and colon cancer. A number of studies have shown that an increase in the
amount of fat in animal diets produces an increase in the incidence of certain
cancers, and that the cancers tend to develop earlier in the life of the animal.
According to the NCI report, “Tannenbaum has shown that an increase from 25
171
percent to 28 percent fat in the diet of mice results in a double incidence of
spontaneous mammary cancers.”
4. Studies suggesting that a natural foods diet contains “protective factors”
against cancer. In one group of studies mentioned in the NCI report, irradiated
mice consuming a natural foods diet had a markedly lower incidence of tumors
than similar mice receiving a highly refined diet. According to the report, these
studies suggest “the presence of a protective factor in natural food diets.”
Cancer Recoveries
Together with scientific evidence, a small but significant number of case histories
and personal accounts have been gathered and publicized, pointing to the use of
the macrobiotic diet in the prevention and control of cancer and other chronic
illnesses. Although much of the evidence is anecdotal, and has come from
outside the realm of official research, many of these accounts begin to seem
plausible when considered together with mounting scientific evidence linking
diet and cancer.
Since 1975, the East West Foundation has compiled and published case
histories which show that a balanced macrobiotic diet can aid in the recovery
from cancer. These published case histories (such as those in the book Cancer-
Free, Japan Publications, 1992) represent only a small number of the thousands of
similar experiences that have yet to be documented and published.
Toward a Preventive Nutrition
172
As we saw in our study of changing dietary patterns in the United States, the
modern diet has become much more extreme. Overall consumption of
humanity’s traditional, centrally balanced staples—whole grains, beans, and
fresh local vegetables—has declined, while more extreme foods, such as meat
and sugar, chicken and tropical fruit, eggs and chocolate, have become the
mainstay of the diet. The modern shift in dietary patterns has had a disastrous
effect on human health, and is the underlying cause of the rise of degenerative
illness in the 20th century. Regardless of whether we approach the modern
decline in health from the more traditional, macrobiotic perspective, or through
modern epidemiological studies, our conclusion is similar. In order to secure
health, both individually and as a society, we must return to a more naturally
balanced way of eating in harmony with our environment and with our dietary
traditions.
Source: This essay is from an article entitled, Diet and Disease: An Overview,
published in Cancer and Diet, East West Foundation, Boston, Mass., 1980.
173
24. A Solution to the Global Energy
Crisis
Throughout the world, millions of people are becoming interested in the
relationship between diet and health. Interest in more naturally balanced diets
has become especially widespread during the past decade, and has arisen as a
result of a number of factors, including the following.
1. The continuing rise in the incidence of chronic illness, including cancer,
cardiovascular disease, arthritis, diabetes, and others.
2. A continual deterioration in the quality of the modern diet that parallels
the documented decline in national health.
3. The publication of numerous medical studies that scientifically
document the relationship between diet and health, together with reports
prepared by leading public health agencies recommending a diet based on whole
grains, beans, and fresh local vegetables for the prevention of chronic disease.
4. The rapid growth of the natural food movement.
5. The increasing popularity of macrobiotic educational programs
throughout the United States and abroad.
174
Not surprisingly, these developments are forcing a reevaluation of many
previously held concepts in nutrition. Within the nutritional and health
professions, a growing number of people are now convinced that the modern
high-fat, high-sugar, and highly refined diet is a primary cause of the rise of
chronic illness in the 20th century. These people favor widespread
implementation of preventive dietary strategies.
Those who support the concept of preventive nutrition divide foods into
two general groups: (1) foods associated with overall health and the freedom
from chronic illness; and (2) foods associated with an increased risk of
degenerative disease. Foods in the more beneficial category include whole grains,
vegetables, beans, and other complex carbohydrate foods, fruits, and low-fat
forms of animal food such as fish. High-risk foods are generally those high in
saturated fat, such as meat, milk and other dairy products, and eggs, along with
highly refined foods such as sugar, refined salt, and foods containing additives
and preservatives.
The macrobiotic diet is based on foods in the first category, and is
consistent with the recommendations of leading public health organizations.
Moreover, the benefits of macrobiotics extend far beyond personal health.
Macrobiotics offers not only an optimum diet for the prevention of illness, but a
highly economical approach to the allocation of global energy resources.
For example, the macrobiotic diet encourages the following energy-
conserving practices:
175
1. The direct use of high quality vegetable proteins.
2. The use of whole rather than refined foods.
3. The avoidance of highly processed, chemically produced foods.
4. The use of regionally produced foods.
5. The return to home cooking.
A large-scale shift toward a diet based on whole cereal grains, beans,
naturally processed items such as miso, tamari soy sauce, tofu and other
traditional soyfoods, locally-grown vegetables, and other regional supplements
could result in substantial reductions in our present energy needs. A 15 percent
reduction would be roughly equal to the yearly volume of energy now imported
from the Middle East. A growing number of people have shifted toward
healthful, energy-efficient diets. In North America alone, more than 20,000 retail
stores and cooperatives now carry high-quality natural and ecologically
produced foods. These dietary changes have occurred largely as the result of
concern over the relationship between diet and health, and have begun to
produce a small but potentially significant impact on the modern agricultural
and food system.
If the shift toward healthful ecologically balanced diets continues, a
significant portion of the population in the developed nations may be eating a
more energy-efficient diet in the near future. Much of the concern over present
176
and future energy shortages is based on the assumption that people are
unwilling to make the changes in lifestyle necessary to reduce overall
consumption. However, the success of the macrobiotic and natural food
movements over the past twenty years proves that people are capable of making
fundamental changes. The macrobiotic diet offers a solution not only to problems
of personal health. By encouraging the more efficient use of energy and natural
resources, the macrobiotic lifestyle—if widely implemented—could offer a long-
term solution to the global energy crisis.
Source: This essay is taken from the Introduction to the Case History Report,
Volume 7, East West Foundation, Boston, Mass., Summer, 1980; and an article
entitled, World Health, World Peace in Cancer and Diet, East West Foundation, 1980.
177
25. Diet and Behavior
In its structure and function, the brain and nervous system is a masterpiece of
complementary balance. The cells in the nervous system, known as neurons,
come in a variety of forms, but share the same basic structure. The sections of the
neuron include branched dendrites, which receive incoming impulses; the yang
or compact cell body, where impulses gather and are processed, and the yin,
extended axon where impulses are dispatched to neighboring cells.
On the whole, each cell in the nervous system functions as a spiral made
up of incoming and outgoing impulses and energy.
When nerve impulses arrive at the end point, or terminal of the axon, they
travel across the synapse, a narrow space that separates the axons of nerve cells
from the dendrites of others. When impulses reach the terminal, they stimulate
the release of neurotransmitters, substances that determine the way that the
message will affect the neighboring cell. More yang, activating transmitters cause
nerve cells to become excited and generate impulses at a higher rate. More yin,
inhibiting transmitters slow or block the production of nervous impulses.
Foods such as whole grains, beans, and vegetables rich in complex
carbohydrates increase the brain’s supply of serotonin, a more yin
neurotransmitter that is believed to induce calm and relaxed mental states. Eggs
178
and other animal food increase the levels of acetylcholine, another
neurotransmitter. That may help explain why persons who consume grains and
vegetables and little or no animal food often seem calm and even-tempered in
comparison to persons who consume plenty of meat and other animal foods.
The low levels of serotonin that result from a diet high in animal foods
may contribute to impulsive behavior. In studies of prison inmates conducted in
Finland, those with the most impulsive behavior patterns were found to have the
lowest levels of metabolized serotonin in the spinal fluid when compared to non-
impulsive prisoners and controls. The impulsive inmates were also found to have
low blood sugar levels. The researchers found that 81 percent of repeat offenders
had abnormally low blood sugar levels. Low levels of serotonin, together with
low levels of blood sugar, characterized 84 percent of the repeat offenders
studied.
Diet affects the body’s secretion of hormones, and these influence
behavior. In a study conducted at Yale, the intake of refined sugar was found to
dramatically increase blood levels of adrenaline in children. In children who
were tested after being given an amount of sugar equivalent to two cupcakes,
levels of adrenaline increased ten times. Adrenaline, secreted by the adrenal
glands during times of stress, initiates the “fight or flight” response. It produces
such effects as rapid heartbeat, quick shallow breathing, and nervousness.
High adrenaline levels lead to anxiety and difficulty in thinking clearly.
Parents often notice that children behave in an aggressive, hyperactive, and
179
erratic manner after eating plenty of sugary foods, and this study offers a
possible biochemical explanation for this reaction. Researchers are becoming
aware that diet has a profound effect on the the brain and nervous system, and
thus on our mental and emotional condition.
According to the National Institutes of Mental Health, about 5 percent of
the American population suffers from major depressive illness. Milder forms of
depression are much more common. Suicide is often the outcome of severe
depression, and about 75,000 people commit suicide every year in the United
States. Suicide is the second leading cause of death among men between the ages
of twenty-five and forty-five, and the rate is increasing among young people.
Bouts of depression often occur in cycles. A bout of depression may last
for one or two days or for several months or longer. Researchers have begun to
observe a correlation between episodes of depression and natural rhythms such
as the 24-hour daily cycle and the cycle of the seasons. Depression tends to be
more severe in the afternoon and evening, and during the autumn and winter,
times when the energy of the earth’s atmosphere becomes more yang or
condensed.
In many cases, depression is the by-product of a condition known as
hypoglycemia, or low blood sugar. Hypoglycemia is produced by an extreme or
unbalanced diet, especially the regular intake of cheese, chicken, eggs, and other
forms of animal food. These more yang or contractive items cause the pancreas to
become hard and tight, and inhibit its secretion of glucagon, or anti-insulin, the
180
more yin pancreatic hormone that raises the level of glucose in the blood. When
the pancreas becomes hard and tight, it cannot secrete glucagon properly,
although insulin, the more yang hormone that lowers blood sugar, keeps being
secreted. The result is hypoglycemia. Hypoglycemia creates the desire to
consume sugar, soft drinks, chocolate, alcohol, or drugs, all of which raise the
level of sugar in the blood.
The brain is utterly dependent on glucose for its functioning, and when a
deficit arises, the higher brain centers, including those governing imagination
and creativity, shut down in order to conserve more fundamental brain activity
essential for survival. The result is a sinking feeling or a feeling of being boxed in
by circumstances. A person becomes unable to imagine a solution to whatever
problems he may be experiencing, and, because of a lack of blood sugar, may not
have enough energy to change his circumstances. The result is depression and a
sense of hopelessness.
The principle of yin and yang can help clarify the biochemistry of
depression and other mood disorders. When the blood sugar becomes elevated
(yin), the pancreas secretes insulin (yang), in order to make balance. In the brain,
production of more yang neurotransmitters--those involved in arousal and motor
activity--is stepped up. Conversely, when blood sugar becomes low (yang), the
pancreas reduces the output of insulin, while accelerating production of
glucagon (yin). In the brain, production of activating neurotransmitters is
181
reduced, in some cases, to the point of undersupply. The resulting shortage can
lead to depression.
A naturally balanced, macrobiotic diet can help correct these imbalances in
the internal chemistry of the body. A diet based on complex carbohydrates, such
as those in whole grains, beans, and fresh local vegetables helps stabilize the
metabolism of glucose, and can help relieve conditions such as depression, fear,
and anxiety. Mind and body are one. The application of diet to the relief of mood
disorders represents a new frontier in the field of psychology.
Blood sugar imbalances also play an important role in schizophrenia, a
more severe form of mental illness. Chronic low blood sugar leads to cravings for
refined sugar, alcohol, chocolate, drugs, and other extreme forms of yin. The
repeated consumption of extreme yin items can cause the cells of the brain and
nervous system to become chronically overexpanded, producing an eventual
deterioration of mental functioning. The result can be schizophrenia.
Our mental processes depend on the brain’s ability to concentrate and
simplify information. The concentration of information is more yang. In The
Healing Brain, Robert Ornstein and David Sobel describe this process as follows:
Since the world is constantly changing, the brain is flooded with
information. How would it know which of all these changes are important
and which are irrelevant? A strategy emerged in which the brain and
182
nervous system evolved to radically reduce and limit the information
transmitted to the brain.
The nervous system organizes information so that a few actions, the
appropriate actions, can take place. Much of the intricate network of
receptors, ganglia, and analysis cells in the cortex serve to simplify. Senses
select only a few meaningful elements from all the stimuli that reach us,
organize them into the most likely occurrence, and remember only a small
organized sample of what has occurred.
When brain cells become chronically yin or expanded, they easily become
overly sensitive to yang stimuli, including activating neurotransmitters such as
dopamine. According to a popular hypothesis, oversensitivity to dopamine
produces chronic overstimulation in the brain. The patient becomes
hypersensitive to stimulation from the immediate environment and loses touch
with vibrations coming from greater distances. This leads to cognitive overload
and a decline in more refined thinking abilities. A person in this condition has
difficulty organizing the world by going beyond the immediate information he
receives.
Coordinating the varied functions of the brain requires strong yang, or
centripetal power. Ornstein and Sobel describe these varied functions as follows:
183
The brain is divided into very many independent and well-defined areas,
each of which possesses a rich concentration certain abilities. In this view,
which is becoming more and more established, the brain is seen not as a
single organ, but as a collage of different and independent systems, each
of which contains component abilities.
In schizophrenia, the yang power of coordination and control breaks
down. The various centers of the brain may start to act independently. The spiral
of coordination begins to spin out of control. Loss of control is due to an overly
yin condition in the brain and nerve cells. People with schizophrenia often show
signs of excess sugar consumption. Refined sugar disrupts the balance of
vitamins and minerals in the body. A common symptom of schizophrenia is
numerous white spots on the fingernails, a sign of mineral deficiency resulting
from the repeated consumption of simple sugar. Many schizophrenics have a
sweet odor on their breath, also the result of consuming sugar. A variety of
mineral deficiencies and imbalances are common among schizophrenics,
especially deficiencies in zinc, manganese, magnesium, and sodium, and these
result primarily from the repeated consumption of sugar.
The regular intake of simple sugars depletes B-complex vitamins that are
necessary to smooth mental functioning. More than fifty years ago, it was
discovered that vitamin B deficiencies were related to mental illness. About 10
percent of the people who were diagnosed with schizophrenia and committed to
184
mental hospitals in the South were found to be suffering from pellegra, a vitamin
B deficiency. When they were placed on corrective diets, their previously
diagnosed “schizophrenia” cleared up.
A naturally balanced, macrobiotic diet, rich in B vitamins, minerals,
complex carbohydrates, and other essential nutrients, could help many patients
with schizophrenia. Restoring the brain and nervous system to a more normal
balance of yin and yang is the first step toward the recovery from mental illness.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures, including research
for the book, Crime and Diet: The Macrobiotic Approach, Japan Publications, Tokyo
and New York, 1987.
185
26. The Freedom to Teach Macrobiotics
In the spring of 1989, I traveled to Kentucky to lecture on macrobiotics. The
lectures were scheduled to take place at a church hall. Several weeks before my
arrival, the pastor of the church received a letter from a woman representing the
local association of dietitians. Her letter implied that he had made a mistake by
permitting the lecture to be scheduled at his church. Fortunately, the pastor was a
good friend of the macrobiotic community and stood by his decision. Upon my
return to Boston, I sent the following letter to the woman, to which I have yet to
receive a reply.
Before proceeding, I think it is important to state that the manner in which
you contacted the pastor of the church where my lectures were scheduled
in an attempt to influence his decision to allow them to take place did little
to enhance the credibility of the organization you represent. Fortunately,
the pastor is a man of conscience and goodwill; upon receiving your letter
he passed it along to the woman who invited me to lecture in your city.
When I read your letter at the lecture, people saw it as an attempt to
infringe on their right to free speech and assembly. Not one of the people
186
at the lecture felt they had elected or in any way needed you to protect
them from the information being presented.
It would have been much better had you attended the lecture and
presented your objections freely and openly, rather than in the manner in
which you choose to communicate. In the future, please respect the
public’s right to more nutrition information, not less, and the freedoms
upon which our country was founded.
The tone of your letter gave me the impression that it is difficult for
you to be objective about macrobiotics, regardless of the facts being
presented. In any case, allow me to answer several of the questions you
raised:
1. The macrobiotic diet is not a “cult.” Hundreds of thousands of
people in all corners of the globe practice macrobiotics knowing that it
does not interfere in any way with their personal and private beliefs.
2. In my lectures I did not advocate any “stages” of diet beyond the
“attractive and appealing” (your quote) standard macrobiotic diet.
3. Macrobiotic educators support, advocate, and promote adoption
of dietary guidelines such as those of the U.S. Senate (Dietary Goals for the
United States); the National Academy of Sciences (Diet, Nutrition and
Cancer); and the U.S. Surgeon General (The Surgeon General’s Report on Diet
and Health).
187
4. Macrobiotics is not offered in place of nor as an alternative to
qualified medical care.
I am enclosing for your consideration a book, Doctors Look at
Macrobiotics (Japan Publications, 1988), in which ten medical doctors
review the potential of the macrobiotic diet in the prevention of disease
and maintenance of optimal health. I hope you will have the courage to
review their comments and consider their opinions in an objective and
professional manner. Please note that the doctors are themselves
practicing macrobiotics and recommending it as an alternative to the
modern highfat, highcholesterol diet.
Also, I would appreciate receiving your answers to the following
questions. I would like to know your position, or that of your
organization, on the following:
1. Do you support or reject the recommendations in Dietary Goals
for the United States (U.S. Senate Select Committee on Nutrition and
Human Needs, 1977)?
2. Do you support or reject the interim dietary guidelines in Diet,
Nutrition and Cancer (National Academy of Sciences, 1982)?
3. Do you support or reject the dietary guidelines in the Surgeon
General’s Report on Diet and Health (1988)?
188
4. Do you agree that the modern American diet is too high in
saturated fat?
5. Do you agree that most Americans would benefit by increasing
their intake of whole grains and fresh vegetables?
6. What is the role of dietary fiber in health? Do you feel that
Americans on the whole eat enough fiber?
7. Do you agree that unrefined, unprocessed cereal products such
as whole wheat, brown rice, etc. are better nutritionally than refined and
processed cereals such as white bread, white rice, etc.?
8. Do you see a relationship between diet and heart disease? If so,
how does the relationship work? If not, what do you think is the primary
cause of heart disease?
9. Do you see a relationship between diet and cancer? Please
explain what recommendations you would make for lowering cancer risk.
10. Do you feel that organically grown foods are superior to
chemically produced ones?
In the future, please make a clear distinction between macrobiotics
and other legitimate and credible approaches to diet, health, and human
wellbeing, and the socalled health “frauds” that you claim to be
investigating. Please make a clear distinction between the broad and
varied dietary recommendations that my colleagues and I are presenting
189
and the socalled “brown rice” or “Zen” diet. Ultimately, however, whether
you agree or disagree with what I have to say is not the issue. The crux of
the matter is that in a free society, I have the right to express my point of
view and the people of your city have the right to gather in a public forum
to consider and debate whatever ideas they so choose.
Source: This essay is from personal correspondence.
190
27. Crime and Diet
What is the state of our knowledge about diet and its relationship to behavior?
There is a great deal of evidence pointing toward a connection between
what we eat and how we think and behave. In the Seventies, the Senate Select
Committee on Nutrition and Human Needs met in Washington to consider
evidence linking diet with cancer, heart disease, and other degenerative
conditions. They drafted a report entitled Dietary Goals for the United States that
was aimed at reducing the incidence of these physical health problems. Dietary
Goals presented evidence that the modern diet is a major cause of these chronic
illnesses. That same committee, which was chaired by Senators George
McGovern and Robert Dole, published another report called Nutrition and Mental
Health. They examined the connection between diet, crime, and mental health
and presented a great deal of evidence to support the basic idea that diet is a
major factor in thinking and behavior.
For example, in the introduction to the report, Senator McGovern stated:
Of all the areas of promising nutrition research and knowledge, the
relationship between nutrition and mental health and development is the
least funded and probably the least well understood. One sign that this is
191
beginning to change is two articles directly concerned with the effects of
food on mental health and one’s behavior. One article titled “Can
Chocolate Turn You Into a Criminal?” notes that the link between food
and crime is attracting more attention from law enforcement officials. Two
of our witnesses will speak to this very issue and their respective
experience in working with juvenile and adult offenders.
Achieving recognition of the relationship between nutrition and
mental health is still very much a struggle. Established scientific thinking
remains weighted against those few scientists and practitioners who are
striving to understand the complex links between the food we consume
and how we think and behave as individuals.
According to the National Institute of Mental Health, 6.4 million
Americans are under some form of mental health care and an estimated 10
percent of all Americans are in need of such care. That translates into over
20 million people, and if further research is undertaken along a nutritional
line we could find that a significant number of mental health problems
could be cured or prevented by better nutrition.
How does diet affect thinking and behavior?
The biochemical connection is important to consider. Things like blood
sugar imbalances, vitamin deficiencies, and the accumulation of toxic substances
such as lead and aluminum in the body lead to brain chemistry imbalances. All
192
of these conditions are influenced by diet. Everybody knows what happens when
you drink alcohol. Obviously your thinking and behavior go through immediate
and noticeable changes. Food affects our thinking as well, but in a more subtle
way.
One of the most common conditions affecting behavior is called
hypoglycemia, or chronic low blood sugar. Because of a diet that is high in
animal fats and animal proteins, the pancreas, which regulates the blood sugar
level, doesn’t secrete hormones properly. As a result, the blood sugar level tends
to bottom out and become chronically low, and that affects our mood. Once the
brain is deprived of glucose—the brain is the largest consumer of glucose in the
body—in severe cases, the higher centers, the rational thinking centers, start to
shut down, while the rest of the brain keeps the body functioning. So that means
there’s a tendency to act in a less rational way, a less controlled way, less
according to conscience and more according to impulse.
Hypoglycemia creates the desire to seek some type of food or substance,
such as alcohol, drugs, or sugar, to make balance. Alcohol and drugs raise the
blood sugar, as does refined sugar. Many crimes are linked to alcohol and drug
abuse. These conditions are triggered by chronic hypoglycemia which is
originally caused by an unbalanced diet. Studies of prison populations have
revealed very high levels of hypoglycemia, as high as 85 percent in some studies,
and sugar consumption among inmates is often several times higher than it is
among the general population.
193
In macrobiotic thinking, the food we eat creates the chemistry of the
blood, and that, in turn, influences the brain. The brain functions because of the
nutrients supplied by the blood. If our food is improper, then our thinking and
behavior will gradually change and move away from normal into what we call
sickness—mental disease and crime—until proper nutrition is restored.
In the book Crime and Diet (Japan Publications, 1987), there is an account of a
macrobiotic project at a prison in Portugal. Can you comment on that?
A group of twentyfour prisoners at the Linho prison in Portugal wanted to
eat macrobiotic foods. The administration agreed and allowed teachers from the
macrobiotic center in Lisbon to go there and give lectures and cooking classes. In
the beginning, the prisoners were not allowed to have knives in their cells. In any
case, they started to cook vegetables and other foods without cutting them. They
started to eat macrobiotically and really changed remarkably. They became
model prisoners and several years later, all were released. Mr. and Mrs. Kushi
visited the group in prison and were impressed by their sincerity, enthusiasm,
and desire to study. One of the prisoners, a former bank robber, came to Boston
and studied at the Kushi Institute. After graduating, he helped establish a
macrobiotic center in New Bedford, Massachusetts. He introduced many people
to macrobiotics before returning to Portugal. He later married and became a
father, and now teaches macrobiotics throughout Europe.
Is there an interest among people in the corrections field in the relationship
between diet, behavior, and crime?
194
Yes, although not as widespread as the interest in diet and health that we
now see among medical people. Several years ago, I was invited to speak at the
annual meeting of the Correctional Association of Massachusetts. I presented
studies on the relationship between diet and behavior conducted by macrobiotic
people, along with an account of the Portuguese prison experiment. The
presentation was well received and stimulated interest in further research. As a
first step, I proposed that the cafeterias in all of the prisons in the United States
live up to the suggestions put forth in Dietary Goals for the United States. These
suggestions include reducing the intake of saturated fat, reducing the intake of
sugar, cutting back on highcholesterol foods, and moving toward complex
carbohydrates like whole grains, beans, and fresh vegetables.
In the mental health field, the experiences of my friend, Stephen Harnish,
M.D., are beginning to show a possible role for a naturally balanced diet in the
rehabilitation of mental patients. Dr. Harnish is the director of a large mental
health clinic in Manchester, New Hampshire, and works with chronically and
severely mentally ill patients. In the foreword to Crime and Diet, he describes
several patients who were helped because of dietary changes. He was able to
steer them away from a traditional American diet and avoid using some of the
strong tranquilizing medications that have side effects, and effect a very positive
change in their lives. He told me recently that he frequently notices patients in
the waiting rooms downing liters of cola, and is surprised that their bodies can
take that, but not surprised that their mental faculties are not functioning well.
195
Could you mention several of the macrobiotic diet and behavior studies that have
been conducted?
In 1981, Frank Kern, who is with the Virginia Department of Corrections
and a student at the Kushi Institute, began a three month study of diet and
behavior at the Tidewater Detention Center. Kern designed the study along with
Stephen Schoenthaler, a criminologist researcher. They took the sugar out of the
diets of a group of delinquent boys, without the boys or staff knowing it. They
were sugarfree for three months, with the following results: a 45 percent decline
in formal disciplinary actions, and an 80 percent decrease in the number of boys
who were constantly in trouble. The researchers felt that these results were
statistically significant. That small dietary change, which is a fraction of what we
are proposing, produced quite a dramatic result.
The second study was conducted in 1982 at the Lemuel Shattuck Hospital
in Boston, where several graduates of the Kushi Institute had started a
macrobiotic food program in the hospital cafeteria that continued for four years.
Out of that came the idea to study how the macrobiotic diet could benefit
psychogeriatric patients, some of whom were institutionalized for thirty years.
For eight weeks, they disguised whole grains, beans, vegetables, tofu, and other
natural foods in the form of mock roast beef, mock mashed potatoes, and other
dishes the patients were used to eating, so that the patients were not aware of the
dietary change. There was a study group of 16 patients who received the
macrobiotic diet and a control group of 18 patients who were on the usual
196
institutional diet. In the study evaluation, there was significantly less irritability
among the study group as noted by the nurses and attendants who were taking
care of them. The researchers noted significant improvements among the
experimental group in apparent or manifest psychosis.
What is your impression of the Feingold Diet. It is a diet for people who are
hyperactive or who have attention deficiency disorder. He recommended eliminating
additives from the diet, such as artificial colors and flavors, and certain preservatives. He
has a very specific list of things that can affect these people. Many people with
hyperactive children report success with this diet. Can you comment on it?
I really appreciate Dr. Feingold’s pioneering work in the area of diet and
behavior (Why Your Child is Hyperactive, Random House, 1974). He showed that
hyperactivity in children is connected to diet, and developed a dietary approach
to try to solve that problem. That was in contrast to the approach of giving
children drugs to sedate them. Many parents are justifiably distrustful of giving
drugs to their children and turn to the Feingold diet. There was a case in New
Hampshire recently in which parents refused to put their child on ritalin, the
most commonly prescribed drug for hyperactivity. Dr. Feingold recommended
eliminating chemical additives and refined sugar, and found that these changes
helped in about 50 percent of the cases. However, some symptoms of
hyperactivity are caused by the repeated consumption of animal foods. To
eliminate these symptoms, and for a more longterm solution to behavioral
197
disorders in general, it would be necessary to reduce or eliminate meat and other
forms of animal protein.
I believe that a naturally balanced diet along the lines of macrobiotics will
eventually become the key to rehabilitating social and behavioral disorders. The
understanding of diet and behavior is like a second wave building behind the
awareness of diet and health. In the future, prisons can become like health
centers where people go to selfreflect, eat well, and study the order of nature.
Macrobiotics offers not only a solution to problems of physical health, but a
practical method for the betterment of society as a whole.
Source: This essay is based on an interview entitled, Crime and Diet,
published in Macrobiotics Today, Oroville, Ca., January/February, 1992.
198
28. The New Ecology
Thousands of years ago, Hippocrates taught that food was the best medicine. He
used term macrobiotics to describe a way of eating and living in harmony with
nature’s laws. A naturally balanced diet is central to the practice of modern
macrobiotics, just as it was in the system of healing developed by Hippocrates.
Food is the vital link between our bodies and the environment, and the quality of
food determines the quality of our life. A balanced diet is the key to personal
health and well-being. It is also the key to solving the environmental crisis.
Life was able to develop and flourish on earth because of the delicate
balance of yin and yang, or the energies of expansion and contraction, on our
planet. The earth’s large, but structurally compact form (yang) is
counterbalanced by the more diffuse, liquid and gaseous envelope that
surrounds it (yin). Plants, which are yin, maintain the dynamic balance of the
atmosphere. They absorb and utilize more yang carbon dioxide and expel yin
oxygen. The oxygen they provide is essential to human and animal life. Animals,
which are yang, interact with the atmosphere in the opposite way. They absorb
yin oxygen and discharge yang carbon dioxide. Together, plants and animals
create a beautiful harmony that sustains life on earth.
199
Modern civilization is disrupting the natural balance of yin and yang that
has existed on the planet for millions of years. On the whole, civilization has
become increasingly yang: the speed of change is accelerating daily and we are
using more and more intense forms of energy. Rather than slowing down, we can
expect these trends to accelerate in the future.
Because of these activities, the atmosphere is changing. Since 1958,
atmospheric concentrations of carbon dioxide have increased by 25 percent,
mostly as the result of burning oil and coal. The United States and the former
Soviet Union account for about 45 percent of worldwide emissions of carbon
dioxide. Meanwhile, we are systematically destroying tropical rain forests that
absorb carbon dioxide.
Global Warming
Increases in carbon dioxide and other gases produced by industry, agriculture,
and the modern food system are causing the atmosphere to become yang—
dense, thick, and heavy. Ideally, the atmosphere should be light and clear (yin), in
order to balance the compact structure of the earth and support life. According to
environmental scientists, these changes could lead to problems on a global scale.
Proponents of global warming believe that some of the reflected heat produced
by sunlight no longer radiates back into space. If we view this theory according
to macrobiotic principles, we see that the atmosphere, which has become more
yang, causes heat radiation (also yang) to be deflected back to earth, creating
what is known as the greenhouse effect.
200
A growing number of people believe that the greenhouse effect is causing
average temperatures on earth to rise, a phenomenon known as global warming.
As a result, the polar ice caps could melt, resulting in worldwide flooding, and
climatic patterns that have existed for centuries could change drastically. Modern
technology has disrupted the natural cycle of carbon in the atmosphere, with
potentially far-reaching consequences. Disruption of the carbon cycle by modern
technology parallels the inefficient use of organic carbon compounds—or
carbohydrates—in the food chain. Before the industrial revolution, the majority
of people ate carbohydrates in their most efficient form. Traditional diets were
based on whole grains, beans, fresh local vegetables, and other complex
carbohydrate foods.
The modern food system no longer relies on these energy-efficient foods.
It is based instead on the highly inefficient conversion of complex carbohydrates,
often in the form of grains and beans, into animal protein and fat. Feeding these
valuable foodstuffs to livestock and then eating them in the form of animal food
wastes a tremendous amount of raw materials and energy. One expert estimated
that if the world were to adopt these methods of food production, all of the
known reserves of petroleum would be exhausted in thirteen years.
Modern food production contributes a great deal of carbon dioxide and
other greenhouse gases to the atmosphere. Cattle ranching, for example, is the
single largest source of methane, a leading greenhouse gas. Whole grains, beans,
and vegetables are far more energy-efficient than animal products. Corn or wheat
201
return 22 times more protein per calorie of fossil fuel expended than does beef
produced on the modern feedlot. Soybeans are 40 times more energy efficient
than modern beef.
In Diet for a New America, John Robbins describes the energy savings that
would result from a shift toward whole grains, beans, and vegetables. He cites a
report by economists Fields and Hur:
A nationwide switch to a diet emphasizing whole grains, fresh fruits and
vegetables—plus limits on export of nonessential fatty foods—would save
enough money to cut our imported oil requirements by over 60 percent.
And, the supply of renewable energy, such as wood and hydroelectric,
would increase 120 to 150 percent.
In order to slow the expected rate of global warming predicted to occur
because of the greenhouse effect, scientists estimate that fossil fuel emissions
would have to be cut by about 60 percent. Unfortunately, however, as the
modern diet and way of life spread around the globe, economists predict that
these emissions will actually double over the next forty years.
Destruction of forests, including tropical rain forests, can be traced to the
modern diet. Forests are being cut to make room for grazing livestock or for
growing livestock feed. According to one estimate, if deforestation continues at
the present rate, there will be no forests left in the United States by 2040.
202
Moreover, countries in Central and South America are systematically destroying
tropical rain forests that contain up to 80 percent of the world’s land vegetation
and provide a substantial amount of the planet’s oxygen.
The refining, processing, refrigeration, and other techniques used in the
modern food system waste a tremendous amount of energy and contribute to
global pollution. Sugar refining, for example, is a highly mechanized process that
utilizes fossil fuels, as does the production of the chemical fertilizers and
pesticides used in modern agriculture. Nitrous oxide, another greenhouse gas, is
largely a product of chemical fertilizers.
In the human body, the intake of animal foods causes saturated fat and
cholesterol to build up in the blood and eventually clog the arteries and blood
vessels. If the accumulation of excess continues unchecked, it can lead to collapse
of the body due to heart attack or stroke, or to accumulation of fats and toxic
substances in the organs leading to cancer. A similar situation is developing in
our environment, due to the inefficient use of carbohydrates in the form of
animal protein and fat. Pollution caused by industry and the modern food
system is contributing to the accumulation of carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous
oxide, sulfur dioxide, and toxic chemicals in the environment. The buildup of
these substances threatens the earth’s ecosystem with collapse.
Depletion of the Ozone Shield
At the outer reaches of the atmosphere is found a very thin envelope of gas,
ozone, that acts as a natural screen for the sun’s rays. Solar radiation polarizes
203
into more yin ultraviolet and more yang infrared rays. Ozone is a very yin gas
made up of three atoms of oxygen. Because like repels like, it blocks or repels
ultraviolet radiation while letting infrared rays pass through. Now, however,
because of the modern diet and lifestyle, we are punching holes in the delicate
layer of ozone high in the stratosphere. According to Newsweek:
The problem is a close as the air conditioner in your window or the fast-
food container at your feet. Both can release chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)
into the atmosphere. Once free, these chemicals float toward the heavens.
About 15 miles up they encounter the ozone layer, a paper-thin (three
millimeter deep) sheet that envelops the planet and shields it from
ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Under the right conditions, the CFCs destroy
ozone.
Ultraviolet light can weaken or damage the cells of the immune system.
Cells that initiate the immune response are more yang and are especially
vulnerable. At the same time, UV radiation causes the body to accelerate
production of more yin suppressor cells that shut down the body’s immune
response. Depletion of the ozone layer could lead to an increase in immune
deficiency diseases, including leukemia and skin cancer, especially when extreme
yin foods and beverages such as sugar, tropical fruits, and oils and fats are
weakening the immune response from the inside.
204
When our diet is based on a high intake of animal foods that contain
plenty of fat, and when these foods are cooked with modern energy intensive
methods, such as grilling, broiling, or deep frying (as they are in fast food
restaurants), our body temperature rises and we become less able to tolerate
warm weather. This increases our need for air conditioning, and our desire for
iced foods and beverages that require constant refrigeration. CFCs are used as
coolants in refrigerators.
Diet and the New Ecology
Eating whole grains, beans, fresh local vegetables and other whole natural foods
is the first step toward restoring the environment. By eating energy-efficient
foods in harmony with climate and season, especially those grown organically,
we are supporting a system of farming and food production that will preserve
the soil, water, and air for a countless number of future generations.
Changing to a diet of whole grains and vegetables produces immediate
and practical benefits both for the environment, and for our individual health.
Planetary ecology begins in the kitchen. Below are some basic principles to
consider as you move toward a healthful, ecological lifestyle.
1. Eat Lower on the Food Chain.
As we move up the food chain from plant to animal foods, the amount of
energy required to produce, transport, and store foods increases dramatically.
Grains, vegetables, beans, sea vegetables, and other plant foods are lower on the
food chain and require much less energy to produce. Researchers at Ohio State
205
University compared the amounts of energy required to produce plant and
animal foods and discovered that the least energy-efficient plant food was still
nearly ten times as efficient as the most energy-efficient animal food. Eating a
plant-based diet reduces the use of fossil fuels and eases the pollution burden
entering the environment, including carbon dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide,
all of which are greenhouse gases.
2. Reduce or Avoid Extreme Foods
Foods, like everything else in our environment, can be classified into yin
and yang. Eggs, meat, chicken, hard cheese, and other animal products, and
foods high in sodium, are extremely yang or contractive; while refined sugar,
tropical fruits, spices, coffee, chocolate, ice cream, artificial sweetners, soft drinks,
nightshade vegetables, and foods high in postassium are extremely yin or
expansive.
Centrally balanced foods include whole grains, beans, fresh local
vegetables, sea vegetables, non-stimulant beverages, non-spicy seasonings and
condiments, and other whole natural foods. These foods have a more even
balance of yin and yang, or expansive and contractive, energies.
Centrally balanced foods are highly energy-efficient. They were
humanity’s staples before the industrial age and when grown organically, are the
product of non-polluting, self-sustaining agriculture. On the other hand,
extremes of yin or yang are often the product of modern industry. It takes 78
206
calories of fossil fuel to produce 1 calorie of protein from beef. Only 2 calories of
fossil fuel are needed to obtain 1 calorie of protein from soybeans.
However, simply reducing or avoiding the intake of animal foods is not
enough to reverse the disruption of the environment. Extreme yin foods such as
refined sugar, tropical fruits, processed soft drinks, and others require a great
deal of energy to produce, store, and transport. It is also helpful to reduce or
avoid using them.
3. Eat Foods From Your Climatic Zone.
Today, people in the temperate zones eat a “polar-tropical” diet. They
have replaced the whole grains, beans, fresh local vegetables, and other foods
appropriate to their region with meat, eggs, cheese, poultry, and other foods
more suited to cold, polar climates, and with sugar, chocolate, spices, coffee,
tropical fruits and vegetables, and other foods more suited to equatorial zones.
A tremendous amount of energy is required to maintain this unnatural
dietary pattern. It is far more economical and energy-efficient to base your diet
around foods that are naturally abundant in your immediate environment or in a
climate that is similar to the one in which you are living.
4. Vary Your Diet with the Seasons.
By eating foods that are naturally available in season, we take advantage
of the cycles of nature. During the winter, dishes that are strongly seasoned and
well cooked help us generate and retain heat. In summer, lightly cooked dishes,
including salads, keep us cool. These natural adjustments help us stay in touch
207
with nature and make it easier to adapt to climatic changes without excessive
heat in the winter or air conditioning in the summer. Eating fresh seasonal foods
helps minimize the need for refrigeration and other artificial methods of food
preservation or storage.
5. Select Organically Grown Foods.
A great deal of fossil fuels are used in the production, transport, and
storage of chemical fertilizers, insecticides, herbicides, and other artificial
substances used in modern chemical agriculture. Moreover, these substances
enter the environment and pollute the air, water, and soil. Nitrous oxide,
produced by nitrogen-based fertilizers, is a major greenhouse gas. When you
select organically grown foods, you do not contribute to pollution of the
environment, the unnecessary use of fossil fuels, or to the buildup of nitrous
oxide in the atmosphere.
6. Start a Backyard Garden.
Growing organic vegetables in your own garden reduces your reliance on
foods that require fossil fuel to transport. Moreover, many garden vegetables can
be left in the soil until they are ready to eat and don’t need to be refrigerated. If
you don’t have space to begin your own garden, look for an organic farm or
cooperative in your area. Rather than being thrown away, uneaten food can be
recycled as compost in your garden.
7. Base Your Diet on Naturally Storable Foods.
208
Whole grains, beans, sea vegetables, and other complex carbohydrate
foods don’t require refrigeration or artificial methods of storage or preservation
to keep them fresh. They can be kept as is in your pantry or cupboards. On the
other hand, meat, eggs, cheese, chicken, and other animal foods rapidly
decompose into toxic bacteria and compounds and therefore require artificial
preservation. Tropical fruits, vegetables, and other extremely yin foods or drinks
also decompose rapidly and thus require refrigeration, canning, or other artificial
methods to preserve or keep them fresh.
8. Eat Whole Foods.
Eating foods in their whole form saves energy and makes use of the
nutrients that are naturally available. The process whereby brown rice is milled
into white rice, or whole wheat flour into white flour, represents an unnecessary
waste of energy. The outer coat of cereal grains contains beneficial fiber and other
valuable nutrients. When whole grains are refined, these valuable nutrients are
lost. The green tops of vegetables such as daikon, carrots, and turnips and the
roots of scallions are also a good source of nutrients and can be cooked and eaten
rather than discarded.
9. Restore Home Cooking.
A great deal of disposable waste, including paper products, Styrofoam
containers, and plastic utensils is generated by restaurants and public eating
places. Cooking and eating at home helps reduce the use of the fossil fuels that
go into producing these products as well as the buildup of inorganic waste in the
209
environment, including the CFCs contained in plastic foam containers. Moreover,
for optimal health, and to mimimize electro-pollution, it is better to cook on a gas
flame, rather than on the artificial energy of electric stoves or microwave ovens.
10. Make Your Own Snacks and Specialty Foods.
Whenever possible, bake your own whole grain breads, and make foods
such as tofu, tempeh, amasake, noodles, pasta, seitan, pickles, and others at
home. A great deal of fossil fuels are used in the processing, packaging, and
transportation of processed foods. Home processing saves energy. Homemade
foods are also fresher and more delicious than those bought at the store.
11. Chew Well.
Thorough chewing allows for the efficient digestion and absorption of
foods. When you chew well, you obtain more nutrients from your foods and can
get by with a smaller volume of food. Your diet becomes more energy-efficient.
Both for health and vitality, and to minimize waste, try not to eat for three hours
before sleeping, except in unusual circumstances. Also, you might find that your
energy levels are higher if you eat a light breakfast or skip breakfast on occasion.
12. Practice an Ecological Lifestyle.
As much as possible, use natural, chemical-free fabrics and body care
products, as well as biodegradable soaps and cleaning materials in your home.
Minimize the use of electric devices, in order to conserve energy, for example, by
turning off the lights when you are not using a room or watching less television.
Buy your foods in bulk, rather than in individually packaged containers. Recycle
210
paper, glass, and plastic. Recycle leftover food by including it in new dishes
rather than throwing it away. Keep physically active, and rely less on
automobiles, elevators, central heating, and air conditioning. Finally, learn to
appreciate our planetary environment. Develop gratitude and appreciation for
the earth, water, ocean, and air. See your foods as the condensed essence of
nature, and offer thanks before and after each meal.
Our internal and external environments are intimately related. Personal
health is equivalent to planetary health. The principles of natural living that
underlie the macrobiotic way of life apply as much to healing our planet as they
do in restoring our personal health.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, Energy-Efficient Foods:
Macrobiotics and the Environment, published in One Peaceful World, Becket, Mass.,
Spring, 1989.
211
29. Questions and Answers About
Macrobiotics
What is a macrobiotic diet?
A macrobiotic diet is a diet based on healthy food. It includes a lot of foods
that nutritionists and health authorities around the world are pretty much in
consensus about: things like whole grains, organic vegetables, and tofu. And the
idea is to try to minimize and avoid foods that can be hazardous to your health,
like highfat foods, highlysugared foods, and highly chemicalized foods.
Macrobiotics is actually a way of life based on the idea of living in harmony with
nature. It’s not a new idea; in fact, its been around for centuries. The term
makrobios was used by Hippocrates to describe a way of living for health and
longevity. We have basically revived that very old concept and brought it up to
date.
How do people go about living in harmony with nature?
One of the first things we recommend people do is to look at what they eat
everyday. Because, as modern nutrition and medicine are discovering, food is a
key factor in health and sickness. There is plenty of evidence linking the modern
highfat, highly processed diet with heart disease, cancer, and other chronic
212
illnesses. So as a first step, we would suggest that people begin to review how
they eat and start to return to a more traditionally based diet.
Do you avoid meat?
In most circumstances, yes. I myself have not had meat in about twenty
years.
The reason I ask is because some people give the public the impression that the
reason they don’t eat meat is simply an animal rights concern, when in fact, for many
people it is quite different. You’re not saying that you have a moral problem with
livestock or meat?
There are ecological and environmental problems with the way the cattle
industry is conducted today. There are very clear problems. And there is the issue
of the way animals are treated in the food industry, in which we find a total
disrespect for them as living beings. We agree with those concerns.
Am I right to say that that is a different concern than saying you shouldn’t kill
any animal for food?
Yes. If you’re an Eskimo and you live in northern Alaska, you are not
going to be able to grow cabbage. So, in order to survive, you have got to eat
whale meat, seal fat, and other types of animal food. That we would say is an
ecological or macrobiotic lifestyle, in that niche.
And certainly fish is part of the macrobiotic diet, at least for some.
213
Yes. So the ethical concern is there but it is not the overriding concern.
Harmony with the environment, what works from an environmental point of
view, is our primary concern.
According to the New York Times (May, 1990) early findings from a huge study
of dietary habits in China indicate that a plantbased eating plan is more likely to promote
health than a meateating plan. Particularly the fats in meat are bad for you. Do you
concur with this?
Yes. The evidence is now overwhelming. As a result, a lot of people have
stopped eating meat in the last five or ten years and have switched to lowfat
foods, like fish or seafood, or highprotein soyfoods. Many people now agree that
a highmeat diet is not going to benefit your health. Your risk of heart disease,
colon cancer, prostate cancer, and many other illnesses increases when you eat a
highfat, highmeat diet. So that epidemiological study in China (the China Health
Study), more or less confirms what many people already know, on a large scale
and scientifically.
The extreme growth in the rate of heart disease is really an American and Western
civilization problem, isn’t it?
Definitely. When you look at Japan, the Philippines, Africa, and other
parts of the world where people do not consume much animal food, their rates of
heart disease are much lower than those in the United States and other
developed countries. The same is true of many types of cancer. Populations with
214
a low consumption of animal fat have much lower rates of colon, prostate, breast,
and other common forms of cancer.
What about dietary supplements. Are they a part of macrobiotics?
Ultimately, our goal is to get all the nutrients we need from our daily
foods. If we are eating a well balanced diet, with plenty of variety, then we don’t
need to supplement artificially. As a temporary measure, people eating a modern,
unbalanced diet may sometimes use them. But for longterm health and
wellbeing, we don’t recommend them.
Am I correct in saying that the macrobiotic diet has some roots in Japanese diet?
It incorporates elements of traditional Japanese diet. It’s not a Japanese
diet, but incorporates traditional dietary practices from a variety of cultures. For
example, your grandmother probably ate whole wheat bread, sauerkraut,
cabbage from her garden, and ate much less animal food than we do today.
Native Americans ate corn, beans, and squash, all of which are part of the
macrobiotic diet. If we go back a couple of generations, people were more or less
eating along the lines of macrobiotics. There were only about five or six
chemicals in the food supply before World War II. Now there are several
thousand. At the turn of the century, everyone was pretty much eating organic
food. And if you look at their health patterns back then, you will see that heart
disease was a very rare condition, believe it or not. Cancer struck one out of
twentyseven people at the turn of the century. Now it strikes one out of three.
215
These changes correlate to the shift away from a more traditionally based diet to
the modern, highfat, highly processed diet.
What is the difference between a vegetarian diet and a macrobiotic diet?
Macrobiotics is not against the use of animal food, some animal food,
depending on the circumstances. Macrobiotics is not a rigid diet. It’s more like a
set of principles that we can use to modify our diet based on our personal needs.
What are those principles?
The first principle is to eat along the lines of traditional dietary practice,
what people did for thousands of years. If you look back, even in biblical times,
whole grains and vegetables were considered the staff of life. We say respect that;
it worked, it went on for thousands of years. Agriculture was self sustaining,
people continued. The second principle is to change or modify your diet
according to your climate. So as I said earlier, if you move up north to the polar
regions, it’s very ecological to eat a diet based on animal food. Whereas if you
live in India, then it is ecological not to eat much animal food and to use grains
and other plant foods as your main foods. We need to be flexible and adapt our
eating according to where we live.
If you live in the United States, what would the macrobiotic principles for diet be?
Practically speaking, your main food would be complex carbohydrates,
especially whole grains like brown rice, whole wheat, barley, oats, millet, and
other highfiber grain products. Secondary foods would be vegetables, things that
you grow in your garden, things that grow in your area. The third category of
216
food would be vegetable protein sources like tofu, tempeh, processed soy foods,
whole beans, things like that. And then various supplementary foods. But your
intake of animal food would be much less than what most people are eating at
present. You see, animal food is now the main food in the American diet,
although people are moving away from it. That dietary pattern very simply
doesn’t work for our personal health or for the health of the planet.
What does it do for our health?
It increases our risk of heart disease. It’s well known that foods high in
saturated fat and cholesterol, meaning most animal foods, will increase your risk
of developing a heart attack or stroke. That’s well known. In fact there was a
study not too long ago. They took people off of those foods, put them on a
semimacrobiotic diet, and were able not only to lower their cholesterols, but
actually reverse severe deposits of arteriosclerosis. It was a breakthrough study
because it showed that heart disease could be reversed without drugs or surgery,
but with diet and lifestyle alone.
Can a macrobiotic diet be of benefit to someone with an established illness?
Yes. I have worked with many people with established illnesses who were
able to experience remission or recovery as a result of adopting macrobiotics. I
recently helped edit a book entitled CancerFree: 30 Who Triumphed Over Cancer
Naturally (Japan Publications, 1992). It features the personal stories of people
from all walks of life who recovered from a variety of cancers with the help of the
macrobiotic diet. A variety of other books, some of them best sellers, have been
217
written by people with similar experiences. A good example of the way that
macrobiotics can change an established health problem is the speed with which
high cholesterols drop to within normal after a short time on the diet.
What do doctors and nutritionists think about macrobiotics?
There are many different opinions, just as there are many opinions about
what type of approach to take for a certain illness. There is no unified consensus
yet. Some doctors are eating macrobiotically. Others are eating
semimacrobiotically or going toward it. Some feel that there is not enough
scientific evidence to prove that macrobiotics can help in the recovery from
illness, while others recommend macrobiotics to their patients. So there is no
unified approach yet. But we hope that a consensus will emerge. Because
nutrition is an area of medicine that has been neglected for many years, and is
only now getting the attention it deserves.
The principles of macrobiotics derive from a philosophy of life, but
interestingly enough, they dovetail with the latest findings in modern nutrition,
like those of the China Health Study. So a convergence is taking place between
macrobiotics and the leading edge of science and nutrition. Macrobiotics, in a
way, anticipated the preventive guidelines of the National Academy of Sciences,
the American Heart Association, the American Cancer Society, and other public
health organizations. More than thirty years ago, Michio Kushi, Herman Aihara,
and other macrobiotic educators were saying that the modern diet was a primary
218
factor in cancer and heart disease, and that a lowfat diet based around whole
grains, beans, and fresh local vegetables would help prevent these illnesses.
If you eat meat only five times a week, how does that affect your health?
Well certainly it is better than ten times a week. And that is better than
fifteen times. So it is a question of relativity.
I probably eat meat five times a week, usually with dinner, or if I go out to lunch.
To what degree does that hurt my health?
Try to look at it this way. Think about how a hundred years ago, when
people ate meat, how it was eaten. It was often cooked in a big pot with a lot of
vegetables, like a stew. And the portion of meat was often quite small. Plus, they
were eating highfiber brown bread and other whole grain products along with it,
together with side dishes of fresh farm and garden vegetables. Nowadays, if you
go to a restaurant and order meat, practically all that comes out is a huge slab,
maybe with a small salad and some French fries. That’s a big problem. So if you
are going to keep eating meat, that’s your choice, but at least try to reduce the
amount and balance it with some healthy foods.
I do a lot of running, a lot of jogging, and have a busy work schedule. Is it possible
to maintain a high level of energy without supplementing my diet with meat?
The idea that you need meat for vitality is a myth, a total myth. Some of
the top marathon and triathelon athletes in the world today are not eating meat.
They are eating complex carbohydrates. Complex carbohydrates are now
considered to be the best foods for stamina, endurance, and energy. As far as
219
maintaining an active schedule, the additional stamina and energy that you get
from eating well makes that much easier. With a little guidance and imagination,
including cooking classes, you can adapt a healthy diet to a modern, fast paced
lifestyle.
I don’t have time to go to a natural foods store. Where else can I find healthy
natural foods?
Many supermarkets are now selling organic vegetables, tofu, whole grain
breads and pastas, and other natural foods. There are mail order companies that
will ship macrobiotic staples to your door. In the summer, look for organic
produce at farmers markets and stands in your area. When you buy organic
vegetables, not only do you benefit your health, you support your local organic
farmers and the local ecology.
When you say organic vegetables, do you mean vegetables grown without
pesticides?
Yes, chemical free.
How does that affect your health?
There is plenty of evidence linking pesticides in the food supply to cancer,
to behavioral disorders in children, to all kinds of health problems. As you go up
the food chain, from plant to animal foods, pesticides concentrate to a much
higher degree. They concentrate especially in animal fat. If you are eating meat,
eggs, and plenty of dairy food everyday, then you are getting, in addition to a lot
of cholesterol and saturated fat, a pretty hefty dose of pesticide and other toxic
220
residues. If you eat grains and other vegetable quality foods, even if they are not
organic, the concentration of residues is far less. Toxic chemicals don’t bind with
plant tissues in the way they do with the sticky fats animal foods.
We have one of the most massive, expensive health care systems in the world and
yet very little energy is put into preventing illness before it happens. Do you feel that is
why more and more people are reaching out to programs like yours for dietary and
lifestyle guidance, in order to prevent getting sick?
Yes. The focus of the modern health care system is not really health, it’s
sickness. People go to doctors when they get sick or have an emergency. But the
point is, how do you prevent those things from happening? That’s where
macrobiotic education comes in.
Many doctors tell me they wish people would take more responsibility for
their health and do the right things as far as eating the right foods and exercising.
There is enough evidence showing that chronic illnesses are lifestyle related.
They are not just freak accidents or things that happen for no reason. They are
events that we create through our behavior, our diet, and our way of life. If we
create those problems, then we have the power to prevent them from happening
or to solve them if they do happen. A good example is heart disease. It’s very
clear that if we eat plenty of saturated fat and cholesterol, our cholesterol level is
going to go up, our blood fat level is going to go up, and the deposition of fats in
the arteries and blood vessels is going to continue. If we don’t eat those foods,
and eat a vegetable quality diet, including plenty of whole grains and fresh
221
vegetables, those things won’t happen and we can prevent that problem from
occurring. It’s very simple.
I have a friend whose child is developing very early. The child’s pediatrician
alluded to the fact that sometimes the growth hormones in animal foods can cause
children to go into puberty early. Have you ever heard of this?
Yes. There was a wellknown case in Puerto Rico about ten years back. In a
little village, children five, six, and seven years old started to go into full puberty.
Little girls started to develop breasts and boys failed to develop male
characteristics. Investigators traced the problem to a local chicken processor who
was using several times the legal amount of synthetic estrogen in the chicken
which people in the village were eating. Growth hormones may play a role in the
increasing incidence of breast cancer, including among men. Last year, there were
four thousand cases of male breast cancer in the United States. Incidentally, the
issue of synthetic hormones in the modern food supply is well covered in John
Robbins’ book, Diet for a New America.
How do you feel about frozen and canned foods?
Whenever possible, it is better to use fresh foods. There is an intangible
quality to food, the socalled “aliveness” of food, that is difficult to measure
scientifically. That intangible quality is actually quite important for health.
Obviously something that is freshly picked is going to have more aliveness than
something that has been in a can or freezer for several weeks or months.
Are dairy products part of the macrobiotic diet?
222
Usually not. Dairy products are linked with a variety of health problems,
from colic in infants to breast cancer in adults. Dairy foods are a major cause of
allergies. The best nutrition for an infant is found in mother’s milk, not cow’s
milk. And once that natural pattern of feeding (breastfeeding) is established, it
doesn’t make sense to introduce cow’s milk once the baby has been weaned.
Many people go directly from breastfeeding to introducing whole cereals and
other vegetable quality foods.
The China Health Study came out with an interesting finding that relates
to the issue of dairy products. Chinese, historically, have not used dairy products
so you would think they would have high rates of osteoporosis and bone
thinning because of a lack of calcium in the diet. However, the opposite is
actually true. The study revealed that the Chinese have incredibly low rates of
osteoporosis compared to the United States where plenty of dairy foods are
eaten. So the idea that you need dairy products to prevent osteoporosis is
incorrect. Studies in other parts of the world have shown that people who eat a
lot of grains, vegetables, beans, and other vegetable quality foods and who
consume few dairy products have the lowest rates of osteoporosis. In fact, there
are studies showing that the high intake of protein involved in dairy or
meatbased diets may cause the body to lose calcium and may actually be a cause
of osteoporosis.
Are there alternative sources of calcium, or is the need for calcium overblown?
No, we need calcium but there are better sources than dairy foods.
223
Such as?
Such as tofu, such as beans.
Tofu is in every supermarket, yet some people still don’t know what it is. It’s a
soybean product, right? It is a bean curd.
Yes. It’s quite delicious. Children love it. Children love tofu. Green leafy
vegetables, the ones your grandmother told you to eat more of, are good sources
of calcium. Another good source, and I know this may sound new to some
people, is seaweed (sea vegetables). Vegetables from the sea are very rich in
calcium and other minerals. One type of sea vegetable that we use has fourteen
times as much calcium as the same amount of milk. It’s called hijiki. It’s quite
delicious and very nutritious. All seaweeds are incredibly rich in valuable
nutrients.
I saw an interesting study recently. I don’t know if it is related to what you are
saying but it showed that young kids who watched the most television had the most
obesity. And I’m not sure why that is.
It is completely related. One reason for that is the lack of physical activity
that comes with watching television. Another is that children often snack while
sitting in front of the T.V. A third reason is that most of the ads directed at
children on Saturday morning television are for highfat, highly sugared junk
foods. Children who see these foods advertised on television have a tendency to
want to eat them more often.
224
Your question raises a problem that is directly connected to diet, and that
is the decline of the modern family. Problems such as divorce, separation, and
family violence directly tie in with modern dietary patterns. The fact that families
don’t eat together any more is a major factor in family separation. In the past,
parents would prepare food for their children and put a tremendous amount of
love and care into their cooking. I think we need to take a look at what modern
eating habits are doing to family solidarity, not to mention family health.
A popular impression of macrobiotics is the image of a lot of whole wheat flour
and a certain style of eating. Yet in looking at macrobiotic literature, I’m led to believe
that macrobiotics offers a resolution for a wide range of problems. Why do you think the
macrobiotic way of eating is at the core of solving so many disparate problems?
So many social problems are related to health. The economy is a good
example. If the incidence of chronic illness continues increasing at the present
rate, we are going to be in a situation where medical costs will start to consume
the entire GNP. That kind of situation would bankrupt the world economy. The
escalation of medical costs is a direct result of the modern decline in personal
health, and that, in turn, is caused by what people are eating.
Destruction of the environment is also related to modern eating habits.
The modern food system is a major contributor to the depletion of natural
resources, the chemicalization of the environment, and the disruption of
planetary ecology. Take for example, the problem of ozone depletion. The
chemicals that destroy ozone are those used in Styrofoam containers for fast
225
foods, as well as in air conditioners, refrigerators, and aerosol spray cans. If we
eat macrobiotically, we can get by with much less air conditioning than people
use today. People become addicted to air conditioning because they are eating
too much animal fat, which causes the body to retain heat. At the same time,
foods such as meat, eggs, dairy food, and chicken require constant refrigeration
to prevent toxic spoilage. Whole grains, vegetables, dry beans, sea vegetables,
and other natural foods require much less refrigeration, even during the summer.
When people eat plenty of animal food, they desire iced drinks and foods
such as ice cream to balance the excessive heat generated in their bodies, all of
which require constant refrigeration. By eating macrobiotically, you are making a
direct contribution to the environment. You are also protecting yourself from
environmental hazards.
Including nuclear radiation?
Yes. A delegation from the Kushi Institute recently travelled to Russia for
macrobiotic activities. They met with the head of Union Chernobyl, the relief
organization involved in helping victims of the Chernobyl accident. The doctors
and scientists associated with Union Chernobyl were very interested in the
potential of the macrobiotic diet to reduce the effects of nuclear radiation. There
have been numerous studies showing that foods like miso and sea vegetables
help the body discharge radioactive particles. Interestingly, when the Chernobyl
accident happened in 1986, the stocks of miso and sea vegetables were cleaned
off the shelves of natural food stores all over Europe. People were obviously
226
aware of the protective effects of these foods and started eating more of them. By
eating a naturally balanced diet, you can minimize the effect of environmental
toxins. When your internal ecology is well balanced, you can better cope with
environmental stress.
So you are saying that your body is like the planet, you have to take care of it.
Exactly. Planetary health, planetary ecology is equal to personal health
and ecology. They’re really the same thing.
Source: This essay is based on an interview published in MacroNews,
Philadelphia, Pa., Winter, 1991.
227
30. The Dimensions of Counseling
Macrobiotic counseling is not limited to physical health. Of course, health is
important, but macrobiotic counseling deals with more than just the
establishment of physical health. Counseling is a form of macrobiotic education,
the aim of which is to guide others toward selfrealization and freedom, while at
the same time developing our own abilities and understanding of life. In that
sense, a macrobiotic counselor is a teacher who offers guidance on life itself.
Ultimately, then, macrobiotic counseling encompasses the following levels:
SelfEvaluation and Change Selfevaluation and selfchange provide the
basis for helping others. Helping others begins when we help ourselves. Without
selfreflection and evaluation, we cannot develop. Selfreflection enables a
counselor to understand the cause of whatever problems he or she is
experiencing, and to find the most effective solutions. A teacher of macrobiotics
ultimately must serve as an example of macrobiotic living, not only by being
healthy, but by developing such qualities as modesty, patience, humor,
compassion, and a deep understanding of the human condition. As a guide for
selfreflection, Michio Kushi recommends that all macrobiotic counselors refer to
228
George Ohsawa’s Seven Conditions of Health, and use them to evaluate their
condition on a regular basis.
Individual Guidance Once we begin to establish our own health and
understanding, we can begin to guide others. In order to do this we need to
study and understand the way that daily food affects our physical, mental, and
spiritual condition. An understanding of macrobiotic health evaluation, basic
anatomy and physiology, and the chakras, meridians, and other aspects of the
body’s invisible energy system is helpful in that regard, as is a working
knowledge of supplementary techniques such as massage, palm healing, and the
use of special dishes, drinks, and external applications. Understanding how
illness develops, and how daily food can be used to prevent it from developing,
is also important.
On a psychological level, it is important for a counselor to emphasize that
achieving health is the responsibility of the person himself. We can help someone
take that responsibility by pointing out the cause of their problems, and by
explaining how to change these causes, but the responsibility for putting that
knowledge into practice rests ultimately with the person himself. In that sense, a
macrobiotic counselor is an educator who helps others gain the ability to manage
their health.
Macrobiotic counseling is not an end in itself, but simply the first step in a
continuing process of selfdiscovery. A counselor inspires and encourages others
to begin the process of self-discovery and guides them on their journey.
229
Family Guidance At this level, a counselor guides families toward health
and happiness, based on the understanding of the role that daily foods play in
the health of each family member. To help guide families, a counselor needs to
understand the dynamics between men and women, and parents and children,
how to care for children’s health, and the influences that parents and ancestors
have on our present condition.
It is difficult for someone to practice macrobiotics without the support of
his or her immediate family. When offering individual guidance, therefore, we
need to consider the influence of the home environment, and think of ways to
elicit the support of the person’s family.
Community Guidance As increasing numbers of people begin to
recognize the value of macrobiotics, opportunities to practice community
guidance will arise. Community guidance necessarily takes the form of
education. Cooking classes, lectures, study programs, writing, and publication
fall under this category, as does setting up a business such as a macrobiotic food
store or restaurant. Many people practice community guidance when they set up
a macrobiotic center.
The principle involved in community guidance is the same as in family
guidance—that is, the harmonious functioning of the group as a whole based on
the health and wellbeing of each member. At the social level, a macrobiotic
teacher serves to inspire and guide large numbers of people. In the future, a
network of macrobiotic educational and health centers—staffed by qualified
230
teachers—can offer services to every neighborhood and community in the United
States.
Planetary Guidance At the planetary level, we try to solve the problems
of humanity, including war, biological and psychological degeneration,
destruction of the environment, and crime, and change the underlying
misconceptions that cause these problems to arise. In ancient times, before
recorded history, such planetary guidance was provided by world government.
Ancient world government had several primary functions: (1) to compile the
yearly calendar, based on knowledge of celestial movements (including the
movement of atmospheric energy through the stages of the Nine Star Ki); (2) to
provide essential information about food, health, and agriculture; and (3) to
establish standards of quality for basic food items such as cereal grains, water,
and salt.
The macrobiotic congresses that were started in the Seventies were an
attempt to practice planetary guidance and establish a new type of government
without power. The idea at that time was to begin regional congresses in Europe,
North America, and other places and, after several years, to hold a World
Macrobiotic Congress made up of delegates from all over the world.
At such a gathering, which should be open to all macrobiotic people
anywhere in the world, delegates would present recommendations for solving
problems within their respective regions, as well as global problems, from the
point of view of macrobiotics. Some recommendations could be aimed at
231
governmental agencies, medical societies, agricultural associations, and other
groups, while others could be for the general public. After being reviewed and
finalized by the Congress as a whole, these proposals could be presented by each
delegation to the appropriate agencies and groups within their respective
regions. In that way, the Congress could offer recommendations for solving
largescale social problems from the view of planetary harmony.
Spiritual Guidance After many experiences helping others, we start to
become aware of the invisible spiritual influences on human life and health. We
understand that the physical world, including the human body, is a
manifestation of energy, or spirit, and consider the vibrational, as well as
physical, qualities of the foods that we eat and recommend for health and
healing. Our recommendations may include spiritual advice, such as how to
establish peace and harmony with departed ancestors and others in the spiritual
world, and we may recommend practices such as meditation, chanting, and
prayer in addition to diet and selfreflection. As our intuitive awareness of the
spiritual world increases, so does our ability to help others.
Universal Guidance This level of guidance encompasses all previous
levels. Its purpose is to establish health, peace, happiness, and freedom on a
universal scale. It includes not only those now living on earth, but all humanity
—past, present, and future—on this and on other worlds. Here we guide people
not only toward health and happiness in this life, but toward continuing
happiness in the lives that follow. Our recommendations are based on
232
understanding the process by which we have appeared on earth as human
beings, and our future course once our life on earth is complete. Along with the
relief of physical, psychological, and spiritual difficulties, universal guidance
aims at establishing a spirit of one grain, ten thousand grains, or an endless
appreciation for life itself.
The day to day practice of macrobiotics, including continual study of yin
and yang, a willingness to share what you have learned, and a passionate desire
to help others, provides the basis for developing through each of these levels. If
we always seek new challenges, experiencing both success and failure, social
activity and inner reflection, visible and invisible development, while keeping
the spirit of humbleness and modesty, our understanding will inevitably grow.
Ultimately, we become representatives of the infinite universe itself, in its
ceaseless movement toward harmony and balance. This is the beginning of our
life as a free human being and the goal of macrobiotic education.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, The Dimensions of
Macrobiotic Counseling, published in Macrobiotics Today, Oroville, Ca., May/June,
1992.
233
31. A Letter to Bill Clinton
In August, 1992, Bill Clinton received the Democratic Party’s nomination for president.
Below is a letter I sent to him in which I outlined the macrobiotic approach to personal
and planetary health, together with suggestions for including preventive diet in his
national health care plan.
Dear Governor Clinton,
Those of us in the macrobiotic, natural food, environmental, and holistic
health movements congratulate you on being selected as the Democratic Party’s
candidate for president, and on your choice of Albert Gore as your running mate.
We appreciate Senator Gore’s strong stand on environmental issues and his
commitment to a cleaner and healthier planet.
For the past thirty years, my associates and I have been working to
promote awareness of an ecologically balanced diet. It is my firm belief that an
environmentally sound lifestyle begins with the selection of whole natural foods.
Under the name of macrobiotics, millions of people throughout the world have
begun to eat a more natural, ecologically balanced diet based on whole cereal
234
grains, fresh local vegetables, and other products of regional, non-polluting, and
self-sustaining agriculture.
Evidence is accumulating that a diet based on these foods may be of
enormous benefit to personal health. The basic principles of macrobiotics—for
example, reducing the intake of high-fat animal food, sugar, and refined foods,
and basing the diet on whole grains, beans, and fresh local vegetables—have
been endorsed by the United States Senate in the landmark 1977 report, Dietary
Goals for the United States; by the National Academy of Sciences in the 1982 report,
Diet, Nutrition and Cancer; by the U.S. Surgeon General in the 1988 report, Diet
and Health; and by reports issued by other scientific and public health agencies in
the United States and abroad. Around the world, a consensus is building that a
naturally balanced diet along the lines of macrobiotics would substantially
reduce the incidence of chronic disease.
In his 1992 State of the Union address, President Bush announced that
medical costs in the United States reached $800 billion in 1991, and will climb to a
staggering $1.6 trillion by the year 2000. I firmly believe that the continuing
escalation of medical costs will severely disrupt the world economy by the early
part of the next century. The economic benefit of reducing the number of chronic
diseases in the United States would be tremendous. Given our current situation,
the need for preventive health strategies, including proper diet, has never been
more urgent.
235
The rising cost of health care requires bold new initiatives in the realm of
disease prevention and health promotion. The federal government can play a
vital role in promoting public health and reducing the demand for health care
services by:
1. Conducting an active program of public education on the importance of
low-cost preventive diets and related health practices.
2. Devoting a larger share of the federal budget to research on diet and
health, including the role of a low-cost, natural foods diet in the prevention of
cancer, heart disease, and other chronic illnesses.
3. Exploring, through research, the role of a natural foods diet as a low-
cost form of adjunctive therapy in the recovery from chronic illness.
These simple proposals offer the promise of improved public health and a
steady reduction in health costs. Education on low-cost, preventive diet shifts the
focus (and the burden) of health care away from the health care system and to
the individual consumer. It empowers the individual and fosters self-
responsibility by providing people with the tools they need to stay healthy. At
this critical juncture, I feel it is urgent for you to include preventive health care,
especially the role of a naturally balanced diet, as a major component of your
forthcoming health care plan.
236
Not only is the modern diet a primary cause of the rising incidence of
chronic disease, it is also a major contributor to the continuing degradation of the
environment. The modern food system is based on the inefficient conversion of
foods such as cereal grains and beans into animal protein and fat, in the form of
meat, chicken, milk, cheese, butter, and eggs. Modern agriculture and food
processing waste a tremendous amount of energy, largely in the form of fossil
fuels. The burning of fossil fuels by various segments of the food industry
contributes a great deal of carbon dioxide to the atmosphere, and is a primary
contributor to global warming.
It is far more efficient to eat plant foods directly. Whole grains, beans,
fresh local vegetables, sea vegetables and other foods produced by regional
organic agriculture are far more energy-efficient than modern beef, chicken, and
other forms of animal food.
Destruction of the rain forest is linked to the modern diet. As you may
know, cattle ranching is a leading cause of tropical deforestation. According to
Edward O. Wilson, 55,000 square miles of rain forest (an area larger than the state
of Florida) disappears every year. The wholesale destruction of such a precious
natural resource would be substantially reduced if America shifted toward a
grain- and vegetable-based diet.
I would be happy to discuss these issues in person with you or with
Senator Gore. I would be able to meet with you during the campaign if you plan
to visit Massachusetts or after the election in Washington. Feel free to contact me
237
at your convenience if you would like to arrange such a meeting. I would like to
hear your views and those of Senator Gore about the possibility of focusing
public attention on the role of diet in personal and planetary health, and the
possibility of reducing medical costs by implementing preventive strategies that
incorporate a naturally balanced diet. I wish you success in the coming months,
and look forward to hearing from you.
Bill Clinton Replies:
“I want to thank you for your information about One Peaceful World and
a healthful diet. Al Gore and I appreciate your encouragement. I have forwarded
your letter to my policy and scheduling staffs.”
Sincerely,
Bill Clinton
September 8, 1992
Source: This essay is based on personal correspondence, August , 1992.
238
32. Toward Planetary Family
The family is our most sacred and precious institution. It predates the earliest
civilizations, and has survived repeated wars, natural catastrophes, and the rise
and fall of empires. It is the most durable of our social structures. Families are the
cornerstone of society, the fabric out of which the web of society is woven. When
families are strong and healthy, so is society. Healthy and peaceful families are
the foundation of a healthy and peaceful world.
The changes in family life that have occurred during the 20th century are a
reflection of changes in lifestyle and diet during the same period, including
increasing urbanization and the shift from whole to processed foods. Until 1920,
the majority of Americans lived in farms, towns, and villages. By 1980, more than
80 percent were living in cities. The migration from country to city represented a
more yang process in which contracting energy became stronger. The
concentration of energy, activity, people, steel and concrete, and carbon dioxide
in the city makes that environment more yang than the environment in the
country.
The same process of contraction has occurred within the family. Before the
20th century, most people lived in extended families. In the extended family,
three or four generations plus assorted relatives would live together in the same
239
house, farm, or village. With the rise of the cities, the extended family was
replaced by the nuclear family.
The nuclear family reached its peak in the 1950s. It was portrayed on
American television in shows such as Ozzie and Harriet, Leave It to Beaver, and
Father Knows Best. In the nuclear family, a husband, wife, and children form the
central unit. Grandparents and other relatives usually live someplace else, in
some cases, thousands of miles away. In the extended family, children had the
benefit of regular contact with their grandparents and other relatives. In the
nuclear family, contact with grandparents and other relatives is limited to
occasional visits.
These two models of family life are opposite to each other. They reflect the
complementarity existing between traditional rural and modern urban life. The
extended family emphasized the place of individuals within the larger family
unit, while in the nuclear family, individuality became paramount. The elders in
the extended family taught family spirit, mutual cooperation, and the importance
of working together, while in the nuclear family, the pursuit of individuality
frequently disrupted harmony in the family as a whole.
Because of its rural agricultural base, the extended family was a
productive unit that often achieved a surprising degree of self-sufficiency.
Children were understood to contribute to the overall prosperity of the family. A
large family was considered a sign of good fortune. On the other hand, the
nuclear family evolved as a consumption unit lacking in self-sufficiency. From
240
the view of modern consumers, children are thought of as liabilities, and not as
blessings from nature. Today, couples often worry about how many children they
can “afford,” and decide to limit their number or not have any at all. Together
with diet, the modern economic system is a major factor in the decline of fertility
among married couples.
As families moved from the country to the city, they surrendered not only
their agricultural lifestyle but their traditional diet as well. Extended families
nourished themselves on humanity’s traditional staples: whole cereal grains,
beans, fresh local vegetables, and other products of their regional agriculture.
During the 20th century, families shifted from a diet based on whole grains and
other complex carbohydrate foods to a diet centered around animal protein, fat,
and refined carbohydrates. At the same time, naturally fertile plant and animal
species were replaced by infertile, artificially fertilized, or genetically
manipulated species.
These dietary changes created the underlying biological base for the
decline of the extended family. While extended families ate whole, natural, and
organic foods, nuclear families adopted processed, artificial, and chemicalized
products. The diet of the extended family was based on locally grown, seasonal,
and unrefined foods, while on the dinner tables of nuclear families,
transcontinental (and recently trans-hemispheric), nonseasonal, and highly
refined foods became predominant. The diet of the traditional, extended family
centered on foods that were prepared and eaten at home, while the nuclear
241
family relied on foods that were prepared and eaten outside the home,
increasingly in fast food restaurants.
Whole grains and other complex carbohydrates provide binding power
that is strong enough to hold large, multi-generational families together. More
yang animal foods produce isolation that can lead to separation. A diet based on
animal food leads to an unsettled, semi-nomadic existence. Extremely yin simple
sugars, a major feature of the modern diet, promote fragmentation that can cause
the members of a family to lose their underlying sense of unity.
Modern families have surrendered the biological high ground to the
modern food industry and have lost their center; a center that for centuries was
provided by home cooked meals based on whole grains and other complex
carbohydrate foods.
More recently, the family has undergone increasing contraction and
fragmentation. The nuclear family now makes up a minority of households in the
United States. A growing number of families are headed by one parent, most
often the mother. During the 1990s, about a third of all American children will be
brought up by a single parent. Moreover, an increasing number of people are
opting to live by themselves. During the heyday of the nuclear family in the
1950s, single person households made up fewer than ten percent of families. By
1984, the number of single person households reached 25 percent of all families
in the United States, and the number has increased since then.
242
As we can see, the strains of modern life are causing many families to
collapse. Modern eating habits have weakened reproductive ability to the point
that many people are unable to produce children. As a result, couples are
increasingly turning to artificial conception, including artificial insemination and
in-vitro fertilization. When coupled with rising infertility rates, these techniques
could lead to the appearance of totally artificial families, in which children are
produced in the laboratory through reproductive technology rather than through
the natural union of a man and a woman. If these techniques become
widespread, the family as we know it could disappear.
Macrobiotics offers a powerful alternative to the collapse of the family.
The macrobiotic way of life embraces extended, nuclear, and single-parent
families, as well as other models of family life. By emphasizing home cooking,
macrobiotics can help restore a biological center to every family. A diet based on
whole grains, fresh local vegetables, beans, and other complex carbohydrate
foods helps secure the health of each family member. When the members of a
family share healthful, home cooked meals, they begin to share the same healthy
quality of blood. Sharing the same blood and spirit is what a family is all about.
Macrobiotic eating can reverse the trend toward declining fertility, by
strengthening reproductive health and vitality. In traditional cultures, cereal
grains are associated with fertility and abundance. That is why rice is thrown at
the bride and groom at weddings.
243
In the natural, macrobiotic family, love and harmony are the goal of family
life. Love and harmony are symbolized by the Japanese concept of Wa, which we
can translate as “peace” or “harmony.” The character for Wa is made up of
symbols that represent cereal grains and mouth. The ancient people who
formulated this character understood that a diet based on whole grains promotes
social harmony and peace. As more and more families adopt a grain-based diet,
their members will come to live in harmony with each other and with the natural
environment. As the number of strong and healthy families increases, we can
envision a time when individuals and families throughout the world share a
natural, grain-based diet, a sound and healthy quality of blood, a dream of health
and peace, and a deep sense of compassion for and connectedness to the
planetary family of humanity.
Source: This essay is from an article entitled, Toward Planetary Family, (with
Wendy Esko), published in Macrobiotics Today, Oroville, Ca., March/April, 1994.
244
33. Preventing Crime through Diet
The rise of crime is one of the most pressing social concerns in modern America.
Yet, of all the solutions being debated, few, if any, deal with the underlying
biological causes. A look at the demographics of crime in the United States can
help us gain insight into a possible cause of the modern epidemic of crime and
violence.
People under twenty-five comprise about 40 percent of the U.S.
population, yet they commit more than three-quarters of the violent crimes.
People under the age of eighteen make up the majority of persons arrested for
vandalism, arson, auto theft, and violation of alcohol and drug laws. Many of the
burglaries and a sizable portion of the muggings in the United States are
committed by young people. Sadly enough, young people are increasingly
involved in murder. From 1986 to 1991, the homicide rate among 14 to 24 year
olds increased by 62 percent. It rose 124 percent among those 14 to 17.
In a recent newspaper article, Scott Decker, chairman of the Criminal
Justice Department at the University of Missouri, commented on the growing
wave of violence among young people:
245
The pattern of homicide has changed. The decreasing age of both
offenders and victims is the most profound change in homicide rates since
World War II.
A closer look at the statistics can shed further light on the problem. Our
first observation is that the rate of violent crime is much lower among girls than
boys. Secondly, there is little or no violent crime among children under ten, but
around age twelve, especially for boys, the rate literally explodes upward,
peaking at about age nineteen. From this peak, the rate drops rapidly. These
statistics show that violent crimes are committed primarily by teenage boys. Why
are teenage boys increasingly expressing themselves in such a violent and
destructive manner?
During puberty, the body begins secreting sex hormones. Androgens,
especially testosterone, are produced primarily in the male body, while estrogen
and other female hormones are secreted in larger amounts by the female body.
These hormones have a decisive influence on the physical, emotional, and
behavioral changes that occur at puberty. Testosterone exerts a yang, contractive
and activating effect, while estrogen exerts a yin, expansive and relaxing effect.
During puberty, the male body becomes contracted and muscular, and boys
begin displaying more active and aggressive behavior. Estrogen causes the
female body to expand and become more well-rounded, while girls normally
behave in a less aggressive manner than boys.
246
Among the factors influencing the secretion of these hormones, diet is of
primary importance. In the macrobiotic view, production of testosterone is
increased by the intake of meat, chicken, eggs, cheese and other animal foods
that have a more yang or contracting effect. On the other hand, intake of milk,
sugar, chocolate, and ice cream and other foods with more yin or expansive
effects accelerates the production of estrogen.
In some cases, a diet high in animal foods causes the body to step up
production of testosterone, and in others, it causes the body to produce stronger
and more potent forms of the hormone. The high intake of animal foods, which
are yang or contractive, creates disequilibrium, especially in combination with
the more yang androgens secreted during puberty. The result is often an
explosive discharge of yang excess, which today often takes the form of violent
behavior. Although American girls eat plenty of animal food, they produce less
testosterone, and are less prone to such extreme behavior. They also discharge
excess once each month during menstruation. At the same time, the hormonal
surge that occurs during adolescence tends to stabilize once people reach their
twenties, thus behavior becomes more stable and controlled.
The consumption of animal food has another important effect on behavior.
Meat, eggs, chicken, and cheese alter the normal secretion of pancreatic
hormones. The pancreas secretes two hormones: insulin (yang), which lowers
blood sugar, and glucagon, or anti-insulin (yin), which cause it to rise. The
excessive intake of animal food leads to blockage and stagnation in the pancreas.
247
These strong yang foods cause the pancreas, which is a more yang, or compact
organ, to become hard and tight, and reduce its secretion of anti-insulin. The
result is hypoglycemia, or chronic low blood sugar.
Hypoglycemia has a direct effect on our ability to think clearly. The brain
is utterly dependent upon glucose for its functioning. Low blood sugar causes
the biologically less essential brain functions to shut down in order to conserve
the more essential, mechanical functions. The cerebellum, which controls the
more refined levels of behavior, including our sense of conscience and the ability
to understand the effects of our actions, is biologically less essential than the
cerebrum, which regulates breathing, heartbeat, and muscular activity of the
“fight-or-flight” variety. In such a condition, a person thinks less clearly and is
more prone to panic or act without thought of the consequences.
Hypoglycemia, caused by excessive intake of animal food, produces the
craving for opposite extremes, such as sugar, alcohol, or drugs, to make balance.
Alcohol abuse, fueled by hypoglycemia, is considered by many to be the leading
drug problem in the United States. No less than 60 percent of the violent
homicides and 40 percent of the rapes in the U.S. are alcohol related. At the same
time, drug use is increasingly associated with violent crime.
Writing in his book, Diet, Crime, and Delinquency, criminologist Alexander
Shauss states that, “there is a vast medical literature suggesting the role blood
sugar disorders can play in antisocial behavior.” Researchers have begun to link
hypoglycemia with depression, hyperactivity, and antisocial behavior. Studies of
248
prisoners have revealed a very high incidence of hypoglycemia, as high as 85
percent in some instances, and have shown that inmates consume far more sugar
and highly sugared foods and beverages than the average population.
Together with the graphic depiction and glorification of violence in the
media, the easy availability of guns, and the decline of traditional family
structures, the high consumption of hamburgers, fried chicken, and other forms
of animal food by young people could be fueling the modern epidemic of crime
and violence.
In the book Crime and Diet (Japan Publications, 1987), Michio Kushi and I
propose a broad-based program for solving the problem of crime. One aspect
involves conducting a massive dietary education program throughout the
country, including lectures and cooking classes, with particular focus on high-
crime areas. Dietary education could be offered in elementary and high schools.
The other aspect would be to provide dietary education in prisons, juvenile
detention centers, mental institutions, and hospitals, along with reorienting the
quality of food served in these institutions.
A large part of the funding for dietary education should come from the
government. Revenues could be raised through a “cholesterol tax,” similar to the
proposed tax on cigarettes and alcohol, on hamburgers, fried chicken, cheese,
milk, and other foods high in cholesterol and saturated fat. Part of the revenue
generated by the cholesterol tax could be used to pay for research on the
prevention of chronic disease. A “hyperactivity tax” on foods high in sugar and
249
chemical additives, in addition to a tax on films, videos, and television shows
that glorify violence, could be used to provide additional funding.
Diet has a profound influence on behavior. The value of a naturally
balanced diet in the prevention of heart disease, cancer, and other chronic
diseases now recognized by society. A diet of whole natural foods may also be
the key to helping young people react more peacefully to the stresses of modern
living, while serving as a long-term solution to the modern epidemic of crime
and violence.
Good Food and Gardening at Graterford
Soon after publication of the above article, I received a call from Violet Hoffman
inviting me to speak on this topic at a meeting of the Organic Gardeners of
Graterford, a state prison outside Philadelphia.
Violet and her husband, Jerry, are students of macrobiotics. They started
the gardening club last year with the support of the prison administration, and
the help of Andrea Huff, a macrobiotic friend who has done volunteer work in
prisons. The Hoffmans have arranged for macrobiotic teachers to give lectures
and cooking classes at the prison. The macrobiotic community has been very
supportive of the project, donating time, energy, food, and books to the inmates.
On the ride to Graterford, Violet and Jerry told me there are two groups of
organic gardeners at the prison. The larger, outside group is made up of men
who live outside the prison walls in minimum security modular units. The
smaller, inside group, is comprised of men inside the prison. Our meeting would
250
be with the outside group. The Hoffmans also mentioned that the prison was
built to house about 2,000 inmates. Currently, Graterford is home to over 4,000
men.
The evening began with a tour of the one-acre organic garden, located just
outside the prison’s imposing stone walls. During the summer, the gardeners
grew carrots, lettuce, squash, radishes, onions, string beans, strawberries, and
watermelon according to the principles of biodynamic farming. One inmate told
a local newspaper that the garden was “therapeutic” and gave him a chance to
see “something you helped bring to life.” The meeting was held in a small chapel
right next to the prison. A gourmet natural food meal had been prepared by a
Philadelphia restaurant from vegetables that were grown in the garden.
Attending the dinner were about 15 members of the gardening club along with
about 20 outside supporters.
During dinner, several inmates expressed their desire to eat a more
healthful diet. One inmate told a local reporter: “It’s real difficult, because you
have a system that doesn’t promote health. Food here is cooked any old way.”
The menus are standardized and feature plenty of meat, sugar, and dairy food.
Vegetables are cooked in butter, and meals are heated in microwave ovens.
Prisoners cannot have food in their cells. In such an environment, eating well
presents a formidable challenge.
I addressed the group after dinner. I began by thanking everyone for their
dedication to the project. I stated my belief that the organic gardeners at
251
Graterford were setting an example for us all. The organic gardeners are showing
everyone the way to better health through natural and organic foods and
relaxing outdoor activity. They are also demonstrating a practical way to save the
earth and restore the environment through organic farming, and showing a way
for everyone to regain their spiritual connection with the earth.
We also discussed other issues, especially the difficulties the men face in
trying to eat well. I expressed my opinion that access to health-supporting foods
was a basic human right, like access to air, water, and sunlight, and that, like
institutional food in general, the current prison diet--high in fat, sodium, and
sugar--was accelerating the development of heart and other degenerative
diseases. However, unlike persons in other institutions, prisoners have no other
choices. They either eat what is being served, or go hungry. In a sense, by
denying prisoners the right to choose health-supporting foods, society is
subjecting them to a form of cruel and unusual punishment. I suggested that
Graterford (and other prisons) begin providing inmates with healthful dietary
choices by regularly including whole grains, beans, and fresh vegetables in its
menus.
Currently, the U.S. has one of the highest rates of incarceration in the
world, second only to that in Russia. The number of people being sentenced to
prison is increasing year by year, and overcrowding has become the rule, not the
exception. Although still in its beginning stages, the Graterford project could
offer America a way out of this deepening morass. Healthy people are less likely
252
to get caught in the revolving door of crime, prison, and more crime. Instead of
being breeding grounds for crime, prisons could become places of healing and
self-improvement. After visiting Graterford, it became clear to me that the
solution to crime will not be found in building more prisons, but in helping those
in prison lead healthier and more productive lives.
Source: This essay is from an article entitled, Preventing Crime through Diet,
published in MacroChef, Philadelphia, Pa., Late Summer, 1994.
253
34. Freedom for Health
In 1994, the Massachusetts Dietetic Association sponsored legislation that would
have severely restricted the right to give or receive nutritional counseling in the
state. Under the proposed bills, only registered dietitians who met the standards
of the American Dietetic Association (as well as physicians and nurses who were
exempt) would have been allowed to give dietary or nutritional advice. The bill
carried a $500 fine for violators, while a similar bill in Connecticut called for a
penalty of up to five years in prison. In response to these attempts to restrict
nutritional freedom , a coalition of nutritionists, naturopaths, homeopaths,
herbalists, macrobiotic teachers and other holistic practitioners led a campaign to
uphold dietary freedom of choice by convincing legislators that the bill was
monopolistic and regressive. As a result, the Massachusetts bill was abandoned,
and the Connecticut bill modified to preserve freedom for health.
As a result of a coordinated campaign by the American Dietetic
Association, thirty-two states have approved some form of nutritional licensing.
In twenty-one, mandatory laws are in effect, prohibiting or curtailing holistic
practices. With the defeat the Massachusetts bill, macrobiotic and holistic
educators are hoping to open a dialogue with the Massachusetts Dietetic
Association and other interested parties to explore ways to promote nutritional
254
awareness in the state and voluntary licensing without criminal penalties. Below
is the testimony I presented to the Massachusetts State Legislature during the
April 1994 hearing on the bill.
I speak today as a concerned citizen on behalf of thousands of people
throughout the Commonwealth opposed to the bill recently put forward
by the Massachusetts Dietetic Association. It is important for you, the
members of the Health Care Committee, to be clear about what the
dietitian licensing bill would do, since there seems to be a great deal of
confusion about it, even among registered dietitians.
Some people, including many dietitians, believe the dietitian
licensing bill would simply allow dietitians to receive third party
reimbursement for their services. They are apparently misinformed. The
dietitian licensing bill does not stop at third party reimbursement. If the
dietitian licensing bill passes, only those approved by the American
Dietetic Association would be permitted to give dietary advice. All others
would be subject to criminal prosecution.
I am not opposed to dietitians upgrading their licensing
procedures, receiving third party reimbursement, or improving the quality
of food served in hospitals, prisons, and other public institutions. I am,
however, strongly opposed to dietitians attempting to monopolize the
continually evolving field of nutrition. Monopoly is bad enough when it
255
involves non-essential goods or services. It is intolerable when it comes to
something as basic as freedom of choice in diet. Simply put, the dietitian-
licensing bill as it now stands is regressive, monopolistic, and anti-choice.
It is a clear example of a special interest attempting to override the public
interest.
There is no scientific consensus as to what constitutes an optimal
diet. Moreover, the public is often far ahead of dietitians when it comes to
making informed nutritional choices. Thousands of people throughout the
commonwealth have lowered their intake of saturated fat, cholesterol, and
refined sugar, and increased their consumption of whole grains, fresh
vegetables, and other foods high in fiber without, and often in spite of, the
advice of a registered dietitian. If given the choice, most citizens would
choose to retain the fundamental human right to choose diet based on all
the available evidence, and not only on that presented by dietitians.
I urge you, the members of the Health Care Committee, to preserve
the nutritional freedoms and fundamental human rights of the citizens of
Massachusetts by rejecting the dietitian licensing bill. I urge you to listen
to the voice of your constituents and vote no on this restrictive legislation.
Source: This essay is based on testimony before the Health Care
Committee of the Massachusetts State Legislature, April 13, 1994.
256
35. Personal Health and the
Environment
The macrobiotic understanding of yin and yang and the five transformations
(which explain the continual movement of yin and yang) can help clarify the
dynamic relationship existing between personal health and the environment.
These principles enable us to see this relationship in a very practical way. Let us
see how the different aspects of our planetary environment can be classified
according to the five transformations, and how they relate to the major organs of
the body:
Energy-Stage!
Part of Environment!
Organ-Pair
Upward energy (Tree)!
Vegetation growing on!
Liver/gallbladder
!
the surface of the earth
!
Actively expanding!
Solar and other forms of!
Heart/small intestine
energy (Fire)!
energy; the atmosphere
!
surrounding the earth!
!
Downward energy (Soil)!
The soil on the surface!
Spleen (pancreas)/stomach
!
of the earth
Condensed energy (Metal)!
Deposited resources within!
Lung/large intestine
!
the earth (e.g., minerals,
257
!
coal, oil, etc.)
Floating energy (Water)!
Oceans, lakes, rivers, and!
Kidney/bladder
!
other bodies of water!
Each part of the environment is related to all the others in a continual
cycle. For example, the burning of wood and other forms of plant matter (tree
energy) releases carbon dioxide and other substances that alter the balance of the
atmosphere (fire energy). Airborne pollutants eventually fall to earth, changing
the quality of the soil (soil energy). Pollution of the soil affects the quality of
rivers, lakes, and other bodies of water on the earth (water energy), and that in
turn affects trees and other forms of vegetation (tree energy). When plants are
burned as fuel or decompose naturally, the cycle repeats itself.
The condition of the environment is a reflection of our personal health.
Our internal condition influences the way we relate to and manage the different
aspects of our environment. If our condition is clear and healthy, our relationship
to the environment is harmonious and self-sustaining. On the other hand, when
our condition becomes stagnated and unhealthy, our relationship with the
environment becomes wasteful, inefficient, and disruptive.
The five transformations explain how the different parts and functions of
the body influence specific parts of the environment. For example, the spleen,
pancreas, and stomach are related to the soil. Their condition influences our
relationship with the soil, including our agricultural and farming practices.
When these organs are sound and healthy, a person will prefer more natural
258
methods of farming that maintain healthy, organic soil. When these organs
become unbalanced, people lose confidence in natural farming and turn to
pesticides and other chemicals that deplete the soil. In a similar way, the kidneys
and bladder influence our relationship with water. Water pollution and the
inefficient use of water resources are signs of widespread disorder in the kidneys
and bladder.
Deforestation, including destruction of tropical rain forests, is a sign of
widespread disorder in the liver and gallbladder; while the use of highly
polluting energy sources, such as fossil fuels and nuclear power, is evidence that
many people are suffering from imbalance in the heart and small intestine.
Depletion of the earth’s deposited resources is an indication that many people
are experiencing chronic imbalance in the lungs and large intestine.
The solution to environmental destruction lies in restoring each of the
organs, and the body as a whole, to a normal, healthy condition. A naturally
balanced, macrobiotic way of eating is the most fundamental way to restore the
health of the organ-systems and ultimately correct society’s current
mismanagement of our environment on earth.
Source: This essay is based on a lecture at the East West Center, Antwerp,
Belgium, February, 1994.
259
36. Basics and Benefits
of Macrobiotics
One of the most basic principles of macrobiotics is to eat an ecological,
environmentally-based diet. That means to rely primarily on foods native to the
climate and environment in which we live. Until the modern age, people were
more or less dependent on the products of their regional agriculture. Foods that
grew in their area formed the basis of their daily diet. It was not until modern
technology that it became possible for people to base their diets on foods from
regions with far different climates.
Today, it is common for people to consume bananas from South America,
sugar from the Caribbean, pineapples from the South Pacific, or kiwi from New
Zealand. However, our health depends on our ability to adapt to the changes in
our environment. When we eat foods from a climate that is very different from
ours, we lose that adaptability. As society moved away from its traditional,
ecologically-based diet, there has been a corresponding rise in chronic illness.
Therefore, for optimal health, we need to return to a way of eating based on
foods produced in our local environment, or at least on foods grown in a climate
that is similar to ours.
Foods with more yang, or contracted energy remain viable longer and can
come from a greater distance than foods with more yin, or expansive energy. Sea
260
salt and sea vegetables are examples. They are rich in contracted minerals and
can come from the oceans around the world, provided these waters are within
your hemisphere. Grains, especially with the outer husk attached, remain intact
for a long time, even thousands of years, and can come from anywhere in your
continent. Beans also travel well and can come from a similarly wide area.
However, vegetables and fruits are more yin or expansive; they decompose more
rapidly than grains and beans, and unless they are naturally dried or pickled, are
best taken from your immediate area.
Changing with Our Environment
It is also important to adapt our cooking and eating to seasonal changes. The
modern way of eating does not do this, as people eat pretty much the same diet
throughout the year. High temperatures and bright sunshine produce a stronger
charge of upward energy in the environment. Water evaporates more rapidly and
plants become lush and expanded. Spring and summer are times of upward,
expansive energy. Then toward the end of summer, energy starts to change,
moving downward and inward. In colder and darker conditions, such as those of
autumn and winter, downward or contracting energy is stronger.
How can we adapt to these changes? During spring and summer, we can
make our diet lighter and fresher, meaning that we use less fire in cooking. We do
not need as much fire in our cooking because fire is already there in the form of
strong sunshine. When it is hot, we do not need warmth from our food. As we
261
move into autumn and winter, with cooler temperatures and stronger downward
energy, we make our food hearty and warming by using more fire in cooking.
As the seasons change, we also need to utilize the natural products of our
environment. Our gardens are filled with vegetables and other foods during the
spring and summer, so we can naturally eat plenty of fresh garden produce
during these times. For example, summer is the time when corn is readily
available, so it is fine to eat plenty of fresh corn in that season.
From season to season, atmospheric energy alternates as part of the daily
cycle. Upward energy is stronger in the morning, while downward energy is
stronger in the afternoon and evening. In order to eat in harmony with this cycle,
breakfast should be light, not heavy. A breakfast of eggs and bacon is dense and
heavy, and goes against the movement of energy. Breakfast grains can be cooked
with more water, so that they become lighter and more easily digested. Dinner
can include a greater number of side dishes, and we normally eat more in the
evening, since at that time, atmospheric energy is more condensed and inward-
moving. Lunch can also be quick and light, since at noon, atmospheric energy is
very active and expansive. Quick light cooking, such as that in which we reheat
leftovers, can be done at that time.
Respecting Human Needs
Another important principle is to eat according to our distinctive needs as a
species. Our teeth reveal the ideal proportion of foods in the human diet. We
have thirty-two adult teeth. There are twenty molars and premolars. The word
262
molar is a Latin word for millstone, or the stones used to crush wheat and other
grains into flour. These teeth are not suited for animal food, but for crushing or
grinding grains, beans, seeds, and other tough plant fibers. There are also eight
front incisors (from the Latin, to cut) and these are well-suited for cutting
vegetables. We also have four canine teeth. The canines can be used for animal
food, not necessarily meat, but foods such as white-meat fish. The ideal
proportion of foods as reflected in the teeth is five parts grain and other tough
fibrous foods, two parts vegetables, and one part animal food. The ideal ratio
between plant and animal food is seven to one.
The modern diet does not reflect this pattern. Rather than whole grains,
meat or other types of animal food are the primary foods. Vegetables are often
used as garnish to the main course of animal food. Cereal grains are eaten almost
as an afterthought, and are eaten in the form of white bread, white rolls, and
other highly refined products. Refined bread or rolls are used simply as a vehicle
to carry a hot dog, hamburger, or some other type of animal food. Grains are an
incidental part of the modern diet.
Today, people are eating the opposite of what they should be eating. That
is why so many health problems exist in the modern world. One of the clearest
messages I received from the books of George Ohsawa was that plant-based diets
are superior to animal-based diets. When Ohsawa presented that idea many
years ago, Western doctors and nutritionists laughed. They believed that animal
protein was superior to plant protein, and that cultures in which animal protein
263
formed the basis of the diet were more advanced than cultures that relied on
grains and other plant foods.
However, that view is changing. The vanguard of modern nutrition now
agrees that plant-based diets are better for our health. If we compare the health
patterns of people who are eating plant-based diets with those who are eating
animal food, the grain- and vegetable-eaters have far lower rates of chronic
disease. There is an exception to this of course. If you would like to eat animal
food, it would be better for you to move to the Far North, above the Arctic Circle.
Then you can eat plenty of animal food. But if you live in Houston, where it is a
hundred degrees in the summer, then it is out of order to eat barbecued steak. It
does not fulfill our biological needs nor does it make our condition harmonious
with our environment.
Macrobiotics also recommends respecting dietary tradition. In the Bible
we read, “give us this day our daily bread.” Bread is symbolic of grain itself.
Wheat, barley, and other grains were considered the staff of life. In the Far East,
rice was considered the staple food, the staff of life. Native Americans respected
corn as their staff of life. Wherever you look, no matter what your tradition is, if
you go back far enough, you find that your ancestors were eating grains as their
principal foods. They used local vegetables and beans as secondary foods. They
were eating much less animal food than at present.
Nightshade vegetables, especially tomatoes and potatoes, were originally
not a part of the diet in Europe. These vegetables were brought to Europe from
264
Peru. The original Italian diet did not include tomato sauce. It was very close to a
macrobiotic diet. Originally they did not use much meat, they used more
seafood, because Italy is a peninsula. They did not use butter, but used olive oil
in cooking. Instead of umeboshi plums, they used pickled olives. The basis of the
diet was whole grain pasta and rice. As people abandoned these traditional
eating patterns in favor of the modern diet, their rates of degenerative disease,
especially heart disease and cancer, increased dramatically.
Food as Energy
The practice of macrobiotics is based on the understanding of food as energy.
Electrons and protons are not solid particles, but condensed packets of energy.
Everything is actually energy, everything is composed of vibration. There is no
unchanging or fixed substance in the universe. Therefore, our understanding of
food incorporates, but is not limited to, theories of modern nutrition. In modern
nutrition, food is viewed as matter. In reality, there is an invisible quality to food
(and to life itself) that cannot be measured scientifically. We must perceive that
invisible quality directly through our intuition.
In macrobiotics, we employ a very simple tool for understanding the
movement of energy. We understand food in terms of yin (expansion) and yang
(contraction). All foods are made up of varying degrees of these two basic forces.
We use this understanding to see how food affects us in a very dynamic and
practical way. By understanding food as energy, we see that it affects not only our
265
physical condition, but our mind, emotions, and even our spirituality. These
invisible aspects of life are a function of the quality of energy we manifest.
If we eat a food such as steak, which is very yang or contracted, we are
naturally attracted to foods with the opposite quality of energy. So we eat the
steak with potatoes, alcohol, or a sugary dessert such as ice cream. All of these
foods are extremely yin. In order to balance extremes, we have to add many
things that we don’t need. We wind up taking in excess fat, excess protein, excess
carbohydrate, and excess water. Our body is constantly being challenged.
However, what happens when our main food is more balanced? If you
look at a nutritional analysis of whole grains--brown rice, barley, millet, whole
wheat--you discover that their ratio of minerals to protein and protein to
carbohydrate approximates one to seven. Short grain brown rice comes closest to
the one to seven ratio, that, nutritionally speaking, represents the balancing point
between expansive and contractive energies on the planet. If you eat whole
grains every day, your main foods are balanced in themselves. It is much easier
to balance yin and yang in your diet as a whole. Eating whole grains as your
primary food makes it much easier to maintain optimal nutritional and energetic
balance.
Macrobiotics recommends that our foods be as natural as possible. Today,
however, people are using poor quality table salt, treated city water, animal
protein instead of plant protein, saturated animal fat instead of vegetable oil,
chemically processed rather than organic foods, and plenty of simple sugars
266
instead of complex carbohydrates. It is no wonder that modern people’s health is
suffering, because the quality of each of these nutritional factors is poor.
The understanding of food as energy can guide us not only in creating an
optimal diet, but in the use of simple home remedies for the relief of illness. For
example, suppose someone has a kidney stone. What type of energy does that
represent, more expansive, yin energy or more condensed, yang energy? A
kidney stone is condensed, something like hard, frozen energy. In order to offset
that, we need to apply something with the opposite, activating energy. Should
we apply heat or cold? We should apply heat. Heat will activate this frozen
energy and make it melt and break down. A hot ginger compress can be applied
for that purpose.
Fever represents the opposite type of energy. Fever is an example of hot,
overactive energy. What would balance that? Something with cool, inert energy.
Ice is too cold for this purpose. Ice is so cold that it makes the body contract, so
that the excess that is trying to come out through the fever will, instead, be held
inside. Something a little milder is needed. Also, our body is part of the animal
world, so something from the plant kingdom helps to make balance. A simple
macrobiotic remedy for fever is to apply a cabbage leaf or another leafy green
directly to the forehead. Another remedy is to take raw tofu, which is cool and
inert, mash it, and apply it to the forehead. This application, known as a tofu
plaster, draws heat out of the body. It can lower a fever in a matter of minutes.
267
The principle of energy balance can help you manage a variety of minor
conditions at home without aspirin or other medications.
Dietary Diversity
Macrobiotics also teaches that we respect biodiversity, or the tremendous
proliferation of life on earth. Many people are concerned with preserving the
wealth of species on our planet because biodiversity is now being threatened by
civilization. Many species, including those in tropical rain forests, are
disappearing. Others are in danger. Scientists have discovered that amphibians
such as frogs and salamanders are diminishing, perhaps because of ozone
depletion or acid rain. The tiger, the symbol of power and beauty, is vanishing
from the wild. However, in nature, biodiversity is the rule, not the exception. To
reflect this in our eating, we need to practice what I call dietary diversity. There is
a wide proliferation of life on earth, a wide range of species, and to translate that
into our day to day eating, we need plenty of variety in our selection of foods,
and also in our cooking methods. Macrobiotic eating is not narrow or strict.
Through macrobiotics, we discover a wide range of healthful new foods.
We also need to respect the endless diversity of individual needs.
Although we share certain fundamental things in common, each of us is
different. If we are active, we should eat a certain way for physical activity. If we
are sitting behind a desk, our diet should be somewhat different. Men and
women also need to eat differently. Between men and women, who can eat more
animal food? Men. Who can eat more raw salad and sweets? Women. Children
268
and adults also need to eat differently. Babies are already yang--small and
contracted--so their diets need to be more yin--soft and sweet-tasting, with little
or no salt. If you have eaten plenty of animal food in the past, in order to restore
balance, you need to base your diet on plant foods. Or if you have a health
problem caused by your past way of eating, you can emphasize certain foods in
order to offset that.
Benefits of Macrobiotics
Now, what are the benefits of macrobiotic living? Eating this way can help us
maintain optimal health and achieve longevity. People such as the Hunza in
Kashmir, known for their good health and longevity, eat grains and vegetables as
their main food. They were eating more or less a macrobiotic diet adapted to
their mountainous terrain and climate. The first benefit of macrobiotic eating is
physical health and longevity.
A second benefit is peace of mind. That peace of mind comes from the
awareness that we are living and eating in harmony with the universe. We are
living in harmony with the movement of energy. That is the source of inner
peace. Our mind and emotions are very much conditioned by what we eat. If you
feed your child plenty of sugar, what kind of mind or emotions result? Children
become hyperactive or cry a lot, and become overly emotional. If we eat plenty of
meat, what kind of mind and emotions are produced? We become aggressive or
in the extreme, even violent. What happens when we eat plenty of nightshade
vegetables such as tomatoes or potatoes? We become depressed. Incidentally,
269
these vegetables have recently been found to contain nicotine. Nicotine is an
addictive substance, and that may explain why many people find it difficult to
stop eating these vegetables.
As your mind and emotions become more stable and peaceful, you
naturally develop a sense of family and community. Modern values--such as
competition, dog eat dog, survival of the fittest, etc.--have all arisen from a
carnivorous diet. Grain-eating people develop a completely opposite view.
Instead of seeing scarcity on the earth, we realize that we live in a universe of
abundance. Rather than fighting over resources, the issue becomes how to share
the tremendous natural wealth on our planet. Meat-eating tends to produce
isolation, something like the lone hunter or lone wolf, rather than a sense of
community. Hunters such as lions and hyenas are constantly fighting with each
other. Grain-eaters develop a completely opposite way of thinking based on
cooperation.
Meat-eating also leads to a more nomadic lifestyle, following the herd,
and we tend to become unsettled, rather than stable or settled down. Grain-
eating agricultural life is more stable, more settled. Which way of life encourages
more stable family life? When the men are off hunting all season, or if the entire
village has to constantly be on the move, it is difficult to maintain stability.
Macrobiotic living strengthens our community and family life. People naturally
desire to help and support each other. Through macrobiotics, you become friends
270
with everyone. As we continue to eat this way, our concept of family expands to
include all of humanity. We reconnect with our human family on planet earth.
Macrobiotic living can also help us gain spiritual understanding. Do you
think it is easy to meditate if we eat hamburgers, or if our mind is very angry or
upset, or if we are always stressed out? Or if we are eating sugar or drinking
Coke all the time, so that our mind is often hyperactive and scattered, can we
really stabilize and center our energy? These conditions make if very difficult to
enter into deep, tranquil, and peaceful meditation. In order to allow spiritual
energy to smoothly channel through us, and to use that energy, macrobiotic
eating--grains and vegetables--is ideal.
We should not forget that all great spiritual traditions included some form
of dietary discipline. In the Orient, the cooking in Buddhist and Taoist
monasteries was called shojin ryiori, or “cooking for spiritual development.”
These traditions were based on the understanding that food accelerates our
spiritual consciousness. By selecting the proper food, we develop our spiritual
quality. In these traditions, do you think animal food was a part of their diets?
No. They were completely vegetarian. However, in traditional times, vegetarian
eating, especially in cooler climates, meant eating cooked brown rice, daikon and
other vegetables, tofu and bean products, etc., rather than a lot of raw fruit or
salad.
Finally, as we achieve good health, peace of mind, a sense of family and
community, and spiritual understanding, we gain the ability to play and have a
271
big dream or adventure in this life. Macrobiotics is based on change or
transmutation. In other words, we try to gain the ability to change things into
their opposite according to our free will. So if we are experiencing difficulty,
using macrobiotic understanding, we try to change that into pleasure or
enjoyment. Or if we are experiencing sickness, we self-transform that into health.
Or if the world is in danger of war, as our adventure, as our play, as our
challenge, we transform that into peace. You can even gain the ability to
transmute or transform any type of food into your health and vitality. In other
words, you embrace your antagonist and turn it into your friend. As George
Ohsawa said, ultimately there are no restrictions. The realization of total
freedom, or the freedom to play endlessly in this infinite universe, is the ultimate
benefit of macrobiotic living.
Source: This essay is from a lecture at the Macrobiotic Summer Conference
in Poultney, Vermont, August, 1994.
272
37. New Reasons to be Dairy-free
In macrobiotic thinking, milk is a more yin or expansive food. Milk is a food for
growth; it promotes rapid development of the newborn. Mother’s milk is
suitable for the earliest stages of life, but once teeth come in and a baby is able to
eat grains and other vegetable foods on his own, milk is no longer necessary nor
beneficial. It is at that time that the natural process known as weaning occurs, in
which the young graduate to the next level of eating.
This process occurs throughout the animal kingdom. Once animals are
weaned, however, they do not continue drinking milk. Man is the only species
that continues taking milk beyond infancy, and the only species that takes the
milk of other animals. In macrobiotic thinking, this practice is harmful both
physically and spiritually.
The association between regular consumption of dairy products and a
plethora of human diseases has been documented in numerous studies around
the world. Now, modern science is providing consumers with additional reasons
to avoid dairy foods.
Compared to animals living freely in nature, modern farm animals are
often sick and weak. They live in artificial environments, under unnaturally
crowded conditions, and are fed a highly synthetic diet. In order to keep these
273
animals alive and free of infection, they are routinely fed antibiotics. Antibiotics
are extremely yin; they are also given to livestock to stimulate growth. Since they
are yin, antibiotics are effective against bacteria, which, among microorganisms,
are more yang. They are not effective against viruses, which are more yin than
bacteria. Yin and yang attract and interact with one another, whereas two yins
repel and do not interact.
Just as no two people are exactly alike, no two bacteria, even within the
same strain, are identical. Certain microbes within a given batch will be more yin,
others more yang. The more yang varieties of bacteria will be killed by an
antibiotic, whereas like viruses, the more yin varieties will not be affected. These
latter bacteria, which react more like viruses, are said to be “drug resistant.”
When antibiotics are applied, non-resistant bacteria are killed, while
resistant bacteria survive, multiply, and even pass their resistance on to other
microbes. As time goes by, an increasing number of common bacteria are
evolving resistance to antibiotics. The reason for this is twofold: indiscriminate
use of antibiotics by the medical profession, and the use of antibiotics in
livestock. In an article entitled, The End of Antibiotics?, Newsweek stated the
problem as follows:
Resistant infections killed 19,000 U.S. hospital patients (and contributed to
the deaths of 58,000 more) in 1992. “Many of the diseases we thought we
had under control are coming back,” says the CDC’s Mitchell Cohen.
274
That’s because a host of common bugs now resist one or more antibiotics.
Strains of pneumococcus, which can cause ear infections, meningitis,
pneumonia and blood infections, became resistant to penicillin and to four
other antibiotics in just the last six years. Some 20 percent of TB microbes
resist isoniazid, the treatment of choice, and gonorrhea microbes resist
penicillin.
Regarding the role of dairy and other animal foods in the spread of drug
resistant bacteria, the Newsweek article stated:
Antibiotics in farm animals leave behind drug-resistant microbes in milk
and meat; with every burger and shake, supermicrobes pour into your
gut. There, they can transfer drug-resistance to bacteria in the body,
making you vulnerable to previously treatable infections.
Another new drawback to dairy food has occurred as a result of recent
government approval of genetically-engineered bovine growth hormone, or
recombinant BGH. Genetically-engineered growth hormone is now in use, and
much of the milk, cheese, butter, yogurt, ice cream, and infant formula consumed
in the U.S. will soon contain it. None of these foods will carry a label warning
consumers that rBGH was used in their production.
275
The production of milk is a yin or expansive function. Cows injected with
rBGH produce up to 20 percent more milk. Because it stimulates lactation, rBGH
must therefore be extremely yin. Cows who receive rBGH are more prone to
fatigue, weight loss, and mastitis, an infection of the milk-secreting udder.
Researchers note up to an 80 percent incidence of mastitis in hormone-treated
cows. Antibiotics are the treatment of choice for mastitis; the use of rBGH will
necessitate the use of even greater amounts of antibiotics and accelerate the
development of drug-resistant microbes. A Government Accounting Office report
on rBGH stated: “The increase in mastitis levels reported in the rBGH pivotal
studies suggests that the potential for an increase in milk antibiotic levels is very
real.” The use of rBGH in dairy cattle may also lead to contamination of milk
with pus and bacteria.
Over the years, epidemiological studies have associated consumption of
milk and other dairy products with breast cancer. The use of rBGH may increase
this risk. Dr. Samuel Epstein, a noted environmental medicine specialist at the
University of Illinois, stated in an article in the Los Angeles Times that rBGH
increases the level of insulin-like growth factor-1, or IGF-1, in cow’s milk, and
that:
IGF-1 induces rapid division and multiplication of normal human breast
epithelial cells in tissue cultures. It is highly likely that IGF-1 promotes
transformation of normal breast epithelium to breast cancer. IGF-1
276
maintains the malignancy of human breast-cancer cells, including their
invasiveness and ability to spread to distant organs.
In nature, every action produces an opposite reaction. Every front has a
back, and the bigger the front, the bigger the back. The risks associated with the
use of rBGH in milk, together with the dangers resulting from a greater use of
antibiotics, should cause many consumers to think more seriously about the
quality of the foods they are eating and turn to more natural, vegetable-quality
alternatives to dairy products.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures during the summer
of 1994.
277
38. Maintaining Optimal Weight
The average person in modern society is overweight. Many people are obese.
Obesity is now a problem among children as well as adults. Since the majority of
modern people are overweight to one degree or another, their perception of what
constitutes optimal weight is abnormal. It is well-known that thinner people live
longer. People such as the Hunza in Kashmir, known for their longevity and
freedom from disease, have more lean physiques. Excess weight is an
acknowledged risk factor in heart disease, cancer, diabetes, and other chronic
conditions. Moreover, thinner people are often more active and energetic than
those who are overweight.
A broad-based macrobiotic diet provides ample calories and essential
nutrients, and can help people achieve and maintain optimal weight. Foods that
help in maintaining proper body weight include:
1. Sweet brown rice and mochi. Sweet brown rice and mochi (sweet rice taffy)
are high in protein and fat. They can be eaten often to help prevent weight loss.
2. Fried rice or noodles. Adding a little high-quality vegetable oil to the diet
can help stabilize weight loss. Sesame oil is preferred for regular use and can be
used to make delicious fried rice and noodle dishes. Tofu, tempeh, vegetables,
278
and even fish and seafood can be added to fried rice and noodle dishes.
Vegetables sauteed in sesame oil are also helpful for this purpose.
3. Amasake (sweet rice milk). This refreshing beverage adds calories and fat
to the diet and can be enjoyed on a regular basis. Amasake makes delicious
puddings and desserts and can be used on breakfast porridges.
4. Seitan and fu. These wheat gluten products are high in protein and can
be used regularly in macrobiotic cooking.
5. Tofu, tempeh, and yuba. Processed soybean products are high in protein
and fat and can be eaten on a regular basis to promote optimal weight.
6. Naturally-sweetened desserts. Desserts such as chestnut puree, squash
puddings, and cooked fruit compotes sweetened with grain sweeteners such as
rice syrup or barley malt add extra calories to the diet and can enjoyed from time
to time.
7. White meat fish and seafood. Fish is a good source of extra protein and
when eaten once or twice per week helps in maintaining weight.
In addition, variety in the diet--both in terms of food selection and
cooking methods--is important. A narrow diet often leads to weight loss and a
decline in vitality. Too much salt or salty foods or hard, baked flour products--
which cause contraction or dryness in the body--can also promote the loss of
weight. It is also important to chew well, exercise on a regular basis, and prepare
delicious and thoroughly enjoyable meals.
279
Source: This essay is from a lecture in Singapore, December, 1994.
280
39. Using Food in Healing
Daily food has the power to heal or make us sick; to keep us healthy or accelerate
our decline. The importance of food in health and healing cannot be
overemphasized. However, unlike modern nutrition, in which foods are
analyzed according to their biochemical effects, the macrobiotic view is based on
an understanding of food as energy. Rather than being analytical and partial, the
macrobiotic approach is dynamic and whole.
In macrobiotics, we approach food on two levels. In the first, more
fundamental level, we apply the principle of yin and yang to balance our daily
diet as a whole. Yin and yang help us understand food in terms of energy.
Balancing the expanding and contracting energies in our diet is the basis of
health and healing. In the second, or symptomatic level, we use food to offset or
balance a particular condition or symptom.
The key to health and healing lies in our ability to understand food in
terms of yin and yang and energy, and to apply that understanding to the
structure and function of the human body. For that purpose, we need to view the
body in terms of yin and yang. The inner regions of the body, including the
bones, blood, and internal organs, are more yang or contracted, while the
peripheral regions, including the skin and hair, are more yin or expanded. The
281
front of the body is generally softer and more expanded (yin), while the back is
hard and compact (yang). The upper body is generally more yin, while the lower
body has stronger yang energy.
On the whole, the right side of the body is strongly charged with yin,
upward energy, while the left side is strongly charged by downward, yang
energy. The movement of upward and downward energy in the body is reflected
in the structure of the large intestine, and in the function of the brain. The large
intestine moves upward on the right side of the body, and downward on the left.
The right hemisphere of the brain generates more yin, aesthetic or artistic images,
while the left is the source of more yang, analytical and rational abilities. Using
these basic classifications, we can begin to make specific correlations between the
energy of food and the energy of the body.
Day to day, the atmosphere cycles back and forth between upward and
downward, or yin and yang energy. Morning is the time when upward energy
prevails. Evening and night are the times when downward energy is strongest. In
order to maintain optimal health and well-being, we need to orient our lives in
harmony with the movement of energy. In other words, we need to wake up in
the morning and be active during the day, and need to get adequate sleep at
night. If we go against the movement of atmospheric energy, for example, by
sleeping during the day and being active at night, we risk losing our health.
On the most fundamental level, health and healing operate on the same
principle. The organs on the right side of the body, including the liver and
282
gallbladder, are strongly charged by yin, upward energy. Those on the left,
including the pancreas and spleen, receive a stronger charge of yang, downward
energy. Do foods with more expansive energies benefit the pancreas and spleen,
or those with more contractive energies? Similarly, what types of foods benefit
the liver and gallbladder? As we can see from the daily cycle, we need to go with
the movement of energy. Thus, foods that match the energy of a particular organ
are the most appropriate.
Symptomatic healing works in the opposite way. Symptoms can be caused
by extremes of either yin or yang. In order to neutralize or offset a particular
symptom, we use foods that have the a quality of energy that is opposite to that
of the symptom. If the symptom is caused by too much yang, we supply the
body with yin. When a symptom is caused by excess yin, we need to supply
yang.
Constipation offers an example of this principle. Constipation can result
from either an excess of yin or yang in the diet. Yang constipation is caused by
the repeated intake of meat, cheese, eggs, chicken, and other forms of animal
food, and an insufficient intake of grains, vegetables, and other plant foods
containing fiber. It occurs when the intestines become overly tight and
contracted. To relieve that symptom, we use foods with an opposite, or more yin
energy, such as kanten, lightly steamed greens, grated raw daikon, or vegetables
that have been lightly sauteed in oil.
283
Yin constipation occurs when the intestines become loose, weak, and
stagnant because of too much sugar, chocolate, alcohol, spices, ice cream, or soft
drinks. To restore the intestines to a more normal, contracted state, a slightly
more yang preparation, such as ume-sho-kuzu, would be appropriate.
The Five Energies in Health and Healing
As we saw above, the liver and gallbladder are nourished by yin, expanding
energy; the pancreas and spleen, by yang, contracting energy. Therefore,
according to the principles stated above, if we wish to strengthen the liver and
gallbladder, we choose foods that have a slightly more yin, or expansive quality
of energy. If we wish to strengthen the pancreas and spleen, foods with slightly
more yang energy would be appropriate.
Although whole grains are generally the most balanced among foods,
each variety has a slightly different quality of energy. Corn, for example, grows
in the summer, and is soft, sweet, and juicy. It has a more yin quality of energy.
Buckwheat, on the other hand, grows in cold, northern regions and is very hard
and dry. It rapidly absorbs water, and has strong yang energy. Rice has a different
quality of energy than barley; millet is different than wheat. Short grain rice is
very different than long grain rice. Among the whole grains, therefore, which one
is best for the liver and gallbladder, and which one most benefits the pancreas
and spleen?
284
Liver and Gallbladder Traditional philosopher-healers referred to the
upward energy that nourishes the liver and gallbladder as tree energy. The name
tree energy implies growth in an upward direction, as well as movement that
branches outward. Among the grains, barley has a light, expansive quality and is
classified under the tree energy category. Adding it to brown rice produces a
lighter, fluffier, and less glutinous dish. The energy of barley is compatible to that
of the liver and gallbladder. Hato mugi, or pearl barley, a species of wild barley
originally grown in China, is especially charged with upward energy. Both
regular and pearl barley can be eaten several times per week, in soup or with
brown rice. Barley tea supplies the body with light, upward energy and can be
used as a regular beverage.
Pancreas, Spleen, and Stomach The spleen and pancreas are charged by
an opposite quality of energy that traditional philosopher-healers referred to as
soil energy. The name soil conveys the image of more compact, downward
energy. Millet, a compact grain with a hard outer shell, is a product of soil energy
and can be eaten on a regular basis to strengthen the pancreas and spleen. It is
helpful in aiding recovery from blood sugar disorders, including diabetes and
hypoglycemia. Millet can be cooked with brown rice or used to make delicious
millet soup. The stomach is located toward the left side of the body, and is
energetically compatible with the pancreas and spleen. Millet is also useful in
strengthening the stomach.
285
Let us now see how the principles of energy balance apply to the selection
of whole grains for the other primary organs.
Heart and Small Intestine Compared to the liver and spleen, the heart
has a more dynamic, active quality of energy. The heart is located higher in the
body (more yin), and is positioned at the heart chakra, a very highly charged
region in the center of the chest. Traditional healers referred to such active
movement as fire energy. The small intestine is compatible with the heart, and is
charged with active energy. At the center of the small intestine is the highly
charged region known as the hara chakra, the primary source of life energy for
the entire lower body. Among the grains, corn, a more yin product of summer, is
charged with fire energy. It is energetically compatible with the heart and small
intestine. It can be eaten fresh in season or used in such traditional dishes as
polenta. Whole corn meal or grits can be used as breakfast cereals.
Lungs and Large Intestine Compared to the heart, the large intestine has
more condensed, yang energy. It is located in the lower body, where downward
energy is stronger, and although it is large, it is compressed into a small space.
The lungs are energetically compatible with the large intestine, and contain many
air sacs and blood vessels compressed into a tight space. Traditional healers
named this condensed stage metal energy. They considered it to be more yang or
condensed than the downward, soil energy that charges the pancreas and spleen.
Brown rice, especially pressure-cooked short grain rice, has strong condensed
286
energy that corresponds to the metal stage. It can be used as a main daily grain to
strengthen and vitalize these organs.
Kidneys and Bladder The kidneys lie in the middle of the body; with one
on the right and the other on the left side of the body. Traditional healers felt that
the energy that nourishes the kidneys is like water, floating between yin and
yang, up and down, although on the whole, downward energy is slightly more
predominant. Appropriately enough, they referred to this stage as water energy.
Beans, which are more yang or contracted than most vegetables, and more yin or
expanded than most grains, are a manifestation of floating, or water energy. They
strengthen and nourish the kidneys, and their related organ, the bladder. Smaller
beans such as azuki and black soybeans have more concentrated energy and are
especially beneficial. Beans and bean products can be eaten as a regular part of
the diet.
These five stages of energy are actually part of a a continuous cycle.
Energy constantly cycles back and forth from yin to yang, moving through the
more yin stages tree and fire, and then through the more yang stages soil, metal,
and water. The cycle repeats every day and from season to season. Our bodies
are comprised of a complex mix of energies that reflect each of these stages, and
to maintain optimal health, we need adequate variety in our daily diet.
The five energies can guide our selection of vegetables and other
supplementary foods, as well as our choice of cooking methods. In general, leafy
287
greens are charged with strong upward or actively expanding energy (tree and
fire), while round vegetables, such as squash, onions, and cabbage are strongly
charged with soil energy. Roots such as carrots, burdock, and daikon have even
stronger yang energy (metal), while sea vegetables represent floating or water
energy.
In cooking, we change the quality of our foods, by making their energies
more yin or more yang. Methods such as quick steaming, blanching (quick
boiling), and sauteing accelerate upward (tree) and active (fire) energy, while
slow boiling, such as that used in making nishime, condenses the energy in food
and corresponds to the soil stage. Pressure cooking is a more yang method of
cooking that corresponds to metal energy, while soup corresponds to water
energy. Once again, we need a wide variety of vegetables and cooking methods
in order to provide the body with a wide range of energies.
Whole grains and other foods in the macrobiotic diet work on both the
symptomatic and fundamental levels. On the fundamental level, a food such as
hato mugi, or pearl barley, supplies the liver and gallbladder with the upward
energy necessary for smooth functioning. At the same time, because of its
expansive nature, pearl barley acts symptomatically in dissolving more yang,
hardened deposits of animal fat and protein, including cysts and tumors caused
by the repeated consumption of animal food. Pearl barley tea, for example, is
used in Oriental medicine as a beverage to dissolve moles, warts, and other skin
growths resulting from excess animal protein.
288
Food is our best medicine. Balancing the energy of food provides the
foundation for achieving good health. Without the foundation of daily diet, our
approach is symptomatic and limited. Understanding food as energy lies at the
heart of macrobiotic healing.
Source: This essay appeared in Macrobiotics Today, Oroville, Ca,
November/December, 1993.
289
40. Treating Autumn Colds
Daily diet is the foundation of health and happiness. When our daily diet is well
balanced, our body is supplied with the right balance of energy and nutrients.
Each of the body’s organs and functions is provided with what it needs for
optimal functioning.
However, because we are not always sensitive to our changing needs, our
daily diet sometimes becomes out of balance. We eat or drink excessively. This
produces imbalance that can appear in the form of symptoms. If our daily way of
life is basically healthy, these symptoms respond to simple adjustments in daily
eating and activity, in combination with home remedies made from whole
natural foods.
The most effective home remedies utilize the understanding of yin
(expansion) and yang (contraction), or the principles of harmony and balance.
One effective way to neutralize symptoms is to use home remedies that provide
energy that is opposite to that of the symptom, thus offsetting the symptom and
restoring a more neutral or balanced condition. So, for example, when a
symptom is the result of stagnant, condensed, or blocked energy, we would
apply a remedy with activating, expanding, or dissolving effects. When a
symptom occurs as the result of overactive energy, a remedy with calming or
290
soothing effects would be appropriate. Yin and yang explain how the energy of
symptoms moves and develops. All symptoms represent the movement of
energy. Macrobiotic home remedies work by harmonizing, changing, or redirecting
energy.
Another important consideration is that home remedies be as simple,
natural, and easy to use as possible. Ideally, the whole foods in your kitchen and
pantry should be the source of the home remedies you prepare. Home remedies
made from daily foods are generally mild, safe, and do not produce harmful or
unpleasant side effects. Unlike medications such as aspirin, they do not block,
disrupt, or otherwise interfere with bodily processes such as discharging, the
source of many symptoms. Rather than trying to block or suppress discharges,
macrobiotic home remedies strengthen the body’s ability to discharge efficiently,
thus protecting it from more serious illness.
Now let us consider the common cold as an illustration of these basic
concepts.
All of the symptoms that comprise the common cold represent the
discharge of excess. The direction of the discharge is generally upward, or yin,
with symptoms such as swelling and congestion of the nasal membranes, runny
nose, sneezing, and soreness and inflammation in the throat. Symptoms such as
weakness, fatigue, fever, chills, diarrhea, and chest congestion are also often
present.
291
Colds, especially those appearing in the late summer or autumn, represent
the discharge of excess yin, especially sugar, fruit, oil, fat, and water. They
develop in the form of a cycle with two distinct phases: onset (yin) and resolution
(yang). In the first stage, excess gathers in the head and begins discharging, often
culminating in fever. In the second, the fever breaks and the excess begins
discharging from deeper in the body, such as from the lungs. During the first
phase, we lose appetite; during the second, appetite returns. Ultimately the cold
resolves itself. How long this takes depends upon how much excess we need to
discharge and the strength of our discharge functions.
The symptoms of a cold can be offset and neutralized if we change the
direction of the discharge, especially at the very beginning when the cold is just
starting. The initial symptoms of the cold can be characterized as follows:
Discharge in an upward direction (through the nasal passages)
Dispersing energy
Watery discharge
Swelling and and inflammation
Weakness or fatigue
Therefore, to neutralize and redirect these symptoms, we need a home
remedy that:
292
Stimulates discharge in a downward direction (through the intestines)
Gathers energy
Has more solidifying or condensing effects
Produces contracting effects
Produces strengthening effects
Moreover, the accumulation of excess yin that leads to a cold often
produces an acidic blood condition. An overly acid condition weakens the body’s
natural immune functions. Something with strong alkaline effects can help
neutralize this excess.
Among vegetables, roots grow below the ground in a downward direction
and are strongly charged with contracting energy. Among roots, kuzu (or kudzu),
grows deep into the ground and has very strong contracting energy. Kuzu has
strong solidifying or condensing properties; it is used often in macrobiotic
cooking as a thickening agent. Kuzu also strengthens the intestines and the lower
body.
When taken at the beginning of a cold, kuzu can cause the yin excess of
the cold to solidify and gather downward toward the intestines, where it is
discharged through the bowel movement. It provides quick, complex
carbohydrate nourishment. The more yang properties of kuzu help strengthen
the body and fortify resistance. Adding umeboshi (which is salty and strongly
alkaline) augments the gathering power of the kuzu. Umeboshi also neutralizes
293
acid in the body, strengthens digestion, and has anti-viral and antibacterial
effects.
The powerful effects of umeboshi and kuzu are combined in a drink
known as Ume-Sho-Kuzu. To prepare this tea dilute one heaping teaspoon of
kuzu with several teaspoons of cold spring water. Add the diluted kuzu to one
cup of cold spring water. Add the meat of one-half to one umeboshi plum and
place over a medium flame. Stir constantly to prevent lumping. Continue
cooking until the kuzu becomes thick and translucent. Add one-half to one
teaspoonful of shoyu (for taste) and stir. Simmer for thirty seconds. Pour into a
cup or bowl and eat hot with a spoon. The thick hot tea helps warm the body and
offset feelings of chills and weakness.
If you take Ume-Sho-Kuzu when you first feel a cold coming on, you
strengthen the discharging power of the intestines. The excess of the cold can
then be discharged in a downward rather than upward direction. Your natural
resistance will be strengthened and it may be possible for you to continue with
your daily activities without being interrupted by the unpleasant symptoms of
the cold.
A Natural Approach to Fever
Fever represents the discharge of excess energy. The main characteristic of fever
is heat; the temperature of the body rises above normal so that excess can be
discharged. During fever, the body’s heat producing mechanisms shift into
overdrive--and thus, fever is a condition of overactive energy.
294
During fever, the body attempts to discharge energy from the center to the
periphery, dispersing it outward. Even though the primary symptom of fever--
heat--is yang, the movement of energy is yin. The source of fever is the heat
produced in the bloodstream and cells of the human body, which is part of the
animal world. Heat is produced by the rapid burning or metabolism of
carbohydrate energy.
We can summarize the energy characteristics of fever as follows:
heat
overactive energy
dispersing or radiating energy
originating from the animal world (the human body)
produced by the rapid metabolism of carbohydrate
To treat fever naturally and effectively, we need to neutralize or cancel
these characteristics. Fever arises when the body’s normal discharge pathways
become blocked or overwhelmed by the amount of excess taken in. The body
produces a fever in order to discharge this excess. Our purpose should be to
allow this discharge to take place rather than trying to suppress it. The home
remedies we use to treat fever help the body discharge excess more smoothly,
comfortably, and efficiently. These remedies can be applied externally or
internally.
295
The most effective external remedies help draw out the fever because they
have qualities of energy that are opposite to that of the fever. In order to be
effective, external remedies should have the following energy characteristics:
coolness
inert energy
the power to take in and absorb energy
originating from the plant world
high in protein and fat (to balance the burning of carbohydrate)
In terms of temperature, a cool remedy fulfills our purpose more
effectively than a very cold one. Ice, which is very cold, produces an extreme
reaction in the body--it causes the cells and tissues to contract and excess to be
driven inside rather than being discharged. The toxic excess of a fever could thus
accumulate in the internal organs and lead to more serious illness in the future.
Because of that, a cool remedy is preferable to an extremely cold one.
Among common macrobiotic foods, tofu satisfies the criteria listed above. It is
stored in water and usually refrigerated, and is thus naturally cool but not icy
cold. As whole food cooks know, tofu has little personality of its own--it absorbs
the energy, flavor, and character of the other ingredients it is cooked with. It has
passive, or inert--rather than active--energy. Tofu is produced from soybeans,
which are a product of the plant kingdom, and is high in protein and fat.
296
Applying raw tofu to the forehead is thus a highly effective way to lower a fever
without suppressing the discharge.
To prepare the tofu plaster:
1. Squeeze the liquid from a block of tofu with your hands and mash the
tofu in a suribachi (a clay grinding bowl with a wooden pestle.)
2. Add ten percent to twenty percent unbleached white flour and five
percent grated ginger root. Mix thoroughly.
3. Spread the mixture on a piece of cheesecloth or a cotton towel. Apply it
so that the mashed tofu comes directly in contact with the skin. It can be applied
to the forehead and/or the back of the neck. The person can hold it in place with
the hands or it can be tied in place with a bandage or cotton strip.
4. Leave on for about 1/2-hour or until the tofu becomes hot. If necessary,
replace with fresh plasters until the fever begins to come down.
Tofu can also be applied in a less formal way. Simply mash a block of raw
tofu with your fingers. Place it on a cotton face cloth or piece and cheesecloth and
apply it with the tofu side touching the skin. This application is known as a quick
tofu plaster.
As an alternative, a plaster made from green vegetables can be used.
Green vegetables are cool, inert, and rich in chlorophyll. They help to draw out
297
the heat and overactive energy of a fever. Chlorophyll helps cool the blood,
which is rich in hemoglobin. To prepare a green vegetable plaster:
1. Chop several leafy green vegetables such as daikon greens, kale,
collards, Chinese cabbage, or regular cabbage.
2. Place in a suribachi and grind into a paste.
3. Add ten to twenty percent unbleached white flour and mix.
4. Spread the paste on a towel or cloth (about one-half inch thick), and
apply so that the green mixture comes directly in contact with the skin. As with
the tofu plaster, you can apply the greens plaster to the forehead and/or the back
of the neck. Leave on for about 1/2-hour or until the plaster becomes hot.
Replace with fresh plasters until the fever breaks.
A plain cabbage leaf is also helpful for lowering fever. Simply go to your
refrigerator and pull several large leaves from a head of green cabbage. Place a
whole leaf on the forehead and/or the back of the neck. Keep the leaf in place
until it becomes hot or until the fever breaks. Replace with fresh leaves until the
fever comes down. This is known as a cabbage-leaf plaster.
These simple natural remedies are safe yet effective. They can help you
manage common health conditions at home without having to resort to
medication. They help the body discharge while easing the discomfort of
symptoms and are made from foods available in your refrigerator or pantry.
298
Daikon Tea for Fever
As we saw above, fever represents the discharge of excess. The main
characteristic of fever is heat; during fever, the body’s heat producing
mechanisms shift into overdrive. Fever is thus a condition of overactive energy.
The macrobiotic principle of the five transformations can help us
understand the nature of fever more clearly. The five transformations, or five
energies, represent different stages in the continual cycle of yin and yang. In
nature, the tides ebb and flow, water evaporates and then falls as rain, plants
grow in the spring and decay in the fall. Everything, without exception, cycles
back and forth between yin or expansive energy and yang or contracting energy.
Yin or expansion produces upward and highly active energy. These stages are
respectively referred to as tree and fire energy. Yang or contracting energy
produces downward and highly condensed energy. These stages are known
respectively as soil and metal energy. In between yang and yin is a stage of
floating or dissolving energy. This stage of change is known as water energy.
In terms of the five transformations, fever can be classified as overactive
fire energy. The triple heater, the bodily function that regulates metabolism and
the generation of heat, is also classified in the fire energy category. During fever,
the triple heater becomes hyperactive, thus discharging excessive body heat. It is
through this mechanism that toxins are eliminated from the body.
Fire energy becomes overactive when the yin, or upward energy in the
body becomes excessive. In the cycle of the five transformations, fire energy is
299
nourished by tree energy. Each stage of energy is nourished or supported by the
stage that precedes it, thus tree nourishes fire, fire nourishes soil, soil nourishes
metal, metal nourishes water, and water nourishes tree. At the same time, there is
another cycle in which opposite energies neutralize or offset each other.
Condensed metal energy offsets upward tree energy. Floating or water energy
neutralizes fire. Tree energy offsets downward, soil energy, while fire energy
cancels metal energy. Soil neutralizes or offsets water.
These cycles offer the key to neutralizing the symptoms of fever without
suppressing the natural process of discharge. In macrobiotic medicine, daikon
radish is used to offset fever. Daikon is a long white root. It is a dietary staple in
Japan, China, and other Asian countries and is now grown in the United States. It
is held is such high regard in Asia that the name daikon literally means “great
root.”
In the cycle of the five transformations, roots are classified in the metal
category. They grow below the ground and have powerful contracting energy.
When eaten raw, daikon has a strong pungent flavor. When cooked, it becomes
sweet. Even though it is classified in the metal category, raw daikon has strong
yin energy. It is often used as a garnish to offset the contracting effects of fish and
other forms of animal food. It also cuts through fat and breaks up stagnation.
Raw daikon is especially effective in neutralizing fever. Since it has
contracting, or metal energy, it cancels the upward or tree energy that nourishes
the fire energy of fever. Because it has a strong spicy flavor, raw daikon causes
300
peripheral capillaries to dilate and accelerates production of sweat. A higher level
of perspiration causes the body temperature to drop. The person will literally
begin to “sweat out” the fever. These properties are accelerated when raw daikon
is taken in the form of a hot tea. Additional power to lower fever is provided by
adding a pinch of raw grated ginger to the tea. Like daikon, ginger is classified in
the metal category and has a strong spicy flavor.
To prepare daikon tea:
1. Grate about 3 tablespoonfuls of fresh daikon radish.
2. Mix the daikon with 1/4 teaspoon grated ginger and several drops of
shoyu.
3. Pour several cups of hot bancha twig tea over the daikon mixture.
4. Stir and drink as hot as possible.
To accelerate perspiration, wrap yourself in a blanket and lay down.
Because this tea has strong effects, it is better not to take it more than twice a day
for two or three days.
Raw daikon also acts as a diuretic. (The kidneys are classified in the water
energy category; metal energy stimulates water energy.) Increased urination also
helps lower fever. Excess heat is discharged from the blood into the urine which
is then excreted. Because the kidneys, which are water energy organs, are
activated, this has a suppressing effect on the active fire energy of fever.
301
When used in combination with the tofu plaster, daikon tea is a safe and
useful remedy for lowering fever and allowing the body to discharge effectively.
It is based on understanding the energy of food, the energy of symptoms, and the
energy of life itself.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures.
302
41. Common Digestive Disorders
The modern low-fiber diet has wreaked havoc on the digestive systems of
millions of people. It is rare to find someone with healthy digestion and smooth
elimination. Digestive disorders are so common that most people regard them as
a normal part of life.
Tight, narrow lips are a sign that the digestive system has become tight
and constricted. This more yang condition is caused by too much animal food
and not enough fiber. A lack of whole grains, beans, and fresh vegetables is a
common cause. If the upper lip is thin and tight, the stomach and solar plexus are
tight and blocked. Among modern foods, chicken and cheese frequently cause
tightness in this part of the body. This tightness interferes with smooth digestion
and may be a sign of hypoglycemia, or chronic low blood sugar. Hypoglycemia
arises when the pancreas becomes tight, hard, and blocked, as a result of the
repeated consumption of foods such as eggs, chicken, and cheese. In this
condition, the pancreas is unable to secrete sufficient glucagon, the hormone that
causes the blood sugar to rise.
Tightness in the lower lip is a sign of tightness in the intestines. The cause
is similar to the above: repeated consumption of meat, chicken, cheese, and other
303
forms of animal food, and not enough grains, vegetables, and other plant fibers.
Tightness and constriction in the large intestine is a common cause of chronic
intestinal stagnation and constipation.
Puffy of swollen lips have an opposite, or more yin cause. A swollen
upper lip is a sign of possible stomach disorders, including heartburn,
overacidity, and ulcers resulting from the repeated consumption of sugar,
caffeine, spices, alcohol, soft drinks, refined flour, potatoes and other
nightshades, and other yin extremes. When the stomach becomes lose and
swollen, the muscular valve, known as the cardiac sphincter, at the opening of
the stomach relaxes or operates inefficiently. The sphincter is normally closed
when food is in the stomach. The contents of the stomach, including stomach
acid, are regurgitated into the esophagus, causing a burning sensation in the
chest and neck after a meal. This symptom, commonly known as heartburn,
affects millions of people daily. Heartburn drugs, most notably antacids such as
Tums, Rolaids, and Mylanta, or acid blockers such as Zantac and Tagamet, are
currently a $5 billion industry in the United States.
A swollen lower lip is a sign of chronic overexpansion in the intestines
resulting from too many yin extremes in the diet. In this condition, the intestines
lose the contracting power of peristalsis. Stagnation occurs and the result is
chronic constipation. As we can see, constipation can result from an overly-
expanded or an overly-contracted condition.
304
When the diet is deficient in whole grains, vegetables, and other foods rich
in fiber, a person tends to produce small hard stools. These stools accumulate in
the large intestine, and can not be passed without straining. Constant straining at
stool raises the blood pressure in the veins, causing them to become permanently
dilated, leading to hemorrhoids and varicose veins. Eventually, the outward
pressure caused by the accumulation of small hard stools can cause small
pockets, called diverticuli, to form in the wall of the colon. About 40 percent of
those over age 65 have this condition. When these pockets bleed and become
infected, the condition is known as diverticulitis.
Irritable bowel syndrome, sometimes called spastic colon, is also the result
of modern eating habits. The intake of sugar, chocolate, honey, milk, ice cream,
strong spices, tropical fruits, and refined foods, in combination with yang
extremes such as meat, chicken, and cheese, can cause symptoms such as
alternating constipation and diarrhea, abdominal pain, mucus discharge, and the
passage of small-caliber stools. These symptoms are known collectively as
irritable bowel syndrome. This condition is exacerbated by the chronic use of
antibiotics, aspirin, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory medications such as
ibuprofen. These medications kill normal intestinal bacteria and disrupt the
healthful ecology of the colon. Up to two thirds of persons using nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory drugs suffer from inflammation of the small intestine.
The use of medications, in combination with the modern diet, can also
lead to overgrowth of intestinal yeast (candida) and an increase in intestinal
305
permeability, a condition known as “leaky gut syndrome.” Foods such as sugar,
soft drinks, tropical fruits, spices, and chocolate accelerate these disorders.
Easing Digestive Distress
The macrobiotic understanding of energy-balance can help us determine the type
of home remedies to use when treating common digestive disorders. Diarrhea,
for example, represents an overly-yin or expanded condition. Its symptoms can
be categorized as follows:
Looseness
A watery condition
Overactive energy
An overacid condition
An internal remedy with the following energy characteristics would help
offset these symptoms:
Gathering energy
Solidifying effects
Stabilizing, soothing, or calming effects
Alkalizing effects
306
Based on these criteria, our remedy of choice would be Ume-Sho-Kuzu.
Kuzu is a root that grows deep in the earth. It is strongly charged with yang or
contracting energy. It is used often as a thickener in macrobiotic cooking, and has
contracting or solidifying energy. It helps consolidate the bowel movement and
has a quieting effect on an overactive stomach and intestines. Umeboshi
neutralizes excess acid. An overly acid condition promotes diarrhea. Moreover,
umeboshi has strong antimicrobal power. It can neutralize micro-organisms,
including those that cause dysentery.
There is a constant balance in the stomach between the hydrochloric acid
secreted by one set of gastric cells and the mucus secreted by another set of cells.
Both hydrochloric acid and gastric mucus are yin. Since likes repel, the gastric
mucus that coats the inner lining of the stomach prevents gastric acid and
enzymes from irritating, ulcerating, or even eating-away the stomach wall. Kuzu
has a thick, viscous consistency, not unlike that of gastric mucus. It coats the
stomach and protects it from excess hydrochloric acid. Umeboshi plum, which is
strongly alkaline, neutralizes the harmful effects of excess stomach acid.
As we can see, Ume-Sho-Kuzu is broad-spectrum remedy that benefits the
digestive system as a whole. Together with a balanced macrobiotic diet, it can be
used to relieve such conditions as stomach ulcers and heartburn. The fiber in
kuzu, in combination with the anti-inflammatory effects of umeboshi, are helpful
in easing the symptoms of acute diverticulitis and irritable bowel syndrome.
307
Moreover, because it is more contractive, Ume-Sho-Kuzu can reduce intestinal
permeability, thus relieving “leaky gut syndrome.”
To prepare this broad-spectrum natural remedy:
1. Dilute one heaping teaspoon of kuzu (kudzu) in two to three teaspoons
of cold water.
2. Add one cup of cold water to the diluted kuzu.
3. Place over a medium flame. Stir constantly to prevent lumping, until the
liquid becomes translucent. Reduce the flame as low as possible.
4. Add the pulp of one-half to one umeboshi plum that has been chopped
or ground to a paste.
5. Add several drops of shoyu and stir gently. Simmer for two to three
minutes and drink hot.
Ume-Sho-Kuzu can sometimes be made with grated ginger. However,
ginger is an energy-activator, and for acute conditions involving inflammation,
or in cases of active diarrhea, it is best omitted. Ume-Sho-Kuzu can be taken once
a day for several days until the condition improves. In addition, it is important to
make dietary changes so as to allow the digestive organs to heal and prevent a
recurrence of the condition. It is also important to chew well, eat regular meals,
and not eat before bedtime. These practices ease chronic distress in the digestive
system resulting from modern eating habits.
308
A Soothing External Remedy
As we saw above, diarrhea is a more yin condition. Its main characteristics are
looseness, a watery condition, and a state of overactive energy. Diarrhea is a form
of active discharge. To offset these symptoms while helping the body discharge
in a more normal manner, we need an external remedy that produces contraction
and dryness, and that has calming or soothing effects. Sea salt, which is yang,
concentrated, and high in minerals, can be used for this purpose.
In order for the salt to be effective, it must have a deep, penetrating effect.
Heating the salt on the stove liberates its potential energy and creates this effect.
This remedy, known as a Roasted Salt Pack, is commonly used in macrobiotic
health care to soothe, calm, and strengthen the intestines. The Roasted Salt Pack
helps the large intestine to absorb water, thus aiding in the formation of a more
normal, solid bowel movement .
To prepare a Roasted Salt Pack:
1. Dry roast one and one-half cups of sea salt in a stainless steel or cast
iron skillet until it is very hot.
2. Wrap the hot salt in a thick cotton towel and tie securely with string.
(The salt can also be placed in a pillowcase first and then wrapped in a cotton
towel.)
3. Lie down and place the hot salt pack on the abdomen.
4. Change the salt or reheat when it starts to cool off.
309
5. Save the salt as it can be used to make another salt pack. Discard the salt
when it becomes gray and no longer holds heat.
In addition to diarrhea, the Roasted Salt Pack can be used to ease the
symptoms of irritable bowel syndrome, heartburn, stomach ulcers, and “leaky
gut” syndrome. It can also be used to ease tension in other parts of the body; for
example to relieve stiff or sore muscles, the pain from arthritis or rheumatism, or
menstrual or other cramps. Like Ume-Sho-Kuzu, the Roasted Salt Pack is a
broad-spectrum natural remedy that is safe, effective, and easy to prepare at
home.
Relieving Intestinal Stagnation
Constipation can be caused by extremes of either yin or yang. Yin constipation is
the result of repeated intake of sugar, tropical fruit, chocolate, ice cream, soft
drinks, nightshade vegetables, and other yin extremes. These foods cause the
intestine to become expanded and loose. Peristalsis, the contracting rhythm that
moves digested food through the intestine, becomes weak. The result is
stagnation and a lack of movement. Yang constipation occurs when the intestine
becomes tight and contracted. When the diet is deficient in whole grains,
vegetables, and other foods rich in fiber, and too high in animal food, a person
tends to produce small hard stools. These stools accumulate in the large intestine,
leading to stagnation and chronic constipation. Too many hard, baked flour
products and salt can also lead to tightness and blockage in the intestines.
310
Regardless of whether the cause is too much yin or too much yang,
constipation represents a blockage and stagnation of energy. In order to
counteract this, and encourage the movement of energy in the lower body, we
need an external remedy with energy-activating effects. The Ginger Compress
fulfills this need. When applied to the lower abdomen, hot ginger towels increase
the circulation of blood and energy, release stagnation, and encourage active
movement. To prepare the Ginger Compress:
1. Bring about four quarts of water to a boil.
2. Use a fine grater to grate a baseball-sized clump of fresh ginger.
3. When the water comes to a boil, reduce the flame to low, and place the
ginger into a double-layered cheesecloth sack. Tie with a string and squeeze the
juice from the sack into the water.
4. Place the sack into the pot and let it steep, without boiling, for about
five minutes.
5. Dip a towel into the ginger water, wring it out tightly, and apply it to
the abdomen. (It is best if you are able to lie down comfortably and have
someone else give you the compress.) Cover the first towel with a second dry
towel to hold in the heat.
6. Change the towel every two or three minutes, replacing it with a fresh,
hot towel. You can do this by using two towels and alternating them so that the
skin does not cool off between applications.
311
7. Continue applying hot towels for about ten to fifteen minutes, until the
abdomen becomes warm and pink.
Because the Ginger Compress has strong energy-activating effects, it is
better not to use it on someone with a serious illness such as cancer, or when
fever, irritation, or inflammation are present. Therefore, it would generally not be
appropriate for the digestive disorders such as irritable bowel syndrome,
heartburn, and stomach ulcers.The Roasted Salt Pack, which has calming or
soothing effects, would be more appropriate in these cases. The Ginger Compress
can be applied every day for several days to relieve chronic constipation, or two
or three times a week for about a month to strengthen and activate the intestines.
Kuzu Variations
As we can see, the Ginger Compress can be used for both types of constipation.
However, when it comes to internal remedies, these must be adjusted to offset
the cause of the condition. Therefore, for yin constipation, a more yang remedy
can help bring relief; and for constipation caused by yang, a more yin remedy
would be beneficial. The large intestine is in the lower body and, although it is a
long hollow tube, it is compressed into a small space. Overall, energy moves
through the large intestine in a downward direction. These are characteristics of
more yang energy. In Oriental medicine, the large intestine was viewed as an
example of condensed or “metal” energy.
312
Roots grow down below the surface of the earth and are also charged with
yang energy. They strengthen the intestines and lower body. Among roots, kuzu
(or kudzu) is especially strengthening and beneficial. In macrobiotic healing, we
use kuzu as a kind of neutral base for a variety of remedies. Kuzu preparations
can be adjusted toward yin or toward yang depending on the other ingredients
that are added to it. Therefore, for yin constipation, we can make the kuzu more
yang by adding more yang ingredients. For yang constipation, we make it more
yin by adding yin ingredients.
For constipation caused by overly expanded intestines, the Ume-Sho-
Kuzu drink described in the previous article can be used. In this preparation,
umeboshi plum and shoyu (naturally fermented soy sauce) are added to the
kuzu to give it a more yang, salty and alkaline quality. This drink can be taken
for several days in a row or several times per week to strengthen weak intestines.
For constipation caused by tight intestines, a more yin kuzu preparation
would be appropriate. We can give kuzu a more yin, sweet quality by adding rice
syrup (Ame) to it. This drink is known as Ame-Kuzu. To prepare Ame-Kuzu:
1. Dilute one heaping teaspoon of kuzu in several tablespoons cold water.
2. Add one cup cold water to the diluted kuzu.
3. Add one or two teaspoonfuls rice syrup.
4. Heat over a medium flame, stirring constantly to prevent lumping, until
the liquid becomes translucent. Drink while hot.
313
If rice syrup is not available, you can use the same amount of barley malt
instead. Sweet kuzu can also be prepared with apple juice. Simply substitute one-
half cup of apple juice in place of the rice syrup. As with Ume-Sho-Kuzu, these
sweet kuzu drinks can be taken once a day for several days or several times per
week to relieve chronic constipation. Ame-Kuzu also helps relieve tension and
stress and the symptoms of hypoglycemia.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures.
314
42. Cravings and Addictions
Everything in the universe moves in waves. When seen from from a distance, the
movement of the planets around the sun takes the form of intersecting waves.
Our breathing, heartbeat, sexual libido, thoughts, and digestion move in
expanding and contracting waves. This wavelike motion is the key to
understanding cravings and addictions.
We are always balancing yin and yang. Salt (yang) makes us desire fluid
or sweets (both yin). A piece of toast which is dry and yang requires yin in the
form of jelly or peanut butter to make it more enjoyable. Coffee or wine (yin) are
balanced by cigarettes (yang.) These and other balances arise from the attraction
and harmony of opposites.
All desires are actually reflections of the attraction of opposites. Without
this ceaseless attraction, nothing would move, nothing would change. Another
word for the attraction of opposites is appetite.
Appetite is not negative at all. It is normal and quite essential. Without
appetite, we could not live. The bigger your appetite, the bigger your capacity for
living life to the fullest. What, then, is the difference between appetite, which is
essential, and cravings and addictions,which can often be destructive? The
difference is whether our desires are compulsive, extreme, and beyond our
control, or whether they are moderate and manageable.
315
When someone has the feeling, “I simply must have chocolate or sugar,”
that is an example of a craving. When this urge becomes constant, so that the
person is obsessed with eating these foods, that is addiction. Appetite, on the
other hand, is simply the natural desire to eat something sweet following the
intake of salt, minerals, or protein. The sweet need not be sugar or chocolate. In
fact, these may not be desired at all. Foods such as squash, raisins, cooked
chestnuts, rice or barley syrups, cooked apples, or other mild sweets satisfy the
desire just as effectively.
There are three ways to approach cravings and addictions:
1. We suppress them without changing their cause.
This approach is often taken by various self-help programs. When
someone joins a self-help program to stop drinking, he or she is asked to refrain
from taking even an occasional sip of alcohol. However, since the cause of the
addiction is not changed, the person will simply substitute another extreme. It is
therefore not surprising that many self-help meetings feature plenty of coffee and
doughnuts.
2. We simply give in to them.
This approach is the opposite of the above. In this case, we fully indulge
ourselves. The problem with this approach is that when pursued without limit,
cravings and addictions are usually self-destructive. The downside to unlimited
indulgence is often sickness or premature death.
316
3. We change their cause and quality.
This approach is the most constructive of the three. We begin by asking
why is it that we have certain cravings. Sugar, chocolate, and alcohol are all
strongly yin. If we are craving them, the cause must be something that is strongly
yang. To find the cause of a craving, look in the opposite direction. To eliminate the
craving, therefore, we must eliminate the cause. The craving or addiction will
then disappear without having to deny or suppress it.
To eliminate the craving for chocolate or sugar, we need to stop eating
yang extremes. In modern society, these cravings are usually the result of too
much meat, chicken, cheese, salt, baked or roasted foods, and eggs, all of which
are yang. These extremes also cause the craving for alcohol. Stopping or
drastically reducing yang extremes is therefore the first step in freeing ourselves
from cravings for strong yin.
Underlying most cravings for alcohol or sweets is the condition known as
hypoglycemia, or chronic low blood sugar. This condition is caused by a lack of
complex carbohydrates in the diet and too much protein and fat, especially from
animal foods. Foods such as cheese, eggs, and chicken cause tightness and
blockage in the pancreas, the organ that regulates blood sugar. (A tight pancreas
can also be caused by too much salt or too many baked flour products.) This
tightness interferes with the secretion of glucagon, the pancreatic hormone that
raises blood sugar levels. As a result the person experiences low blood sugar and
will crave sugar, chocolate, or alcohol in an attempt to raise the level of glucose,
317
or sugar, in the blood. However, simple sugars such as these are rapidly
metabolized, causing the blood sugar to quickly drop and the cravings to begin
again
Hypoglycemia occurs when the pancreas becomes too tight and yang.
Therefore, together with avoiding cheese, chicken, eggs, and other over-yang
foods, in order to cure hypoglycemia, we need to base our diet on naturally
sweet complex carbohydrates such as whole grains, beans, and naturally sweet
vegetables. Foods such as brown rice cooked with chestnuts, sweet brown rice
and mochi, amasake (sweet rice milk), and millet and squash soup are all
naturally sweet. When eaten on a regular basis they help restore a normal
balance to the pancreas. It is also helpful to include regular servings of carrots,
onions, green cabbage, parsnips, squash and other naturally sweet vegetables in
the diet. Naturally sweetened desserts, such as squash, amasake, rice, and
chestnut puddings, when necessary sweetened with rice syrup or barley malt,
can also be eaten regularly. The sweet vegetable drink described in the last issue
also helps the pancreas heal and accelerates the recovery from hypoglycemia.
If someone craves alcohol, they can eat, in addition to foods with a
naturally sweet flavor, naturally fermented foods such as miso, shoyu, umeboshi
plum, and pickles, including organic sauerkraut. Cravings for alcohol are also
caused by a lack of fermented foods. However, since these foods are processed
with sea salt, be careful. Too much salt (yang) can cause cravings for the opposite
extreme. Salty foods are best eaten in moderation.
318
These suggestions can help everyone become free from cravings and
addictions. As the source of cravings and addictions disappears, the natural
attraction of opposites becomes moderate and easy to control. Healthy appetite
replaces addiction. As you become sensitive to your needs, a dish of naturally-
sweetened chestnut puree becomes just as satisfying as a chocolate doughnut. An
occasional glass of beer, cup of sake, or glass of apple juice is enough to help you
relax. As your compulsions evaporate, you are free to enjoy your appetites and
desires without harm to your health and well being.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures.
319
43. Menopause and Macrobiotics
The essence of life is change. Like everything in nature, women and men pass
through stages in their growth and development. Menopause is one of these
natural transitions. As with puberty and childbirth, menopause is a normal stage
in a woman’s life. In the modern world, however, there is a tendency to turn the
natural processes of life into medical events. Such is the case with menopause.
Aging is the opposite of growth. Growth is yin or expansive, while aging
is the process in which things become yang or contracted. During menopause, a
woman becomes physically more yang. At the same time, her yin, invisible
nature--in other words, her wisdom and spirituality--become deeper and richer.
During menopause, a woman produces less estrogen and progesterone,
the primary female sex hormones. With that, menstruation gradually becomes
less regular and eventually stops. If a woman is naturally healthy, these changes
occur smoothly, and the transition through menopause is not accompanied by
uncomfortable symptoms. However in today’s world, unnatural dietary and
lifestyle habits are causing many women to experience a variety of symptoms
during menopause. Many of these symptoms continue beyond menopause into
old age.
320
The menstrual cycle is a beautiful example of the harmony and balance of
yin and yang. Menstruation is initiated by hormones produced by the pituitary
gland located at the base of the brain. These hormones, known as follicle-
stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH) are strongly charged
by yang energy spiraling down from the cosmos. This contracting force, known
as heaven’s force, enters the body at the top of the head. Heaven’s energy charges
the spiral center at the crown of the head as well as the region around the mid-
brain, including the pituitary. As a result, pituitary hormones are strongly
charged with heaven’s contracting energy.
The lower body is complementary and opposite to the head. It is strongly
charged by energy coming up from the earth. The ovaries and uterus are located
in the lower body and receive a strong charge of earth’s yin expanding force.
When the pituitary produces FSH and LH, the ovaries respond by producing
eggs. When an egg is produced, it sends out hormonal messages that tell the
pituitary to reduce the production of FSH and LH. Yin counteracts and
neutralizes yang. At menopause, the ovaries no longer produce eggs, and thus
the pituitary keeps producing these two hormones without the usual
counteracting effect. This yang activity causes the level of these hormones in the
blood to increase. At menopause, therefore, a woman’s condition naturally
becomes more yang.
Symptoms During Menopause
321
Studies of women in Japan, China, and other parts of the world where grains and
other plant foods comprise the mainstay of the diet, show that they experience
far fewer menopausal symptoms than women in the West. The Japanese, in fact,
have no word in their language for “hot flashes.” These studies, in addition to
the many cases of symptom-free menopause experienced by macrobiotic women,
suggest that a plant-based diet reduces, if not eliminates, many of the symptoms
of menopause.
The macrobiotic principle of yin and yang can help us understand why
some women experience no symptoms at menopause, while others experience
many. As we saw above, menopause is a time when a woman naturally becomes
more yang. If her diet is based on more yin vegetable quality foods which
counteract the effects of strong yang, then she can more easily pass through
menopause without symptoms. If, however, her diet includes plenty of meat,
eggs, chicken, cheese, and other strongly yang animal foods, her condition
becomes unbalanced and she will be more likely to develop a host of short- and
long-term symptoms.
A review of the common symptoms of menopause suggests they are part
of an overall syndrome resulting primarily from an overly yang or contracted
condition.
Hot Flashes At least three-quarters of American women experience hot
flashes during menopause. During a hot flash, heat and energy are discharged. A
woman experiences a feeling of heat (her skin temperature increases), followed
322
by a period of sweating. In some cases, hot flashes interrupt sleep, producing
symptoms of sleep deprivation such as mood swings, fatigue, and chronic
irritation. Hot flashes occur when excess energy builds up inside the body. This
excess gathers toward the center of the body and is then discharged outward
toward the periphery. The most common dietary sources of this excess are foods
such as chicken, cheese, eggs, meat, and high-fat fish such as tuna and salmon.
Estrogen is a more yin hormone. At puberty, it stimulates the development
of soft fatty tissue in the female body. During the menstrual cycle, estrogen
causes the endometrium, or lining of the uterus, to become swollen and
engorged with blood. Up until menopause, the estrogen secreted by the ovaries
helps to counteract excess yang in the body. However, at menopause, the decline
in estrogen makes it easier for excess yang to accumulate, leading to hot flashes
and other symptoms.
Vaginal Dryness and Thinning The lining of the vagina consists of many
layers of cells. Those at the surface are the most yin and most dependent upon
estrogen. When estrogen levels fall, the outermost layer of cells--about six cells
thick--often becomes depleted. Thinning of the vaginal lining produces
symptoms such as dryness, itching, and pain during intercourse. In some cases
the more yin, outermost cells of the urethra also become thinner, leading to
frequent urination.
The dietary cause of this condition is the repeated consumption of eggs,
chicken, meat, cheese, and other animal products, together with too much salt
323
and foods high in sodium. The repeated intake of foods high in saturated fat and
cholesterol causes a layer of hard fat to build up just below the surface of the
vagina. These deposits interfere with the flow of moisture and oils to the surface,
resulting in dryness and constriction. Too many baked flour products, such as
cookies, bread, crackers, and chips, also contribute to an overly dry condition.
Vaginal dryness is not unlike the drying and hardening of the skin that
occurs following years of eating plenty of animal food. When the skin becomes
dry and tight, excess energy no longer discharges through the normal channels.
Hot flashes are one way in which this accumulated energy is discharged from the
body. A macrobiotic diet, which is low in fat and cholesterol, can prevent
excessive dryness from occurring, both at the surface of the body and in the
vagina.
Mood Swings and Depression These symptoms are the result of low
blood sugar, or hypoglycemia. The hormonal changes that occur at menopause
exacerbate blood sugar imbalances. Hypoglycemia is related to the condition of
the pancreas, the organ that regulates blood sugar. Normally, blood sugar is
maintained in balance by the pancreatic hormones insulin and glucagon. Insulin
cause the blood sugar to drop, while glucagon causes it to rise. Insulin is strongly
charged with yang, contracting energy, while glucagon is charged with yin,
expansive force. If the pancreas is healthy, these hormones function appropriately
and the person’s blood sugar stays within the normal range.
324
However, in many cases, repeated consumption of strong contractive
foods such as chicken, cheese, and eggs causes the pancreas to become hard and
tight. In this condition, the cells that secrete glucagon become tight and
constricted, and their output is reduced. When this happens, the blood sugar
tends to settle below normal causing the person to crave sugar, fruit, alcohol,
coffee or other stimulants in an attempt to raise it. The brain is especially
sensitive to fluctuations in blood sugar and when there is a deficit, a person’s
moods tend to be depressed or down. Depression can be eased through the
intake of simple sugars or stimulants, but these have only a temporary effect. A
person must continually take them in order to lift his or her mood. They also
cause a gradual and steady depletion in the person’s energy as a whole.
Some women experience a lack of clear thinking during menopause. This
condition is known as “fuzzy thinking” and is primarily due to hypoglycemia.
Low blood sugar deprives the brain of the glucose it needs for optimal
functioning, resulting in a loss of clarity. Sugar or alcohol, which are often used
to relieve hypoglycemia, further interfere with mental clarity. They also produce
extreme emotional fluctuations. As with the symptoms described above,
hypoglycemia and mood disorders are primarily the result of the repeated intake
of animal food.
Long-Term Symptoms
325
The long-term symptoms associated with menopause are consistent with the
repeated consumption of meat, dairy, and other animal foods, or in other words,
a diet based on too many yang extremes. These symptoms include the following.
Osteoporosis It is well known that countries with the highest intakes of
meat and dairy have the highest rates of osteoporosis. (The highest rates of
osteoporosis are found among the Eskimo, who eat a diet comprised almost
entirely of animal food.) Countries with a low intake of meat and dairy, and a
high intake of grains, vegetables, and other plant fibers, have low rates of this
disease. Women who consume a modern meat- and dairy-centered diet are
therefore at high risk for osteoporosis. Because of their diet, many American
women experience up to a two to five percent loss of bone during menopause,
with some degree of bone loss continuing after menopause.
Although female hormones play a role in the health of the bones, the loss
of bone often begins prior to menopause, an indication that long-term dietary
and lifestyle factors are just as important as the decline in estrogen at
menopause. Estrogen, which is yin, prevents bone loss, while progesterone,
which is more yang, stimulates the formation of bone. In the macrobiotic view,
bone loss results from extremes of either yin or yang. The high consumption of
meat, dairy, and other animal foods (yang) causes an over-acid condition in the
blood. In order to neutralize this acid, the body mobilizes calcium and other
minerals from the bones. The saturated fat found in these foods reduces the
absorption of calcium from the diet, thus compounding the problem.
326
Sugar, soft drinks, and other yin extremes also produce an acid reaction in
the blood that leads to a similar mobilization of calcium and bone loss.
Phosphorous also produces an acid reaction and foods high in this element, such
as soda and red meat, promote osteoporosis. Alcohol and caffeine (extreme yin)
also promote loss of calcium, as does cigarette smoking and consumption of too
much salt (extreme yang). As we saw above, desire for alcohol and caffeine arises
as a result of hypoglycemia. Low blood sugar triggers the desire for sugar or
stimulants that cause a temporary rise in blood sugar. Cigarettes or salty snacks
are often taken to balance the intake of coffee, sweets, and alcohol, thus setting in
motion a pattern that leads to a progressive loss of calcium. Along with diet, lack
of exercise contributes to bone loss.
Avoidance of meat, dairy, chicken, and other animal foods makes it easier
to stay away from sugar, soft drinks, and caffeine. A balanced macrobiotic diet
based on whole grains, beans, fresh vegetables, sea vegetables, and other whole
natural foods, many of which are high in calcium, in combination with a
normally active lifestyle, is the best way to prevent osteoporosis while
safeguarding the health of the bones.
Heart Disease It is well established that the modern epidemic of heart
disease is primarily a function of the modern high-fat diet and sedentary lifestyle
rather than a function of diminished estrogen levels at menopause.
Epidemiological and other studies support the role of a diet high in meat, eggs,
chicken, cheese, and other animal products in causing high cholesterol levels and
327
an elevated risk of heart attack and related cardiovascular problems. Conversely,
numerous studies support the role of a balanced grain- and vegetable-based diet
in preventing and reversing heart disease.
Because it is yin, estrogen counteracts the yang factors (arising primarily
from repeated consumption of animal food) that lead to heart disease. One
National Institute of Health study showed that women taking estrogen or an
estrogen-progesterone combination showed had lower cholesterol levels and
clotting factors than women not taking hormone replacement. Strong yin
(synthetic estrogen) counteracts the buildup of hard fatty deposits in the blood
vessels. Aspirin and other cholesterol-lowering drugs, also strongly yin, have a
similar effect. However, both hormone replacement therapy and cholesterol
drugs have side effects. Changing to a grain- and vegetable-based diet is a far
more sensible way to lower cholesterol and reduce the risk of heart disease.
Natural Hormone Replacement
Hormone replacement therapy (HRT), in which synthetic or naturally-derived
hormones are given to women during and after menopause, has now become a
routine part of medical practice. An estimated 40 percent of menopausal women
in the United States are using HRT. Premarin, an estrogen replacement made
from the urine of pregnant mares, is used by more than 8 million American
women, making it the most popular drug in the U.S. Hormone creams and
patches are being used by millions of more women.
328
Although it is used by millions of women, HRT has serious drawbacks.
Several studies have linked HRT with an increased risk of breast and endometrial
cancer. HRT can produce a variety of other side effects. As we saw above,
estrogen is strongly yin or expansive. HRT is an extreme answer to symptoms
caused by an extreme diet, especially too many yang animal foods. HRT does not
change the cause of these symptoms; it merely counteracts them while producing
side effects of its own.
A far more sensible answer to the symptoms of menopause is to avoid
strongly yang animal foods while basing the diet on whole grains, beans, and
fresh local vegetables. Recent studies have shown that grains, beans, and
soyfoods such as tofu contain phytoestrogens (phtyo = plant); mild estrogen-like
compounds that act like estrogen in the body. These phytoestrogens can help
relieve menopausal symptoms caused by estrogen deficiency.
Phytoestrogens actually lower the risk of breast and endometrial cancer,
both of which are linked to high estrogen levels in the body. Mild phtyoestrogens
and the potentially pathological estrogens that accelerate female cancers are both
yin. Phytoestrogens are mildly yin, while potentially pathological estrogens are
extremely yin. (Potentially pathological estrogens are accelerated by the intake of
milk, ice cream, sugar, and chocolate, as well as by animal fats.) Since likes repel,
the intake of foods containing phytoestrogens causes pathological estrogens to be
excreted from the body. The higher the intake of foods rich in phytoestrogens, the
greater the excretion of pathological estrogens.
329
Both types of estrogen compete at receptor sites. The beneficial estrogens
may block the reception of potentially harmful estrogens. This may help explain
the relatively low rates of breast cancer among Chinese and Japanese women.
Asian women regularly consume tofu and other foods rich in phytoestrogens.
Tofu has a cooling effect on the body and is also helpful in relieving hot
flashes. It can be lightly cooked with vegetables, or in severe cases, eaten on
occasion raw with a pinch of grated ginger, chopped fresh scallion, and several
drops of shoyu. Tofu also contains calcium, and when eaten with other calcium-
rich foods, such as green leafy vegetables, sea vegetables (especially hiziki and
arame), beans, and seeds, as a part of a balanced macrobiotic diet it can help
prevent or reverse osteoporosis.
The mood swings that accompany menopause can be remedied by basing
the diet on complex carbohydrates, especially naturally sweet foods such as
whole grains (including sweet brown rice and mochi), sweet vegetables (such as
squash, pumpkin, cabbage, carrots, and onions). Naturally sweet desserts, such
as chestnut purees, rice, sweet rice, squash, and amasake puddings, and cooked
fruit desserts, occasionally sweetened with rice syrup or barley malt, help ease
hypoglycemia and mood swings.
A plant-based macrobiotic diet is low in saturated fat and cholesterol, and
helps restore normal moisture and flexibility to the skin, including the lining of
the vagina. The regular use of high-quality sesame oil in sauteing can help in
naturally moisturizing the skin. Daily body scrubbing with a hot wet towel also
330
helps open the pores while melting away hard fat deposits below the skin that
block or interfere with the flow of moisture to the surface.
Women who eat macrobiotically have cholesterol levels that are far below
the normally high averages in the United States and other Western nations. (In
studies of macrobiotic people conducted by researchers at Harvard and
elsewhere, the average cholesterol level was found to be 125mg/dl.) Women with
high cholesterol who change to a macrobiotic diet often experience a rapid drop
in their cholesterols within several weeks. Clearly, macrobiotic eating can prevent
and even reverse heart disease.
A diet based on whole natural foods is the cornerstone of a healthy,
symptom-free menopause. When she is free of unnecessary symptoms,
menopause can be a happy time in which ha woman’s spirituality and
consciousness develop continually toward deeper and richer levels.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures.
331
44. Daikon for Health and Healing
Daikon, literally “great root,” in Japanese. was tradtionally valued for its ability
to cleanse the body. This long white radish is like other members of the radish
family in its ability to counteract the potentially harmful effects of eating too
much animal fat and protein. It is grown throughout the United States and is
available in natural food stores and supermarkets. Daikon greens are highly
nutritious and can be cooked along with the daikon root. To prepare whole
daikon:
1. Wash a medium-sized organic daikon, including the root, stems, and
leaves under cold running water. (Use a natural bristle vegetable brush to gently
scrub the root portion.)
2. Place whole daikon on a wooden cutting board.
3. Slice the whole daikon into thin slices as follows, keeping each section
in a separate place on the cutting board:
A. the white root portion
B. the hard green stems
C. the green leaves
332
4. Bring 1 inch of spring water to a boil in a covered pot.
5. Add A (the sliced root) to the boiling water.
6. Cover, lower the flame slightly, and cook for 5 minutes.
7. Add B (the sliced stems), cover, and cook for 2 minutes.
8. Add C (the sliced leaves), and sprinkle a tiny pinch of sea salt or several
drops of organic soy sauce (shoyu) over the daikon and greens.
9. Cover and cook for 2 minutes.
10. Serve hot.
Eat the daikon and greens as a side dish or by itself. This dish is best when
freshly made. If organic daikon is not available, you may substitute organic
turnips and turnip greens.
This dish contains a perfect balance of yin and yang, or upward and
downward energy. The root portion strengthens the legs and lower body (yang),
while the stems and leaves energize the arms and upper body (yin.) It can be
eaten three or four times per week as a part of a balanced natural diet.
Yuki Nabe (Snow Nabe)
Grated daikon also has a variety of healing properties. In this dish, freshly grated
daikon is cooked with tofu in a clay Nabe pot. (Nabe pots can also be used to
prepare a variety of vegetable and noodle dishes.) Yuki Nabe has a pure white
color. Hence the the name Yuki Nabe, which means “pot of snow.”
333
Ingredients and Utensils:
1 1/2 cup fresh daikon radish
1/3 cup tofu
pinch of sea salt (Si-salt is preferred)
small or medium Nabe pot (a regular cooking pot and lid can be used if a
Nabe is unavailable)
vegetable grater (for fine grating)
Japanese-style vegetable knife
Preparation:
1. Peel and grate daikon.
2. Place grated daikon in Nabe pot.
3. Add a small pinch of sea salt.
4. Cover and place on a medium flame.
5. Cook for 3 to 5 minutes.
6. Slice tofu into cubes.
7. Place in Nabe pot with grated daikon.
8. Cover and cook for 3 to 5 minutes (until tofu is done.)
9. Remove cover and serve.
334
Yuki Nabe can be eaten by itself, with brown rice, or as part of a meal.
Yuki Nabe has a delicious sweet flavor and doesn’t require additional seasoning.
The Nabe pot serves a dual function. It is used to cook the dish and also to serve
it. Simply remove the Nabe from the burner and place it on your table with a pot-
holder under it.
Yuki Nabe offers the healing benefits of grated daikon without the strong
pungent taste. When cooked in this way, the daikon and tofu become sweet.
Daikon and tofu both have cooling effects and can ease hot flashes. Yuki Nabe is
also good for dissolving fats and softening hardened deposits in the body. It
helps melt away stagnation (just like melting snow), relax inner tension, and
establish active energy flow. It can be included several times per week.
This essay is from personal notes and counseling sessions.
335
45. Spirals of Health
The factors that create our health are part of our environment as a whole. They
form an inward-moving spiral in which we occupy the center. The outer orbits of
this spiral are made up of our environment as a whole. At the periphery is our
environment in nature, which is composed of solar and other forms of energy, air,
water, soil, and other living things. Within this is our more immediate
environment, including the climatic and geographic region in which we live, our
living place, for example, whether city or country, our work and social
environment, and our home.
It is within this environment that we think and act each day. Our thinking
and actions are the product of the above plus daily food, which is the
concentrated form of the environment that we internalize several times a day.
Our daily thoughts and actions, which can be termed “lifestyle,”
determine our choice of food. Food in turn affects our thoughts and actions.
Environment, lifestyle (including our day to day thoughts), and food all combine
to create our present state of health.
If these factors are in balance, or in other words, if our daily life and diet is
harmonious with our environment in nature, we experience a continual state of
336
health and well-being. If, on the other hand, these factors are extreme or one-
sided, we lose harmony with our environment and experience sickness.
Macrobiotic healing is based on the principles of change and balance.
Macrobiotics recognizes that change is the basic law of life. Change occurs
whether we like it or not. It is the order of the universe. Yet, as manifestations of
the universe, we have the ability to cause or initiate change. Everyone has the
power to change their directionf from sickness to health. The first step in healing
is to realize that change is possible, and to begin to act upon that realization.
However, in order to initiate such positive change, we need a clear
understanding of how to change the factors that create our health condition into
their opposites. We need a guiding principle, or compass, that can help us find
our direction. It is for this reason that the principle of yin and yang, or the
universal laws of harmony and balance, is invaluable.
Let us take daily diet as an example. Daily food and drink are the direct
source of our physical makeup. Our blood, cells, organs, tissues, and glands are a
transformation of the minerals, proteins, lipids, enzymes, water, and other
nutrients that we ingest daily. Therefore, any consideration of physical health
must of necessity begin with daily food.
So many of today’s health problems are caused by the repeated
consumption of meat, eggs, cheese, poultry, and other foods of animal origin.
These health problems, including chronic degenerative conditions such as cancer
and heart disease, are the result of problems of quantity and quality.
337
In terms of quantity, people eat much more animal food than they did
several generations ago, far beyond what is necessary or reasonable for our
human constitution. Animal foods are essentially the centerpiece of the modern
diet. In terms of quality, modern artificially inseminated, hormone- and
antibiotic-fed livestock bear little resemblance to their natural ancestors. The
appearance of “Mad Cow” disease and the European Community’s refusal to
accept hormone-fed American beef underscores just how serious these issues
have become.
Modern chicken is especially problematic; all the more so because many
people believe it to be a “healthy” alternative to meat. John Robbins, in his classic
expose’ of the food industry (Diet for a New America), gives a detailed description
of how chickens are confined indoors in small cages. They are so weak and
susceptible to infection that they require regular doses of antibiotics to keep them
alive. They are also fed synthetic growth hormones to speed their development.
One result of these practices, according to Robbins, is that as many as 95% of the
chickens going to market have some form of cancer! Clearly, modern chicken is
not a health food.
Now, suppose someone is facing a health crisis caused by over-reliance on
animal food. How can he or she change their situation into its opposite, or in
other words, change their direction toward health? The first step would be to
change from an animal-based to a plant-based diet. However, by understanding
338
the macrobiotic principle of yin and yang, we can take this process one step
further.
With yin and yang, we see that the problems caused by the modern diet
are not due to the repeated consumption of animal food alone. Meat, eggs,
cheese, chicken, and other animal products are generally yang or contractive.
Plant foods have the opposite--more yin or expansive--quality. However, some
plant foods are extremely yin, while others are moderately so. The most
comprehensive factor in determining whether plant foods are moderate or
extreme is their climate of origin. Foods such as sugar, chocolate, spices, tropical
fruits, nightshade vegetables, and coffee come from tropical zones. The heat of
the tropics produces lush and expanded growth. Moreover, the greater speed of
the earth’s rotation at the equator creates strong centrifugal or expansive force.
Foods that come from the tropics are generally extremely yin.
On the other hand, plant foods that grow in the temperate zones are
exposed to colder temperatures which causes them to be relatively more compact
or yang. Within the overall spectrum of foods, they are more centrally balanced.
The whole grains, beans, local vegetables and fruits, and other foods in the
standard macrobiotic diet are from the temperate regions and are therefore more
balanced.
The modern diet is high in extremes of both yin and yang. Foods such as
meat and sugar, chicken and chocolate, cheese and tropical fruits are consumed
regularly. It is this extreme dietary pattern as a whole that leads to a gradual
339
deterioration in health. Simply stopping animal foods without also reducing the
intake of yin extremes is therefore not enough to restore good health. To change
the modern dietary pattern into its opposite, we need to change from an extreme
to a moderately balanced diet.
When we avoid extremes and eat in the middle, our food becomes our
medicine. (The word “medicine” is from the Latin root, “to walk in the middle.”)
Our food enhances, rather than inhibits, healing and regeneration. Daily diet is
the central issue in our lifestyle as a whole. It is a reflection of our priorities and
way of looking at society, nature, and the universe.
Dietary change, combined with an understanding of the principle of
balance, can serve as the focus for a change in lifestyle. Unhealthy lifestyle
patterns and environmental influences can be reviewed and changed into their
opposites, so that they can be brought into alignment with natural harmony.
Changing diet sets in motion a spiral that affects all aspects of life. The whole
direction of your life will change from sickness to health.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and lectures.
340
Part III: Reflections on the Order of the
Universe
341
46. The Spirit of the Earth
Many times I have wondered about the origin of the ancient Chinese symbol of
yin and yang. It is interesting that of all of the ancient symbols that portray the
complementary opposites that govern the universe, the old Chinese circle is such
an enigma. Yet, a solution to this problem appears from two completely opposite
directions: traditional Japanese Shintoism, and a new branch of science called
magnetospheric physics.
In Shintoism, there are three treasures that for thousands of years, have
been stored in the shrine, or spiritual storage house. There are about
sixtythousand shrines in Japan, the most notable of which are the Grand Shrines
at Ise, and shrine at Izumo on Japan’s western coast. These treasures, which
originate from ancient times, are the mirror, the sword, and the beads. The first
two were used as reflecting devices to measure recurring changes in the position
of the sun, and thus determine the arrival of the solstices and equinoxes.
The orderly progression of the seasons, highlighted by the regular
appearance of the solstices and equinoxes, formed the basis of the vast
cosmology of these ancient people, of which their calendar was a very useful and
practical expression.
342
The third of these treasures, the string of beads, also served a practical
purpose as a calendar. Originally, each string contained 365 beads, one for each
day of the year, with special beads representing the solstices and equinoxes.
These special beads were carved into a curved shape corresponding to the
symbols for yin and yang in the old Chinese circle.
Now, why that particular shape? To answer that question, we need to
understand that ancient people had a different view of reality than we do. They
had a clear perception of the invisible world of spirit and considered it to be a
part of their daily lives. For example, they built simple shrines to honor the spirit
of nature, often choosing a beautiful, natural object such as a waterfall or
mountain, to worship. That is not unlike the reverence for nature found among
Native American, African, and other wholegrain eating cultures. Shrines were
also placed in homes to honor deceased ancestors and relatives.
Since all of nature was seen as a manifestation of spirit, or energy, it was
understood that the earth itself possessed spirit. The curved beads that represent
the solstices and equinoxes are shaped like the invisible field of energy
surrounding the earth. When two beads are combined, we have the Chinese
symbol for yin and yang. Modern scientific investigations into the nature of the
earth’s invisible magnetic field can help us understand this more clearly.
Until recently, it was thought that the earth had a dipolar magnetic field
that extended into space. A dipolar field can be visualized as a series of
concentric circular lines radiating outward equally on either side of the earth’s
343
axis. However, recent discoveries brought about as the result of satellite
observation have changed that view considerably.
At the turn of the century, it was understood that the sun emits highly
charged particles in the form of an ionized gas consisting of free electrons. These
emissions were believed to occur periodically, and to be the cause of such things
as the aurora borealis, or northern lights, and magnetic disturbances that occur
from time to time in the upper atmosphere. However, observers soon began to
speculate that these emissions do not occur in spurts, but continuously pour out
from the sun, and that these charged particles create a medium that permeates
interplanetary space. That speculation resulted from speculation that the tails of
comets are caused by their impact with these energetic particles.
With the advent of satellites, scientists were able to measure the earth’s
magnetic field. They discovered that it contains a significant number of highly
charged electrons and protons, and that regions of the magnetic field close to the
earth are radioactive. These radioactive regions were named the Van Allen belts.
It was discovered that the highly charged electrons and protons contained in the
magnetic field originate from solar emissions, and that these emissions, which
were named the solar wind, profoundly affect the shape of the magnetic field. As
additional satellite data became available, the concept of a dipolar magnetic field
gave way to a newer model, in which the region of the magnetic field—renamed
the magnetosphere—extending toward the sun is compressed by solar wind,
while the area extending away from the sun is elongated.
344
Recent studies have revealed that the solar wind consists mostly of
ionized hydrogen (high energy protons and electrons) flowing continuously
outward from the sun in a spiral pattern at speeds of between 350 to 800
kilometers per second. In general, gases that are ionized, which means that their
atoms are separated into electrons and protons, are called plasmas. Plasmas are
now considered to be a fourth stage of matter, and are capable of conducting
electricity and generating their own electromagnetic field. The study of plasmas
has produced a new branch of science called plasma physics.
Ancient people were aware of the plasma stage of matter, and considered
it as the borderline between the visible, material world and the invisible world of
energy or spirit. In ancient Japan, the syllable Hi was used to signify spirit or
energy. When translated, it means fire, or plasma. Ancient people placed a
symbol representing fire or spirit on their ancient calendar, called KanagiGuruma,
signifying the application of the cyclic order of change recorded in the calendar
to both the worlds of matter and spirit.
The spirit of the earth, as symbolized in the special beads and in the
Chinese circle, is simply an approximation of the earth trailing its
electromagnetic field as it orbits around the sun. When two of these beads were
combined, the symbol for yin and yang was created. The small circles at the
center of each half of the symbol represent the earth, while the surrounding
fishshaped tail shows the energy field surrounding the earth. By combining two
beads, ancient people were combining into one sign the position of the earth at
345
opposite times of the year, for example, at the spring and autumn equinoxes. The
yin and yang symbol shows the continual cycling of the earth back and forth
between opposite poles. What science calls the earth’s magnetosphere, which
consists of highly charged plasma contained within an invisible electromagnetic
field, ancient people considered the spirit of the earth.
Science has encountered plasmas in other areas, most notably in
association with biological bodies. The study of what are now termed bioplasmas
resulted from the development of a special technique of photography, called
Kirlian photography, in which living things such as plants and animals were
found to be giving off a constant stream of electrically charged energy. From the
study of Kirlian photography, it seems that the human body is surrounded by an
energized, plasmic field, or aura. These discoveries are particularly interesting
when we consider that both the special beads and each half of the Chinese
symbol bear a strong resemblance to the curled spiral of the human embryo. In
fact, when we look at an illustration of the magnetosphere, we notice that it too
resembles the human form.
Perhaps in creating the beads in their particular shape, ancient people
were leaving clues not only to the form of the earth’s spiritual body, but to the
origin of the human form as well. A similar understanding is found in the
principles of Oriental medicine. The traditional medicine of the Orient is based
on the idea that we posses an invisible, electromagnetic body that runs along a
346
series of channels, or meridians. In Japan, the energy of life is called ki, while in
China, it is referred to as ch’i.
With the strong resemblance of the ki of the earth, or the magnetosphere,
to the human form, we can speculate that the human body is a small replica of
the energy body surrounding the earth. We can extend that analogy to the period
of embryological development, viewing the fertilized ovum as a miniature
version of the earth. Like the earth, the ovum rotates and has an electromagnetic
field surrounding it. All things on earth are influenced by energy from the sun,
and because of that influence, pressure from the solar wind may cause the field
of energy around the ovum to assume a shape like that of the earth’s
magnetosphere, which, as we have seen, resembles the human form. As the
ovum begins to divide and grow, as the result of nourishment received from the
placenta, it develops according to a preexisting pattern, emerging after nine
months in the form of a human baby. After birth, growth continues until we
achieve adult form. Our growth after birth may be guided by an invisible
pattern, this time by the shape of the earth’s magnetosphere itself.
Studies on the earth’s magnetosphere, the solar wind, and the currents of
energy contained in all life are leading science into a new frontier: the invisible
world of energy or spirit. That ancient people had penetrated and understood
the world of energy is clear from the symbols they have left us, enshrined simply
in such things as the three treasures of Shinto and the Chinese symbol for yin and
yang. Ancient people considered all things to be a manifestation of spirit, and
347
lived accordingly. Science has developed in the opposite way, starting with
matter as the basis of reality, and from there, has uncovered the world of spirit.
Ours is a time of synthesis, in which these complementary approaches to life can
be brought together. The meeting of ancient and modern, East and West, intuitive
and analytical at the frontiers of science will enable humanity to appreciate life in
its totality.
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, Yin/Yang and the Spirit of
Earth, published in The Order of the Universe, Boston, Mass., 1977.
348
47. Balance in the Art of Cooking
Cooking is the art of creating life itself. From it arises happiness or unhappiness,
success or failure, health or sickness. The quality of our diet determines whether
our life is one of continuing health and development, or one of progressive
decline and decay. Cooking is so vital that every person, both male and female, is
encouraged to develop a good working knowledge of how to select and prepare
basic daily foods. The study of cooking can begin at home as soon as a child is
able to understand, and can continue throughout life. Proper cooking is essential
to every aspect of our life and destiny, yet we rarely find a school or college that
includes basic cooking in its curriculum.
The modern world is facing many difficulties brought on largely as a
result of ignoring the importance of food and cooking. One need only refer to the
statistics that record the rise of cancer, heart disease, stroke, mental illness, and
other chronic disorders, together with social decline and disorder, to confirm just
how widespread are the challenges that confront us as individuals and as a
society. As large as these problems seem and as illusive as their solutions appear
to be, each can be traced back to what takes place in the kitchen. A peaceful and
healthy world will not be created at conference tables, in scientific laboratories, in
college or university seminars, or through international negotiations or
349
discussions. It will emerge as we come to understand the importance of food and
begin to apply that understanding in our daily lives. In a very real sense, a
healthy and peaceful world begins in the kitchen.
In the midst of the physical and social decay that confronts us, however,
is the growing awareness that proper food and proper cooking is the way to
reverse our modern predicament. From the steadily expanding natural foods
movement, to the emerging interest among leaders in government and medicine,
we see the growth of a realistic attitude toward food and its relationship to our
complete well-being.
In macrobiotic cooking, we try to make balance with our natural
environment. The origin of balance is the two fundamental forces found
throughout the universe. In macrobiotics, we refer to these universal forces as yin
and yang.
Yin represents the primary expansion of the universe, and produces such
tendencies as centrifugality, expansion, low temperature, upward growth or
motion, diffusion, lightness, and countless other appearances. Yang represents
the primary force of condensation or materialization that arises within the
infinite depth of the universe. It produces such relative appearances as
centripetal force or movement, contraction, high temperature, downward growth
or motion, density, heaviness, and countless other appearances.
In macrobiotic cooking, we combine the various yin and yang factors in
our food and environment to create balanced meals. The more yang or
350
contractive environmental factors include fire, pressure, salt, and time (aging);
while the more yin or expansive factors are oil, water, lack of pressure, and less
cooking time (freshness). Foods, like every phenomena in the universe, can be
classified into two general categories, beginning with the distinction between
foods that come from the vegetable kingdom (yin), and those from the animal
kingdom (yang). Then, within each category of food, individual items can be
identified as being either more yin or more yang.
Cooking, for the most part, is the process whereby we take yin, vegetable
foods and bring them into the center by making them more yang with fire,
pressure, salt, aging, and other factors. In all but the most extreme polar climates,
cooked vegetable-quality foods can comprise the mainstay of our diet. Eating a
plant-based diet makes balance with our biological needs. Proceeding along the
scale from yang to yin, daily foods can be classified as follows: (1) salt, eggs,
meat, poultry, and fish, all of which have more extreme contractive energy; (2)
whole cereal grains, beans, local vegetables, seeds, nuts, and temperate fruits,
which in general have more balanced energies; and (3) tropical fruits,
concentrated sweeteners, refined sugar, chemical additives, and drugs and
medications, all of which are extremely expansive. Among dairy foods, hard,
salty cheeses are extremely yang, while milk, yogurt, cottage cheese, and butter
are extremely yin.
In order to create the ideal conditions for health, we need to choose foods
that are centrally balanced in terms of yin and yang. Cereal grains are generally
351
the most balanced among daily foods, and it is for that reason that they can
comprise the mainstay of our diet, followed by locally grown, seasonal
vegetables, beans, and sea vegetables, in addition to such supplementary foods
as white meat fish, seasonal fruits, seeds and nuts, condiments and seasonings,
and others that are generally within the centrally balanced range.
Through macrobiotics, we can easily maintain physical, mental, and
spiritual health. However, health is not the final goal of macrobiotics, but only a
means to the enjoyment of life and the realization of our dreams. Simple, natural,
whole foods, when properly prepared and aesthetically served, are actually the
most appealing to our taste. We should not have the feeling that we are denying
ourselves any particular taste or range of foods, but need to understand that
through macrobiotics, our appreciation of taste expands tremendously. The goal
of macrobiotic cooking is to prepare meals that are healthful, balanced, and
thoroughly enjoyable.
Once you are able to use natural and healthful ingredients to create
attractive and delicious meals, you begin to understand that you are not
following a particular diet but instead are eating in the way a human being was
intended to. At the same time, you begin to realize that proper food is the key to
a healthy, peaceful, and happy life—the secret that has been in front of us all
along.
352
Source: This essay is from the Foreword to An Introduction to Macrobiotic
Cooking, East West Foundation, Boston, Mass., June, 1978.
353
48. Food for Spiritual Development
Designed originally according to a Buddhist mandala, or chart of the universe,
the ancient city of Kyoto is considered by many to be the cultural center of Japan.
It contains more shrines and temples than any other location in the country. The
city is surrounded by mountains, and within its borders are many rice fields and
small vegetable gardens. It escaped the bombing of World War II, and so many of
its ancient structures remain. Several of the leading schools of Zen Buddhism
have their centers in Kyoto, and, as Zen has continued to grow in popularity in
the West, an increasing number of people from America, Europe, Australia, and
other places have gone there to study.
My wife, Wendy, and I became friends with a number of these young
students during our stay in Kyoto, and often discussed the similarities between
macrobiotics and Zen during the open house dinners that we presented in our
home. One of these students, a young Englishwoman named Erica, was
especially interested in the relationship between food and spirituality. Erica had
gone to Japan several years earlier following a year of Yoga study in India, and at
the time we met, was studying and practicing Rinzai Zen at the Dai-Toku-Ji
temple in Kyoto. Although she found the practice of meditation quite fulfilling,
she had nonetheless developed a number of health problems that were
354
interfering with her practice. Her major problem had been periodic attacks of
sharp pain in the middle back, for which the original diagnosis had been
pancreatitis and later kidney stones. Her physician had advised surgical removal
of the stones, but, at the urging of her husband, an American businessman, she
decided to postpone surgery and try to heal her condition with macrobiotics.
Kidney stones, and other types of stones or cysts, develop through a
simple mechanism that is dependent on how we eat and drink. The repeated
intake, over an extended period, of foods such as milk, cheese, ice cream, butter,
yogurt, and other dairy products, as well as meat, eggs, chicken, and refined
sugar, produces a “sticky” and fat-filled bloodstream. A fat-filled bloodstream,
which to some degree affects practically everyone who consumes the modern
diet, could very well be the underlying cause of many illnesses, including, along
with kidney stones, heart and cardiovascular disease, blood disorders, cancer,
diabetes, arthritis, and others.
All of the above-mentioned foods had formed the basis of Erica’s diet
during childhood. However, a developing interest in Yoga led her to stop eating
meat several years before she moved to Japan. She adopted a semi-vegetarian
regime that had included white rice, nightshade vegetables, tropical fruits, eggs,
dairy foods, and sugar. As a child, she had suffered from frequent illness, and her
semi-vegetarian way of eating had not reversed that tendency. Her continuing
consumption of dairy products, sugar, and eggs had produced an unbalanced
condition in her body, leading to the formation of fat and mucus deposits, and
355
these deposits formed the underlying basis for the development of kidney
stones.
Kyoto is well known for having one of the hottest summers in Japan, due
mostly to the tendency of the mountains that surround it to hold in heat and
moisture. Following the rainy season in June, cold soda, milk, fruit juice, beer,
and ice cream are consumed in great quantities. In modern Japan, where vending
machines proliferate, there were many opportunities for Erica to find the
additional factor required to crystallize these deposits into hard stones. The
additional factor is the tendency of these fluid-like colloidal deposits to solidify
when cold or iced foods or beverages are consumed.
The macrobiotic approach to kidney stones is quite simple, and, in many
cases, highly successful. It involves two principal elements: (1) approaching the
problem from the inside by causing the blood to clean and regenerate itself
through proper diet; and (2) stimulating, from the outside, the discharge of
existing stones by using simple home remedies.
When Erica first contacted me, she was in tremendous pain. It seemed that
a stone had dislodged itself and gotten caught in the urinary tube. To provide
temporary relief, I advised her to apply a hot ginger compress over the painful
area. The heat generated by the ginger compress has the effect of activating blood
circulation and producing a general expansion or relaxation of the tissues and
blood vessels. The ginger compress is especially effective in cases of kidney
stones, particularly to bring relief from pain that results when a stone becomes
356
blocked in a urinary tube. The heat from the compress causes the tube to expand,
thus permitting the stone to pass into the bladder. When a kidney stone becomes
blocked in the urinary tube, it is advisable to dilate the blocked tube by drinking
plenty of hot bancha tea or other hot liquids. In some cases, a special tea can be
made by grating about a tablespoonful of fresh daikon, adding several drops of
shoyu, and then filling the cup with hot water or bancha tea.
These simple remedies brought immediate relief. Within several days,
Erica called for advice about her diet. I suggested that she avoid sugar, dairy
food, eggs, and iced foods or beverages, and begin the standard macrobiotic diet.
I advised her to continue the ginger compress and daikon-bancha tea for several
days.
Erica improved steadily over the next few months, so much so that the
painful spasms in her back began to disappear. As a result of her dramatic
improvement, she began to introduce macrobiotics to her friends at Dai-Toku-Ji.
At one time, proper dietary practice formed an integral part of the Zen
way of life, as it did with other forms of spiritual discipline. Zen monks
underwent a rigorous program that including plenty of physical activity,
meditation, and experiencing extremes of hot and cold weather. The cooking at
Zen monasteries was known as Shojin-Ryori, or “cuisine for spiritual
development,” and emphasized the balanced preparation of whole brown rice,
fresh garden vegetables, including pickles, sea vegetables, and processed
soybean foods such as miso, shoyu, and tofu. Had Erica gone to Japan a hundred
357
years ago, there is a good possibility that she would have cured her condition as
a result of living at a Zen monastery.
The purpose of this more natural way of life is to bring a person into a
state of physical, mental, and spiritual health as the foundation for attaining an
intuitive and spontaneous awareness of the order of the universe. The awareness
of the order of the universe is referred to in Zen as satori. A balanced natural diet
provided the foundation for achieving spiritual awareness. At the same time,
Buddhist monks were traditionally noted for their robust health and longevity. In
recent times, however, the tradition of Shojin-Ryori has been modified, due to the
influence of modern techniques of food processing and transportation. Instead of
organic brown rice, many temples in Japan serve white rice, while white sugar,
once unknown in Japan, has found its way into some Shojin recipes.
Sound physical health is synonymous with mental and spiritual
development. Spiritual development is rooted in our daily way of life.
Students of Zen, in particular, are well aware that it is very difficult to sit
for any length of time in the cross-legged lotus position or in the seiza mediation
posture if they are troubled by arthritis of if their joints are stiff and swollen.
Good health is obviously necessary for activities such as these, but what is the
most sure way to achieve health? Good health begins from the food choices we
make each day. A balanced natural diet creates the optimal condition for the
purification of our blood, cells, and consciousness. As each cell and our organism
as a whole begins to function in harmony with the solar system, the galaxy, and
358
neighboring planets and distant constellations, as well as with more immediate
natural cycles of weather and planetary motion, we achieve, in addition to
physical health, the realization that we are always one with the infinite order of
the universe. That realization is the aim of spiritual development.
Source: This essay is from Macrobiotic Cooking for Everyone, Japan
Publications, Tokyo and New York, 1980.
359
49. The Beauty of a Rice Field
One of the most profound experiences I have had took place a number of years
ago on a clear October day in the mountains and rice fields that surround the city
of Kyoto. During an afternoon walk on the outskirts of the city, I decided to stray
from the main road onto one of the paths that led to a large clearing at the foot of
a mountain. The plain was overflowing with fields of ripening rice, and as I
continued walking, I found myself surrounded on all sides by acre after acre of
golden grain. The sun was shining in a warm, late afternoon yellow and the sky
was a crystal blue. The pine-studded mountains off in the distance were a
brilliant green.
In that beautifully natural setting, everything seemed in perfect harmony--
living, breathing, vibrant with the energy of heaven and earth. Underlying the
feeling of peace, harmony, and serenity, which seemed to extend throughout the
universe, was the deep sense of attraction and oneness I felt for the ripening rice.
The magnetism that I experienced so vividly that afternoon is a result of
the natural attraction that human beings have for the vegetable kingdom,
especially cereal grains. Without such attraction, we literally would not exist,
since without primary foods, there would be no human life. However, as
fundamental as it is, our attraction to cereal grains is only one of a countless
360
number of complementary and antagonistic, or yin and yang relationships
existing in nature.
In his essay, Compensation, Emerson describes these relationships as
follows:
Polarity, or action and reaction, we meet in every part of nature; in
darkness and light; in heat and cold; in the ebb and flow of waters; in male
and female; in the inspiration and expiration of plants and animals; in the
equation of quantity and quality in the fluids of the animal body; in the
systole and diastole of the heart; in the centrifugal and centripetal gravity;
in electricity, galvanism, and chemical affinity.
The duality which bisects nature originates within the wholeness or
oneness of the infinite universe, and comes into being when the oneness of the
universe polarizes itself into two complementary and antagonistic forces, or yin
and yang. The creation of yin and yang is without beginning or end, and occurs
in the form of a spiral, which is the most basic form of everything in the universe.
The spiral of life flows continuous and unbroken through time and space.
I could sense the dimensions of the spiral of life that day in the rice field. The
rice, the sacred grain of Far Eastern peoples, gives itself, changes itself into
human flesh and spirit. The rice, along with all other products of the vegetable
kingdom, is in turn created by the sky, wind, earth, and water. These elemental
361
forms are created by the aggregation of electrons, protons, and other particles
that comprise the preatomic world. All of these worlds are alive with energy or
spirit, and are the product of the everlasting and imperishable forces of
centrifugality and centripetality, or yin and yang, that emanate continuously
from the oneness of the infinite universe itself.
Humanity exists at the center of the spiral of life. Macrobiotics is the art of
harmonizing these universal forces as they appear on earth. In that way, we
move in the same direction as the spiral of life. Biologically, the condition of
harmony is referred to as health, while psychologically, we refer to it as
happiness. The macrobiotic way of life is based on the understanding of the
order of the universe itself. It offers not only a common sense approach to
personal health, but a fundamental method for the achievement of social
harmony and peace.
I returned home energized and inspired. I realized that my experience in
the rice field had brought me closer to an understanding of universal truth.
Source: This essay is from the Introduction to Macrobiotic Cooking for
Everyone, Japan Publications, Tokyo and New York, 1980.
362
50. Our Cosmology of Life and the
Universe
Our study of macrobiotics, which we hope will help lay the groundwork for the
civilization of the future, is based on a view of life that encompasses the entire
universe.
At the basis of macrobiotic understanding is the logarithmic spiral of the
universe. That basic form, which appears throughout nature, reveals the
mechanism of creation and the fundamental unity and interconnectedness of life.
The spiral enables us to unify all of the seeming contradictions in modern science
and in all other domains of modern thought.
One of the most serious problems confronting humanity today is the split
between science, or the study of the material world, and philosophy or religion,
which have traditionally concerned themselves with the invisible domains of
mind, consciousness, and spirit. However, the notion that these worlds are
separate is an illusion. Both are within the spiral and are different appearances of
the indivisible unity of life.
At many points in history, the split between religion and science has
erupted into conflict. During the Middle Ages, the church was the dominant
power in Europe and science was still in its infancy. However, since the church
363
often interpreted Biblical teachings in a dogmatic way, it was unable to embrace
the new form of knowledge that science represented. Witness the persecution of
Galileo, Copernicus, and others who presented views that differed from those of
the church. Strengthened by these early difficulties, early scientists persevered
and continued to spread their views, so that eventually, the scientific viewpoint
replaced the church as the dominant viewpoint in Western civilization.
In 19th century England, science and religion again clashed as Darwin’s
scientific theory of evolution appeared and challenged those who believed in the
literal interpretation of the account of creation presented in Genesis. However, if
we refer to the logarithmic spiral, we can see that these opposite views are
complementary. The Book of Genesis describes the evolution or creation of the
universe in terms of a seven-staged process, beginning with the absolute,
undifferentiated world of God or infinity. Universal genesis continues on through
the worlds of polarization, or yin and yang (heaven and earth); energy or
vibration (light and darkness); the preatomic world (the firmament); the world of
elements (dry land and water); culminating in the appearance of plants, and then
animals and man, as represented by Adam and Eve. Darwin was attempting to
describe the process of change that has occurred within the inner orbits of the
spiral of creation; more specifically, since the appearance of biological life on
earth.
Everything in the relative world (the area inside the spiral) is governed by
the eternal and unchanging law which originates with the polarization of the
364
universe into yin and yang. The law of change is very simple: yin changes into
yang and yang changes into yin. The area outside the spiral represents the
absolute, unchanging world of infinity or God itself. All phenomena are
manifestations of the two complementary tendencies of expansion and
contraction, and can classified according to their yin and yang natures. So, for
example:
!
Yang!
Yin
Energy!
!
Longer wave,!
Shorter wave,
!
!
!
lower frequency!
higher frequency
Preatomic!
!
Proton!!
Electron
Elements!
!
Heavier!
!
Lighter
Vegetables! !
Cold climate,!Warm climate,
!
!
!
more developed!
more primitive
!
!
!
species!
!
species
Animals!
!
Modern!
!
Primitive
!
!
!
species!
!
species
The way in which these universal forces operate is described in
macrobiotics in terms of the Seven Principles and Twelve Theorems of the Order
of the Universe. All scientific, philosophical, social, and practical problems can be
365
understood and solved in light of these universal laws. The Seven Principles and
Twelve Theorems are as follows:
Seven Principles of Unity
1. All things are differentiations of one infinity.
2. Everything changes.
3. All antagonisms are complementary.
4. All phenomena are unique; there is nothing identical.
5. All things have front and back.
6. The greater the front, the greater the back.
7. All things have beginning and end.
Twelve Theorems of Diversity
1. One infinity manifests itself into the two universal tendencies of yin and
yang, the antagonistic and complementary poles of endless change.
2. Yin and yang are arising continuously out of the ceaseless, eternal
movement of one infinite universe.
3. Yin appears as centrifugality; yang appears as centripetality. The
activities of yin and yang together create energy and all phenomena.
4. Yin attracts yang. Yang attracts yin.
5. Yin repels yin. Yang repels yang.
366
6. Yin and yang combine in an infinite variety of proportion, creating an
infinite variety of phenomena. The strength of attraction or repulsion always
represents the degree of difference or similarity.
7. All phenomena are relative and ephemeral, constantly changing their
direction toward more yin or more yang.
8. Nothing is solely yin; nothing is absolutely yang. Everything is created
by both tendencies together.
9. There is no neutrality; either yin or yang is always dominating.
10. Great yin attracts small yin. Great yang attracts small yang.
11. Yin at the extreme point always changes into yang. Yang at the extreme
point always changes into yin.
12. Yang always focuses in toward the center. Yin always diffuses out
toward the periphery.
The study of macrobiotics is the study of the eternal process of change that
governs all things. The process of change can be expressed philosophically, in
terms of the Seven Principles and Twelve Theorems presented above, or visually,
in terms of the spiral process of change including cycles such as the five stages of
transformation.
An awareness of the law of change can be found in every great culture
throughout time and space. It forms the basis for religious, spiritual, and
367
metaphysical understanding of the invisible worlds of mind and spirit, as well as
for scientific inquiries into the workings of the visible world of matter.
The philosophy of change encompasses a cosmological view that can be
traced to the origins of human knowledge in both East and West. From a
universal origin in the ancient one-world, an understanding of the law of change
was adopted both in the East, where it formed the basis of Oriental philosophy
and religion, including Oriental science and medicine; and in the West, where it
led to the development of Near Eastern and Greek philosophy and science. The
ancient Greeks may have visited the former Near Eastern centers of civilization,
including the remnants of Sumerian culture, and studied their arts and sciences.
It was here that they may have encountered the remnants of an ancient
cosmology expressed in terms of the law of change. The cosmology of the
ancients can be summarized as follows:
1. All things are constituted of energy or vibration.
2. All things share the same origin in the world of energy.
3. All things are governed by two primary forces or tendencies--that of
centripetality, or contraction (yang); and that of centrifugality, or expansion (yin).
4. All things are in a constant state of flux or change.
5. The continual process of change takes the form of recurring cycles.
368
From studying ancient Greek thought, it is apparent that the law of
change was encountered in a more fragmented form rather than in its entirety.
Many of the early Greek philosophers--from Thales of Miletus to Heraclitus, and
from Empedocles to Aristotle, attempted to reconstruct the cosmology of the
ancients.
Now it is possible to synthesize the traditional cosmology of the order of
change, expressed in terms of the logarithmic spiral and Seven Principles and
Twelve Theorems, with present concepts of matter and energy, body and mind,
time and space, science and religion. By so doing we can help unify science and
philosophy, West and East, modern and traditional understanding and lay the
foundation for the planetary civilization of the coming millennium.
Source: This essay is based on material published in the booklet, Science
and the Order of the Universe., Boston, Mass., 1980.
369
51. Spirals and Life Cycles
Everything in the universe is moving and changing. Nothing is static. There are
many ways to express the universal process of change; for example, in the form
of laws such as yin attracts yang and yang attracts yin; yin changes into yang and
yang changes into yin. It can be presented visually in the form of circles or
spirals, or expressed in terms of the sequence of stages all things pass through as
they continuously change form. The five transformations, or GoGyo, is an
example of this latter method of explanation.
In one of his many books on old Japan, Lafcadio Hearn describes his visit
to a cemetery around the turn of the century. Carved into many of the markers,
or sotoba, were symbols representing the five transformations, or stages of energy.
An understanding of universal cycles of change underlies the Hindu and
Buddhist belief in reincarnation, and is one of the fundamental tenets of Oriental
philosophy.
Oriental medicine is based upon an awareness of the cycle of the five
transformations, and ancient philosopherhealers classified many things,
including plants, foods, internal organs, and colors into each of these five stages.
The five transformations were understood in the West. In the Gospel According
370
to Thomas, Jesus referred to them as “five trees in paradise,” and stated that
whoever understood them would know eternal life.
Daily life reflects the movement of energy through this cycle. In the
morning, yin, upward energy is strong. People get up and begin their daily
activities, exchanging the yang, horizontal position of sleep for a yin, standing
posture. Also, under the influence of morning energy, people leave their yang
center—the home—and go out into the world. Ancient people named this stage
of energy tree nature.
Expanding energy reaches a peak around noon, or midday, at which time
it changes direction and starts to move downward. The peak of expanding
energy was named fire nature. In the afternoon, we tend to become quiet and
reflective, compared to feeling more active and “up” in the morning. Downward
energy reaches a peak in the evening, around dinnertime, and this stage in the
cycle was given the name metal nature, to convey the image of density or
solidity. A more yang process continues through the evening, so that at night,
downward energy causes us to exchange a yin, vertical standing or sitting
position for the yang, horizontal position of sleep.
At night, our body functions become still and quiet. We receive energy
from the universe, in contrast to the active discharge of energy that occurs during
the day. The atmosphere tends to float between expansion and contraction, and
ancient people named this stage water nature. The first rays of the morning sun
371
appearing above the horizon trigger the movement of energy in an upward
direction, and the cycle begins again.
The daily cycle is one of countless examples of the five transformations.
We can chart five stages in the changing of the seasons, the monthly cycle of the
moon, in the movement of energy through the human body, and throughout
nature. The five transformations are simply a more detailed way of expressing
the principle of change according to yin and yang. Tree and fire energy are stages
of yin, expanding energy; soil, metal, and water represent different degrees of
yang, contracting movement. These stages are not static elements, but transitory
phases in a neverending cycle. As an example, let us see how the five
transformations can be used to understand current thinking about the life cycle
of stars.
Over the centuries, astronomers have attempted to classify stars into
groups. They have discovered that most stars (including our sun) maintain a
relative degree of equilibrium, not unlike the condition of homeostasis
maintained by living organisms. These more stable stars are classified into what
is known as the main sequence. Stars in that group are further classified
according to color and brightness, with bright blue Population I stars at one end
of the spectrum, and less brilliant, red Population II stars at the other.
Astronomers have discovered that blue Population I stars tend to be
located more in the peripheral regions of galaxies, while red Population II stars
cluster more toward the condensed central regions. In terms of position,
372
therefore, stars in the Population I group are yin, while stars in the Population II
group are more yang. The classification of stars in this manner is consistent with
the classification of stars according to color, since blue is a yin and red a more
yang color.
Stars are believed to form from clouds of electromagnetically charged dust
and gas that inhabit vast regions of interstellar space. They are formed when
galactic forces intersect in the middle of one of these clouds. These forces include
more yang energy spiraling in from the periphery of the galaxy to the center, and
more yin energy that spirals out from the center of the galaxy to the periphery.
The intersection of these forces sets in motion a huge inwardly moving spiral.
The gaseous cloud condenses around the center of the spiral, eventually taking
the form of a protostar. With continuing contraction (yang), pressure inside the
protostar begins to rise, as does temperature. Heat produces expansion, and
expansion combines with the centrifugal force generated by the star’s rotation to
slow and eventually stop the process of contraction. At that point, the star
stabilizes, beginning its life in the main sequence.
After billions of years in the main sequence, a star begins to decompose
(yin); eventually expanding to many times its previous size, and taking the form
of what is known as a red giant. These gigantic stars are sometimes several
hundredmillion miles in diameter, equivalent in size to the area extending from
the sun to Mars.
373
There are a number of ideas about the fate of a star once it becomes a red
giant. According to one hypothesis, the expanding star generates so much
centrifugal energy that it can no longer hold on to its mass. Most of its mass flies
off into space, leaving a tiny condensed star the size of the earth. These tiny stars
are believed to be whitehot and are referred to as white dwarfs. If a star is very
large to begin with, its final collapse may be accompanied by a sudden discharge
of matter, in what is called a supernova. When that occurs, the star may
momentarily discharge hundreds of millions of times more light and heat than
an ordinary star.
Although many of the details are hypothetical, we can nevertheless
perceive the general pattern of stellar evolution: contraction, leading to the
formation of a star; followed by a state of stability; and then a phase of expansion
and eventual decomposition. The life of a star can be understood in terms of the
five transformations. Condensation of the primordial gaseous cloud leading to
the birth of a star corresponds to soil and metal nature; and expansion and
eventual dissolution of the star to water, tree, and fire nature. The cycle begins
again when the matter discharged by a decomposing star eventually begins
recondensing into a new star.
Similar patterns of contraction and expansion, formation and dissolution,
birth, death, and rebirth are found everywhere, from the movement of the tides
to the life cycle of the stars. They represent the fundamental rhythm of life. In
studying these cycles we come to terms with the essence of life itself.
374
Source: This essay is based on material published in the booklet, Science
and the Order of the Universe., Boston, Mass., 1980.
375
52. New Science
As we saw in the previous essay, cycles of change are universal, and can be
expressed in terms of the five transformations, or GoGyo. As Michio Kushi and
other macrobiotic teachers have explained, GoGyo is simply a more detailed way
of illustrating the stages all things pass through as they progress from a more
yang or condensed phase, to a more yin, or expanded one, and back again in an
endless cycle. In this article, let us see how the familiar states of matter—solid,
liquid, and gas—move and change in accord with yin and yang and the five
transformations.
In its most diffused, or energetic state, matter decomposes into ions, for
example, hydrogen into free electrons and protons. Ionization represents the
separation (yin) of an atom into its constituent parts. Here matter exists as
plasma. Plasma is created when gases are heated to high temperatures. In
Oriental cosmology, the more diffused and highly energized state of change is
classified as KaSei, or fire nature.
Upon reaching a diffused state, a process of solidification or condensation
takes over and causes preatomic particles to come together to form atoms, and
atoms to join with each other to form molecules. The process of solidification is
376
known as DoSei, or soil nature. Here atomic and molecular bonds become
stronger, causing matter to assume a definite form.
In its least energetic state, matter exists in a solid form. Solids come in two
types: more yin amorphous solids, such as glass, which display many of the
properties of a highly viscous liquid; and more yang crystalline solids. In solid
matter, molecular bonds are strong enough to lock the atoms and molecules of a
substance into rigid alignment. In contrast to plasmas, which are composed of
diffused, highly energetic, and freely moving ions, the atoms and molecules of a
crystal are densely packed and have a limited range of motion. Appropriately
enough, ancient people referred to the more yang, condensed state of matter as
KinSei, or metal nature.
When a solid is exposed to energy in the form of heat, its atoms and
molecules absorb energy and vibrate rapidly. Hence, the solid melts, and changes
into a liquid. The molecules of a liquid move more actively than do those of a
solid, and have a freer range of motion. However, the molecules of a liquid are
held together by strong forces of molecular bonding, and thus liquids have both
a strongly yin and strongly yang nature. In ancient cosmology, the liquid state is
referred to as SuiSei, or water nature.
If the molecules of a liquid are further energized, for example, through a
rise in temperature, the forces of molecular attraction can be overcome, causing
the substance to decompose. Here, the molecules enter a state of very rapid and
377
random motion, and the resulting state is known as a gas. Ancient people
referred to the actively expanding stage of matter as MokuSei, or tree nature.
The Solid State
Of the more than 100 known elements, most exist naturally in solid form. As we
have seen, there are two categories of solids:
Amorphous Solids The more yin form of solid matter is sometimes
referred to as a supercooled liquid. Amorphous solids have properties of both
liquids and solids. Familiar examples include glass, tar, and some plastics. When
these compounds are cooled from the liquid state, their molecules solidify in a
random arrangement similar to that of a liquid. When struck with a hammer and
broken, they display a curved fracture surface and do not break along definite
lines. Interestingly, amorphous solids have no clearly defined melting point.
Crystals These more yang solids have clearly defined melting points, and
their constituent atoms, ions, or molecules arrange themselves in clearly defined,
repeating, threedimensional patterns called crystal or space lattices. When
crystals are struck with a hammer, they break along clearly defined planes.
The arrangement of crystals in the natural world reflects the order of the
universe. Just as there are seven colors in the light spectrum and seven musical
tones, there are seven possible crystal systems or arrangements.
Freezing Point/Melting Point
Under the influence of yin, lower temperatures, the molecules of a liquid
begin to lose energy. Cold causes molecules to slow down, so that the bonding
378
forces between them become stronger, causing them to lock into fixed positions.
At that point, the liquid changes into a solid. The temperature at which a liquid
becomes solid is known as the freezing point. Freezing illustrates a basic natural
law: yin, or cold, produces yang; solidity and condensation.
The reverse situation occurs when we apply more yang, higher
temperatures. Under the influence of heat, molecules become active and
energetic, weakening the molecular bonds to the point where the crystal breaks
down. At that point, a solid changes into a liquid. The temperature at which solid
change into liquids is known as the melting point. Melting illustrates a basic law:
yang, or heat, produces yin; decomposition or diffusion.
Vapor Pressure
According to the principles of macrobiotics, all phenomena are yang at the
center and yin at the surface. Crystalline solids behave in accordance with this
law. The molecules of a crystal are tightly packed at the center, and becoming
progressively more energized and loose as they approach the surface. Some of
the molecules at the surface are so energized that they break free from their
lattices and pass directly into the gaseous state. The loss of atoms occurs
constantly, and produces a detectable upward or outward pressure known as the
vapor pressure of a solid. Because of the density of their structures, however,
most crystals have low vapor pressures in comparison to liquids.
Molecular Bonding Forces
379
In order to better understand the nature of the solid stage, let us consider
the forces that bind their molecules into crystal systems. The forces of molecular
bonding illustrate the basic principle: yin (negative) attracts yang (positive), and
yang (positive) attracts yin (negative). The molecules of a crystal are held
together by the attraction existing between the total positive charge of one atom
and the negative electrons of another.
Ionic Bonds NaCl (salt) is an example of an ionic bond. In the case of salt,
an atom of sodium gives up one of its electrons to a chlorine atom. The sodium
atom then takes on a more yang, positive charge, while the atom of chlorine
becomes negatively charged. These charged particles, or ions, have a strong
attraction for one another, and bond to form strong crystalline molecules.
Covalent Bonds In covalent bonds, the more yang protons of an atom
share one or more yin electrons of another atom. The attraction between protons
and electrons is so strong that crystals of tremendous hardness are produced.
One example is carbon, which, when exposed to heat and pressure (yang), forms
a diamond.
Metallic Bonds This type of bonding is similar to the above in that it
involves the sharing of electrons. However, in metallic bonding, electrons are not
attached to any particular atom but roam freely from atom to atom, forming a
cloud. Roaming electrons can hook up between any two atoms. The electron
cloud produces several unique properties, including the ability to conduct heat
and electricity. When heat is applied to one end of a metal rod, the electrons in
380
that area speed up and collide with other particles. Collisions between particles
occur until the heat is transferred along the entire length of the rod.
The Liquid State
In some respects, liquids behave like gases, and in others, like solids. They are
both abundant and rare in nature. Of the 103 known elements, only two—
mercury and bromine—occur naturally as liquids. At the same time, however,
water, the most familiar liquid of all, covers more than threefourths of the earth’s
surface and makes up more than 60 percent of the human body by weight.
Besides water, petroleum is the only other fluid found abundantly in nature.
Like solids, liquids are held together by strong molecular attractions, but
like gases, their molecules are in a constant state of motion. Their cohesiveness is
the result of molecular bonding forces such as those mentioned above, which
reflect the attraction between more yang, positively charged factors and more
yin, negatively charged ones. For example, hydrogen molecules are formed when
the nucleus of a hydrogen atom attracts and bonds with the electron of another
hydrogen atom, in a process known as covalent bonding. A molecule of water is
formed when two atoms of hydrogen (yang) attract and share electrons with an
oxygen atom (yin).
In another type of bonding, known as hydrogen bonding, water molecules
link up to form chains. Linkage occurs when the yang, positively charged
hydrogen nuclei of one molecule attract and link up with the yin electrons
contained in the oxygen atom of a neighboring molecule. Water molecules are
381
also held together by Van der Waals forces, named after a 19th century Dutch
scientist. These forces create a weak electrical link between the yang oxygen
nucleus of one molecule and the yin electrons in an oxygen atom of a nearby
molecule.
It is the strength of the hydrogen bonds in water that create its tight
cohesiveness and relatively high boiling and freezing temperatures. Water and
other liquids display the following properties in accord with the movement of
yin and yang:
1. Under the influence of higher temperatures (yang), the molecules of a
liquid fly apart (yin), and the liquid becomes a gas.
2. Under the influence of lower temperatures (yin), the molecules of a
liquid are drawn into rigid alignment (yang), and the substance becomes solid.
3. The closer the molecules of a liquid come to each other (yang), the less
smoothly it will flow. This property is known as the resistance, or viscosity, of a
liquid. Examples of highly viscous fluids include molasses and heavy oil.
4. Unlike gases, which are more yin, the volume of a liquid will generally
remain constant regardless of whether it is poured into a small container or a
large one. This more yang property is due to the mutual attraction exerted by the
molecules of a liquid on one another.
5. Since liquids are more yang than gases, they have the tendency to repel
pressure, a more yang factor (yang repels yang; yin repels yin). Therefore, while a
382
gas can be compressed, a liquid will resist attempts to compress it or reduce its
volume. A liquid will in turn repel pressure by transmitting it to every part of the
vessel that contains it. Natural repulsion forms the basis for the science of
hydraulics, a term that comes from the Greek words for “water” and “pipe.”
6. Unlike solids, which generally hold a fixed shape, liquids are yin
enough to assume the shape of the container they are poured into. However, if
the volume of a liquid is very small, the centripetal or yang forces that hold it
together cause it to assume the shape of a droplet. A more yang liquid such as
mercury will more readily bead up in the form of droplets than will a more yin
liquid such as water.
7. As everyone knows, liquids create the phenomenon known as wetness.
For example, when water is poured onto a glass surface, it spreads over the glass
like a sheet. Wetness is due to the attractions existing between the water
molecules and the molecules of the substance with which the water comes in
contact. In the case of water and glass, this results from the molecular attraction
existing between the more yang nuclei of the hydrogen atoms contained in the
water molecules and the more yin oxygen atoms in the silicon dioxide surface of
the glass.
Now let us consider several properties of liquids (using water as an
example) that reflect the interaction between yang, downward energy (heaven’s
force), and yin, upward force or movement (earth’s force). These two forces
383
power countless natural cycles that reflect the movement of energy through the
five transformations.
When liquids are exposed to yin, lower temperatures, they come under
the influence of heaven’s more yang contracting force and condense into solids.
Under the influence of higher temperatures, liquids are influenced by earth’s
expanding energy and evaporate into a gas.
Let us now review several of the properties of liquids, using water as an
example, with the interplay of these basic forces as a background.
Vaporization
Vaporization is the more yin process in which a liquid vanishes into a
vapor and becomes a gas. It can occur slowly through evaporation, or quickly
through boiling. Let us consider each in detail.
Evaporation As with solids, the molecules at the surface of a liquid are
more active and energetic than those in the central or lower regions. These
energetic molecules have the tendency to separate from the body of the fluid and
fly off into the surrounding atmosphere. The result is a gradual evaporation of
the liquid.
Evaporation, a more yin process, is activated by yang, in the form of heat.
Evaporation produces a temporary drop in the temperature of the remaining
liquid as more highly energized molecules leave. A familiar example of this is the
chilly feeling that we experience after coming out of an ocean or lake.
384
When a liquid is placed in a closed container, a state of equilibrium is
reached when the number of yin molecules leaving the surface is balanced by the
number of yang molecules condensing back into liquid. As with solids, pressure
created by these evaporating molecules is called the vapor pressure. When the air
above the liquid becomes filled with vapor to the point of equilibrium, it is said
to be saturated. If no equilibrium exists, the process of evaporation will continue
until all of the molecules of the liquid vanish.
Boiling The boiling of a liquid offers a clear illustration of the interaction
between heaven and earth’s forces. Heaven’s force causes the atmosphere to
press downward onto the surface of the liquid. Earth’s expanding energy creates
an opposite, upward flow of molecules into the atmosphere.
The ratio of heaven to earth’s forces is about seven to one, meaning that
heaven’s downward energy is generally seven times stronger than earth’s rising
power. As a result, in order to come to a boil, liquids need the extra jolt provided
by heat, which activates their molecules to the point at which their vapor
pressure approaches equality with the atmospheric pressure. When vapor
pressure overcomes atmospheric pressure, the liquid loses its surface tension
(caused by the downward pressure of heaven’s force), vapor bubbles form, and
the liquid boils away.
The centrifugal force generated through boiling can be very powerful.
Water expands more than 1500 times when it boils into steam, and it was the
harnessing of such tremendous power that began the Industrial Revolution.
385
A great deal of additional energy is required to overcome the strength of
the hydrogen bonds that hold water molecules together. Generally, it requires the
same amount of heat (a calorie) to raise the temperature of one gram of water 1
degree C. up to the boiling point. However, upon reaching the boiling point, an
additional 540 calories are required to convert the water into vapor.
At normal atmospheric pressure, water boils at 100 degrees C. However,
what happens to the boiling point when the pressure is lowered? The lowering of
atmospheric pressure means that heaven’s downward force is lessened.
Therefore, less energy is required to overcome the downward push of heaven’s
force and convert water into steam. In other words, water boils at a lower
temperature. Mountain climbers experience this when they cook foods at high
altitudes. Since the temperature required to boil water is lower, food takes longer
to cook at higher altitudes. On the other hand, an increase in pressure, which
produces a more yang condition, increases the boiling temperature, and
promotes more rapid cooking. This is the principle behind pressure cooking.
Freezing Freezing, the process whereby a liquid changes state and
becomes a solid, offers a clear illustration of the basic principle, yin (cold)
produces yang (condensation or solidification). Following the application of cold,
most liquids condense, and upon reaching the freezing point, assume their most
dense form. At that point, the more yang, frozen sections of the liquid sink under
the influence of heaven’s downward force.
386
Water follows the same general pattern until it reaches 4 C. above the
freezing point. At that temperature it begins to expand; when it reaches 0 C.
(freezing point), it begins to expand rapidly. Instead of pulling together at 4 C.,
the molecules of water expand. This is due to the fact that water, a compound,
contains strong polarity between its more yin oxygen and more yang hydrogen
atoms. These strongly polarized atoms react in an opposite way to cold. They
lose their attraction for each other and begin to separate, causing the water
molecule to expand.
Ice, the product of the freezing of water, has a crystalline structure which
is more open and airy than liquid water. Ice is yang (hard and compacted) on the
outside and yin (open and expanded) on the inside, and since it is less dense than
water, it floats. As a result, the waters of the earth continue to flow during the
winter. If that did not happen, the waters in the far north and far south would
freeze solid during the winter, and would block many of the ocean’s currents,
causing severe weather around the globe that would make it difficult for life to
exist.
The Gaseous State
Gases are named after the Greek word “chaos,” since their highly energetic
molecules fly about seemingly without order. Gases display the following
characteristics:
387
Expansibility (yin) Gases expand either through an increase in
temperature or a decrease in pressure. Heat causes the molecules of a gas to
vibrate more rapidly and therefore cover a wider area.
Compressibility (yang) Gases can be compressed through a decrease in
temperature or an increase in pressure. Due to their more yin character, the
molecules of a gas are widely separated, and can easily be forced closer together,
or yangized.
Diffusibility (yin) Gases operate largely under the influence of the more
expansive, upward force of the earth. Their highly energized molecules are in a
constant state of rapid motion and tend to diffuse upward and outward.
Liquefiability (yang) All gases can be made to condense into liquid, if
they are cooled and compressed. The temperature at which a gas changes into a
liquid is known as its critical temperature, while critical pressure defines the
amount of pressure necessary to affect such a change. The molecules of a gas
attract each other at close range. Lowering the temperature and increasing the
pressure of a gas forces the molecules together and eventually causes the gas to
change into a liquid form.
During the Middle Ages, it was discovered that the atmosphere, which is
composed largely of gas, has weight. One of Galileo’s associates, a man named
Toricelli, invented a device that demonstrated the existence of air pressure.
Toricelli filled a glass tube with mercury, and placed the open end into a dish.
388
Some of the mercury from the tube ran into the dish, while about 30 inches were
left in the tube.
Toricelli guessed that it was the pressure of the atmosphere pushing down
on the mercury that caused some of it to remain in the tube. His device came to
be known as a barometer, and is used today in measuring atmospheric pressure.
In our terminology, the barometer works as a result of the downward push of
heaven’s more yang descending force on the surface of the mercury.
In France, a man named Pascal repeated Toricelli’s experiment; this time
with a glass tube that was 46 feet in length. Pascal confirmed that the
atmospheric pressure would support a column of water 33 feet high. He
confirmed that the atmospheric pressure varied according to the altitude at
which the measurement was taken. He placed a barometer on the top of a
mountain in central France and discovered that the column was about 3 inches
lower than at sea level.
Such a variation can be readily understood when we consider the
influence of heaven and earth’s forces. Mountain ranges are generally pushed up
through the activity of the earth’s more yin, expanding or ascending energy.
Expansive force becomes greater the more we rise above the earth’s surface. On
the other hand, heaven’s force, which generates atmospheric pressure, increases
in strength as we approach the center of the earth. (The pressure under the ocean
is far greater than at sea level, and increases with depth.)
389
The dynamics that exist between these two fundamental forces—that of
centripetality, or heaven’s force (yang), and centrifugality, or earth’s force (yin)—
can help us understand all of the physical phenomena on earth. An
understanding of yin and yang forms the basis of the cosmology and science of
many ancient civilizations, and can be found in the traces they have left behind.
Our macrobiotic studies represent the first steps toward reviving ancient
understanding and applying it as a solution to the problems of the modern
world.
Source: This essay is based on material published in the booklet, Science
and the Order of the Universe, Volume Two, Boston, Mass., 1980.
390
53. Albert Einstein
and the Order of the Universe
The year 1979 marked the hundredth anniversary of Albert Einstein’s birth.
Several national magazines commemorated the occasion by publishing
summaries of his theories. Within the scientific community, Einstein is generally
regarded as the greatest thinker of the modern era. Accordingly, let us review
several of his ideas from the perspective of the unifying principle.
1. E=mc2 (energy is equivalent to matter; matter is equal to energy). In
macrobiotic thinking, everything is constantly changing. Day becomes night,
winter becomes summer, activity becomes rest, energy becomes matter, and
matter becomes energy. Einstein’s formula is essentially a statement of the law of
change.
Einstein’s view of the unity of matter and energy is similar to the
traditional Oriental concept of Ki. In the view of Oriental philosophy, Ki, or
universal energy, assumes an endless variety of forms. It can take more diffuse
forms, such as invisible waves, or more dense, solid, and material forms. Energy
continually cycles back and forth between yin and yang: invisible waves
eventually condense, giving rise to the physical universe; at the same time, all
391
things in the universe eventually decompose and return to the world of energy.
In the traditional Far Eastern view, there is no distinct borderline between matter
and energy. Both are considered different forms of Ki.
2. Light travels at the constant and unchanging speed of 186,000 miles per
second. Macrobiotic cosmology begins from the understanding that everything
changes. In our universe, the only constant is change itself. It is only in the
absolute world, which exists beyond all manifested things, that we find
constancy and permanence. Light has both a wave and a particle nature, and
exists within the spiral of the relative world. Accordingly, the speed of light must
be variable, increasing in proportion to the distance from its source. As light,
which is yang, radiates further outward into the darkness of space (yin), its
velocity increases, as does the force of attraction which the endlessly expanding
depth of the universe exerts on it. Ultimately, it approaches infinite speed, at
which time it becomes one with the darkness. At the same time, the darkness of
space is continually producing stars, planets, and other infinitesimal points that
radiate light. Light changes into darkness and darkness into light in a never-
ending cycle.
3. The notion of “curved” space. Einstein’s idea that space is curved is similar
to the macrobiotic view that all things are created in the form of a spiral. For
example, the earth is actually the most dense, visible part of a huge
electromagnetic unit that extends into the solar system. The earth’s vibrational
field is held in balance by two basic forces: more yang, centripetal energy
392
generated by the universe in toward the planet, and more yin centrifugal force
generated outward by the rotation of the earth.
Since the earth is continually rotating, these forces move spirally.
Astronomers have detected a spiral pattern in the behavior of small particles
above the earth. The sun is continually discharging a stream of energized
particles made up largely of ionized hydrogen, or hydrogen that has been broken
down into free electrons and protons. These high-energy particles are known as
the solar wind, and create a subtle medium that permeates interplanetary space.
When these particles arrive arrive in the vicinity of the earth, they behave
in an interesting way. Centrifugal force is strongest at the equator, since that is
where the rotation of the earth is fastest. Centripetal force is strongest at the
poles. When these particles arrive high above the equator, they are deflected by
the strong centrifugal force there and spiral north and south toward the poles. At
the poles, they are caught in the strong current of centripetal force and spiral
down toward the atmosphere. At the North Pole, they spiral in a
counterclockwise direction, the same direction as the earth’s rotation. At the
South Pole, they spiral clockwise. When these high-energy particles collide with
the gases in the upper atmosphere, they produce the phenomenon known as the
aurora borealis, or “northern lights.”
All celestial bodies, from the sun to planets, stars to comets, galaxies to
asteroids, rotate in a spiral pattern. The universe itself is a gigantic rotating
spiral. Movement in a straight line is actually an illusion; all motion is spiral
393
motion. It is possible that Einstein had an intuitive awareness of the spiral when
he suggested that space is curved.
4. The existence of gravity waves. Possibly the most basic concept in modern
science is that of universal gravitation, as formulated by Isaac Newton.
According to the famous story, Newton conceived his theory after watching an
apple fall. He reasoned that the earth was exerting some type of force on the
apple that caused it to fall to the ground. Newton extended his concept to
include all bodies in the universe, and hypothesized that each exerted an
independent gravitational force.
Newton’s theory seemed to explain why stars, planets, and the moon are
held in their orbits, why the tides ebb and flow the way they do, why water runs
downhill, and why things fall to the ground. However, in macrobiotic thinking,
Newton’s perspective is upside-down. George Ohsawa was the first to examine
universal gravitation from a wider view. According to Ohsawa, gravity does not
originate within independent physical bodies, such as the earth or sun, but is a
unifying property of space itself. Space expands endlessly in all directions. Yet,
expanding force presses in on physical objects from all directions. From our point
of view on earth, it appears as an incoming, centripetal force. On the earth,
centripetal force pushes everything toward the center of the planet, or down
toward the earth’s surface. The earth did not pull the apple down; incoming force
from the universe pushed it to the ground.
394
Incoming force also pushes the planets toward the sun. However, like all
other physical bodies, the sun gives off centrifugal, outward force. Outgoing
force holds the incoming force in check and prevents the planets from being
instantly pushed into the sun. Instead they revolve around it, although, as
Ohsawa pointed out, not in fixed orbits. They gradually spiral toward the sun.
Although Newton explained in general terms the manner in which this
force operates, he mistook the result for the cause. From a wider view, we see
that his interpretation is not unlike the pre-Copernican notion of the solar
system. In the pre-Copernican, geocentric view, stars, planets, the sun, and other
celestial bodies were believed to revolve around the earth. In proposing that
gravity takes the form of subtle waves, Einstein was most likely in agreement
with Newton’s hypothesis about the origin of universal gravitation.
5. The search for a unified field theory. During the Einstein centennial,
Newsweek published an article, “Of Quarks and Quasars,” about Einstein’s search
for a unified field theory, or one set of laws that govern the whole universe. The
article stated:
For 2,500 years, scientists of the Western world have been on a scavenger
hunt, looking for an underlying unity to the universe. They have probed
everything from atoms to integers, seeking a single thing or concept that
would explain any situation anywhere. Their chief conclusion to date is
395
that this Holy Grail will prove to be not a bit of matter but some primeval
force.
Lacking a unified theory the world seems to operate by several sets
of rules acting independently of each other: gravity, which rules over the
planets and galaxies; the strong nuclear force, governing the mechanics of
particles within atomic nuclei; and electromagnetism and the weak
nuclear force, which control events as disparate as bolts of lightning and
radioactive decay. The task of reconciling them is awesome; Albert
Einstein spent thirty years vainly trying to unify only two of the forces,
gravity and electromagnetism, and his failure scared off others, who
concluded that he must be mired in a scientific backwater. Einstein
floundered in a morass of equations. But beyond them, he believed, lay an
irreducible simplicity. And it was this aesthetic appeal, more than any
pragmatic benefits, that motivated theorists to continue the quest.
So as to help bring the search for a unified field theory to a more rapid
conclusion, I would like to suggest that a unified theory of life already exists. The
Holy Grail that science is searching for may be nothing more than the unifying
principle of macrobiotics. The irreducible simplicity that Einstein yearned for can
be found in these fundamental laws. Yin and yang explain the universal
movement of life; they operate beyond time and space and can be used to explain
any situation anywhere.
396
Why was Einstein unable to see beyond his equations and grasp simplicity
of life? For one, he was looking in the wrong direction, analyzing and dividing
rather than seeking a broad, unifying synthesis. Although guided by an intuitive
awareness of unity, his understanding was conceptual rather than practical.
Moreover, the way we interpret the universe is the direct result of the quality of
our health, including the functioning of the brain and nervous system. If our
physical condition is chaotic and disorderly, our view of life will be chaotic and
disorderly. Rather than appearing as a simple, orderly, and unified whole, the
universe appears as a confusing mix of contradictions that are impossible to
resolve.
Making Peace with the Universe
Recently, scientists have been promoting the idea of a “violent” universe. In a
recent popular science magazine, the subtitle to one article reads: “Red-giants,
white dwarfs, black holes and other wondrous things in a universe vaster and
more violent than anyone imagined.” The image of a violent universe is closely
related to the prevalent notion of how the universe came into being: the “big-
bang” hypothesis. Why is it that modern scientists see the universe as violent,
and imagine it was created in a huge explosion?
The answer can be found in the quality of foods that are consumed widely
today.
The modern diet is based on the intake of meat, eggs, poultry, cheese, and
other yang extremes. Physically, a diet based on animal foods leads to
397
inflexibility, hardening of the arteries, and the development of deposits of
cholesterol and fat throughout the body. Excessive consumption of these foods
can lead to heart attack, stroke, various types of cancer, and other degenerative
illnesses. Psychologically, a diet high in animal food often results in fear,
nightmares, and a tendency toward violence and aggression. It is this physical
and mental condition that interprets the universe as violent and envisions
creation as a sudden cataclysmic event, something like a sudden heart attack or
stroke.
A diet based on these foods limits our scope of vision, so that it becomes
hard to conceive of the notion that matter originates from non-matter, or energy.
Looking at Einstein’s physiognomy, we can see that his early diet included plenty
of grains and vegetables, thus he was better able to conceive the fundamental
unity of matter and energy. On the other hand, the big-bang hypothesis begins
from a more limited, materialistic perspective. It states that the universe began as
a primordial lump of matter that exploded, giving rise to stars, planets, galaxies,
and all the matter in the universe. However, because it is based on a limited view,
it cannot explain where primordial matter came from. Astronomers have
discovered that our universe is expanding; galaxies are flying away from each
other at enormous speeds. The expansion of the universe is thought to have
originated with the big-bang.
If we enlarge our view somewhat, we see that our universe is expanding
because the one next to it is contracting. The one next to that is expanding, and so
398
on in an infinite pattern of waves that alternately expand and contract endlessly
as part of what Michio Kushi calls the super-universe. The infinite universe, or
infinite nothingness, gives rise to polarization, or yin and yang, expansion and
contraction, up and down. These primary forces create waves that branch
endlessly through time and space. These waves give rise to the super-universe.
Within the super-universe, energy condenses into matter, giving rise to a
countless number of universes composed of galaxies, stars, and planets. On some
of these planets, plant, animal, and ultimately human life arise from universal
movement. The big-bang is simply a product of the modern imagination. Like
other incomplete concepts, it will eventually be forgotten and replaced by a new
idea.
In order to release ourselves from delusions such as the “big-bang” and
the “violent” universe, we need to adopt a less extreme diet based on whole
cereal grains, beans, fresh local vegetables, and other traditional foods. A diet of
whole grains and vegetables establishes physical health while clearing the mind
of delusions. It enables us to unify the worlds of spirit and matter, energy and
substance, and see the universe as it is, a peaceful, orderly, and harmonious
whole governed by the endless order of change.
Source: This essay is based on an article in the pamphlet, Science and the
Order of the Universe, Boston, Mass., 1980.
399
54. The Cyle of Energy
and the Common Cold
The average person today has several colds a year, an indication that the modern
diet and way of life have become increasingly unnatural. Colds are much less
frequent among people who eat a naturally balanced diet. Colds represent the
discharge of excess from the body that originates in daily diet. The symptoms of
a cold are usually nasal discharge—including runny nose—sneezing, coughing,
and mild fever. Some people develop pink watery eyes and a slight whitish-
yellow eye discharge. Irregular bowel movements and sometimes diarrhea may
accompany colds.
Colds primarily involve the upper respiratory organs—the throat, sinuses,
and nasal passages. The flu affects these areas, but usually produces more
generalized symptoms. In some cases, it involves the digestive organs, a
condition known as “intestinal flu.”
When the discharge of a cold involves the upper body—the nasal
passages, head, and throat—the primary cause is the repeated intake of
excessively yin items. These can include simple sugars, concentrated sweeteners,
fruit and fruit juice, spices, tomatoes, potatoes, and other highly acidic
vegetables, soft drinks, ice cream, and too much liquid. When the discharge
400
affects the lungs and middle section of the body, including the stomach, the
primary cause is the repeated intake of these more yin items plus fats and oils,
including those in dairy products, poultry, and other animal foods. Discharges
that affect the small and large intestines are caused by the repeated intake of
more heavy animal fats in addition to the items mentioned above.
Colds typically follow a natural course. They represent the movement of
energy in the body. The typical cold cycle begins with a more yin, expansive and
outward phase, and finishes with a more yang, inward, or consolidating phase.
The more yin phase is commonly called the acute or early stage of the cold. It
generally lasts for three or four days, during which time excess begins to
accumulate and is discharged through the upper respiratory tract. The discharge
is at first watery and loose, and inflammation spreads throughout the mucous
membranes in the nose and throat. Fever begins and the person may start to
discharge through coughing.
Once the initial stage has been completed, the cold cycle enters a phase of
consolidation and resolution. This is commonly known as the late stage of the
cold. The thin, watery discharge usually becomes thicker and yellowish in color.
Appetite and energy start to return. Swollen, inflamed mucous membranes
return to a more contracted, normal state. Coughing usually continues and may
be worse in the evening during the time when energy in the lungs and large
intestines is more active.
401
Ultimately, more normal discharge processes take over the elimination of
remaining excess. Discharge is then accomplished through the kidneys, skin,
lungs, and intestines. Then the cold resolves itself and the person’s condition
returns to normal.
People often want to eat less when they have a cold, especially in the
beginning stages. When a cold develops, instead of trying to force yourself to eat,
it is better to have a variety of simply prepared dishes available when you feel
hungry. Grains may be more appealing when soft-cooked or served in soups. Soft
brown rice or millet porridges (served hot) are preferred, as are lightly seasoned
brown rice, millet, or barley soups with vegetables. It is better to minimize the
intake of baked flour products, as these make the intestines tight, although a slice
or two of non-yeasted sourdough bread, preferably steamed until soft, or whole
grain noodles in broth, may be eaten occasionally. Light miso soup and tamari
broth soups may be eaten if desired.
It is better to avoid raw vegetables and oil during the recovery period, as
these can make the intestines weaker. Vegetables can be lightly steamed, boiled,
cooked nishime style, water sauteed, or served in soups and stews. Sweet tasting
vegetables, including squash, cabbage, onions, and carrots are especially
recommended.
Beans, soybean products such as tempeh and tofu, and sea vegetables may
be eaten daily. Fish is best avoided during recovery, although a small amount of
white-meat fish may be eaten if desired, preferably in a soup or stew with plenty
402
of vegetables. Desserts can be made with cooked apples and other seasonal
fruits, to which a pinch of sea salt can be added to make them less acidic. A small
serving of natural, sugar-free dessert may be eaten during the later stages of the
cold. Rice or amazake (rice milk) pudding may be served if desired for a mild
sweet taste.
Nuts and nut butters, which can create blockage in the intestines, are best
avoided during recovery. It is better to avoid juices, sparkling waters, and other
more yin beverages when you have a cold. Bancha twig and roasted barley tea
are preferable. Cold or iced beverages are best avoided. Foods and beverages are
best served hot, warm, or room temperature. A variety of special dishes and
drinks can be prepared to help ease the discomfort of a cold. Lotus root tea helps
ease coughing and nasal discharge, and can be taken daily for several days. Ume-
sho-kuzu, a soothing drink made from umeboshi plum, tamari soy sauce, and
kuzu helps relieve diarrhea, and eases digestive discomfort and aches and pains.
It can be taken daily for several days. Tea made from grated raw daikon with
several drops of tamari soy sauce induces sweating and helps relieve fever. It can
also be taken once a day for two or three days. Guidelines for preparing these
special drinks are described in Michio Kushi’s book, Basic Home Remedies,
published by One Peaceful World Press, 1994.
403
Source: This essay is based on personal notes and lectures and research for
the book Raising Healthy Kids, Avery Publishing Group, Garden City Park, New
York, 1994.
404
55. The Yin Yang Game
A long time ago, each of us set out on our cosmic journey. We were very eager to
experience life on earth and had a tremendous appetite for adventure. After
traveling along a huge spiral of materialization that encompasses the whole
universe, we arrive at the center and take the form of a human being. When we
arrive here, however, we are often disappointed by what we find. Instead of a
healthy and happy world where everyone is playing freely, we find the opposite;
our society, our world is very unfree and very unhappy.
When we set out from the infinite world, we established what we might
call the rules of the game. In other words, we established certain rules for our
amusement and enjoyment. What are these rules? They are very simple, and not
complicated at all. We can learn them in several minutes. The rules of the game
are nothing but endless change or movement according to yin and yang.
From infinity, the greatest expansion, we are attracted to and eventually
become this tiny, condensed body. Once we reach this point, what attracts us the
most? Nothing but infinity itself; the biggest yin. Everybody is actually seeking
that—that is actually our play in this life, to seek infinity, and in so doing realize
health, peace, and happiness. Ultimately, everyone returns to infinity, regardless
of their desires or intentions.
405
Why did you come to the Macrobiotic Summer Conference? Was it to take
a vacation from cooking, or to go to the party on the final evening? Each of us has
a reason. However, these reasons are nothing but expressions of yin and yang.
The most basic reason is that each of us felt there was something at the
conference that we lacked; in some cases, health, in others, spirituality, in others,
good food, because our cooking is not good yet. The polarity we felt with some
aspect of the conference created an attraction that brought us here. Then, after we
attract and take in whatever it was we came for, we don’t want to stay any
longer. We are no longer attracted and want to go home.
The same thing happens when you take a trip. Suppose you go to Europe.
The reason you want to go there is because Europe is different from Nebraska, so
you want to see and experience opposite things, things that are different, and
after you do that for a while, you start to miss home and want to go back. The
constant interplay between opposites is actually the process of life itself. In the
same way, in the morning, after a night’s sleep, you don’t want to stay in bed;
you want to get up and do DoIn, and once your body is energized, begin your
daily activities. Then, after you’ve experienced a full day, you are no longer
attracted to standing up and being active, so you lie down and sleep.
This morning you were probably hungry, so you wanted to fill yourself
with food, you wanted to eat. Once you were full, you didn’t want to eat more;
you were repelled by food. Instead, you wanted to be active in order to discharge
what you had eaten. In other words, what we call life is nothing but the constant
406
movement back and forth between yin and yang. These permanent rules were
established long ago when each of us began our cosmic journey. If we
understand these simple rules we can play the game of life more freely.
How you play in life is entirely up to you. Play can take as many forms as
there are people. Some forms of play last for only a short time and cover a small
space; others last much longer and cover a very wide area. In other words, the
forms of play are defined by time and space, and can be classified into the
following categories.
Mechanical Play When do we play mechanically, without conscious
awareness? Actually, we do that all the time. Our heart is expanding and
contracting, blood is circulating, organs are expanding and contracting, impulses
are traveling from your nervous system to the different parts of the body. These
things take place automatically, without our being aware of them.
During the time we spent in the womb, we created our entire body out of
one cell, one fertilized cell. What an incredible masterpiece! We could never
duplicate that through conscious effort. The vehicle for our earthly play—our
human body—is created out of one cell; but we were not aware of that creative
process at all; we were not thinking, “Now it’s time to make the liver, now the
lungs, now the fingers.” That unbelievable act of creation takes place
mechanically without conscious awareness.
407
Mechanical responses are very immediate. For example, if I were to take
hammer and shatter a piece of chalk, the chalk would respond immediately. A
strong yang stimulus (the hammer) would produce an instantaneous yin
response (fragmentation of the chalk). A computer works on the same principle;
you press a key and there is an immediate response. Mechanical responses have
a short duration, and their space is limited to the space in which the interaction
itself takes place. If we play on the mechanical level, without conscious
awareness, we limit ourselves to a very small playground.
Many people spend a great deal of time playing on that level. They are
governed by unthinking responses such as, “Look, there’s a fastfood restaurant,
let’s drive in and get something to eat.”
People often have purely mechanical objections to macrobiotics, saying
things like, “It takes too long to cook macrobiotic food; it’s much easier to pop
something into the microwave.” Modern civilization as a whole is moving in that
direction. A survey of eating habits in America found that the average man wants
to spend no more than twenty minutes a day cooking; the average woman is a
little better, she is willing to spend up to thirty minutes in the kitchen. Beyond
that, many people don’t want to be involved in preparing food, and could care
less about the effects of their diet on their health.
We have to ask ourselves why people are in such a rush that they can’t
take the time to cook properly. Are they rushing around in order to have time for
watching television?
408
Sensory Play At the next level, we play with and experience our
environment sensorially, like a baby does with a mobile hanging above his crib.
He starts to play with it; enjoying the experience of space, distance, and color.
The baby also starts playing with his fingers. He wants to explore his
environment and know such things as, What is it like to feel water?, so he puts
his fingers in water and experiences it directly. What an incredible experience it
must have been to begin hearing, tasting, and seeing for the first time.
However, sensory play is limited to what is in front of us at the time; to
what we can immediately detect through our sense organs. So, chocolate ice
cream is delicious only if it comes in contact with our taste buds. Sensory
experiences have a short duration. They are shortlived and ephemeral. We
experience them and then they are gone.
In Japan, the ephemerality of the sensory world is symbolized in the
image of the cherry blossom. Japanese cherry trees blossom very beautifully
every spring. However, their beautiful blossoms only last for a week and then fall
to the ground. Yet, given the impermanence of the sensory realm, many people
spend their lives seeking taste or pleasure, as"if the purpose of life were to
appease the senses. Sensory awareness is important, and we all play at that level,
but there are much larger dimensions of experience existing beyond the senses.
Emotional Play Emotional play involves feelings that extend far beyond
our immediate sensory realm. Here we enter the realm of vibrations that can’t be
quantified. Feelings are subjective and unique to each person. At that level, as in
409
all the others, yin and yang are always at work. At the emotional level, we
experience opposites such as love and hate, and like and dislike; at the sensory
level, hot and cold, hard and soft, pain and pleasure.
Film studios in Hollywood are making millions of dollars by exploiting
these levels of play. Films stimulate the senses and emotions. Most fiction,
including novels like Gone with the Wind, also plays on the emotions. In modern
politics, winning an election depends largely on a candidate’s appearance and
ability to manipulate the emotions of the voters. Music is often strongly
emotional; the symphonies of Beethoven are examples. Rock music is based on
stimulating the senses, although in some cases, it plays on the emotions as well.
Intellectual Play Intellectual play, or the world of ideas and concepts,
comes next. The intellectual level of play is much wider. Here we work with the
ability to use language, arrange symbols and concepts, and extract
comprehensive ideas from our experiences. For example, when Newton saw an
apple fall to the ground, he tried to figure out why that happened, and
developed a theory to explain it. He extended his theory to everything in the
universe; including the motion of stars and planets. Ideas cover a wider area and
have a longer life than emotions or sensory experiences. However, like
everything else in the universe, they are governed by yin and yang, the rules of
the game, which means they are relative, not absolute, and have a beginning and
an end.
410
Social Play Social play is inspired by a dream or vision of an ideal society.
It is based on the recognition of self and other, individuals and society. It starts
with the interaction between mother and child, and expands to include
relationships within the family, neighborhood, community, and ultimately the
world.
Social play has a much longer duration than the levels that come before it;
it can extend far beyond one lifetime. In the case of more yang social play,
someone may achieve his vision within his lifetime, after which he experiences
decline. With more yin social play, such as that enjoyed by thinkers and
philosophers, it takes more time for someone’s vision to be achieved; however,
the results last much longer.
Philosophical Play Until we reach philosophical understanding, the
direction of play is generally horizontal; starting with oneself, it extends outward
horizontally until it covers the earth. At the philosophical level, our focus
becomes vertical; our awareness extends far beyond the earth, and we enter a
much wider playing field. Here we wonder about such basic questions as what is
human life, why did we come to the earth, and what is the best way for a human
being to live. When we answer these questions, we graduate to a very large scale
of play.
Confucius was playing at the philosophical level, as were spiritual leaders
such as Moses, Lao Tsu, Buddha, and Jesus. Yet, as farranging as that level of
411
play is, it is still governed by the rules of the game, meaning that all our
philosophies, teachings, and doctrines will eventually vanish and be forgotten.
Universal Play At the next level, we begin cosmic or universal play. Our
play becomes infinite, endless, and absolutely free. We are free to play on any
level in the entire realm of creation; in other words, the entire universe is within
our scope. We may think that someone who is playing on the universal level
spends all of his time fasting and meditating in the mountains. He or she may do
that from time to time. At the same time, he may enjoy going to the movies or
binging with friends. He is free to play on any level at any time, according to
whatever his dream happens to be. At that level, we know that our play
continues forever. As long as we want to continue playing, we play.
One way to test your ability to play is test your degree of bodily flexibility.
Children are more flexible than adults, both in body and mind, and don’t want to
come to a lecture like this. They are too busy playing. If children are fed properly,
and given proper guidance, then throughout life they naturally develop toward
the widest scope of play. That is humanity’s natural course. In modern society,
however, we do our best to block or interfere with the natural process of
development. As a result, most people stop playing and give up.
When your body and mind are flexible, you can choose any role that you
like; you are not boxed in. However, because of inflexibility, many people limit
themselves to a narrow role, thinking, “I’m only going to play as an accountant,
412
or as a housewife, or my role is such and such.” In that way we limit ourselves.
When we were children, however, we enjoyed being cops and chasing the bad
guys. We also enjoyed being the bad guys. We could go back and forth, assuming
a variety of roles without feeling a contradiction.
When children meet someone from another country—suppose another
child—do they first ask to see his passport? Do they say, “You are from a foreign
country, I can’t play with you?” or “Our countries are enemies, we can’t
associate.” No. They encourage him to join the group and play. They judge him
as he is, and not because of some artificial label or distinction. Flexibility is very
important if our goal is to see things as they are.
The key point in being able to play freely is to keep ourselves flexible, or
to restore flexibility if we have lost it. Rigidity, whether in body or mind, is an
enemy of play. Mental rigidity comes from physical rigidity; from hardening of
the body, the joints, and the brain. It narrows our scope, diminishes our sense of
infinite wonder, and causes us to miss many opportunities for play.
Food and Play
Some foods enhance our ability to play; others reduce it. Foods that make the
body hard and inflexible are especially problematic. For example, after many
years of eating foods high in saturated fat, a thin layer of hard fat develops under
the skin, even if we are not overweight. Incidentally, the average American today
is 25 pounds overweight, and a large number of people, including many
children, are obese. It is much harder to play actively when you are carrying a lot
413
of excess around, or when it is a struggle just to move. Excess weight definitely
interferes with our ability to play.
As fat accumulates under the skin, our receptivity to environmental
energy starts to diminish, and our world becomes more narrow. We sense fewer
possibilities for play. We are slower to respond to changes and less able to take
advantage of the opportunities available to us. Foods that make the body hard
and tight produce stress. Rather than being stimulated by the challenges around
us, we feel weighed down by them. The primary cause of stress is the repeated
intake of foods that create tension in the body, especially animal foods such as
eggs, meat, cheese, and chicken.
Aside from reducing the intake of animal food and basing your diet on
whole grains and vegetables, keeping physically active and scrubbing your body
every day with a hot towel helps melt these hardened deposits. Body scrubbing
opens the pores, charges the meridians and body with energy, and reestablishes
your sensitivity. You become more receptive to energy coming from the
environment and from other people. It helps dissolve stress.
Refined sugar also reduces our ability to play freely. Sugar depletes energy
and weakens memory. Eating sugar makes us forget where we have come from
and why we are here. Once we forget why we are here, we have difficulty
creating our own goal or purpose, and usually accept a purpose formulated by
someone else. Someone may say, “My goal is to make a million dollars,” or “My
goal is to become a corporate executive and own a condo.” Originally, they may
414
not have wanted to do these things at all, but because they forgot their purpose,
they bought into a purpose designed by someone else.
In order to recall your real purpose, and design your own dream, you
have to regain your memory. Avoiding sugar and eating unrefined complex
carbohydrates, such as whole grains, beans, and local vegetables, strengthens
memory and enhances your ability to play according to the dream that you
yourself create.
Chronic fatigue reduces our capacity for play. Hypoglycemia, or chronic
low blood sugar, is a common cause of fatigue. Low blood sugar is caused by
eating too much animal food, especially chicken, cheese, and eggs. Not only do
these foods make us tense, they also cause the pancreas to become hard and
tight, and inhibit its secretion of antiinsulin, the hormone that raises blood sugar.
Because of low blood sugar, we often feel tired and fatigued, especially in the
afternoon, and crave sugar, chocolate, and other sweets.
Supercooled foods and drinks, including ice cream and frozen yogurt,
deplete energy. People often feel tired during the summer, largely because of
their high intake of things such as ice cream, iced water, or cold soda. When you
consume supercooled foods or drinks, your body temperature actually rises in
order to make balance. If you take them continuously, you deplete your reserves
of energy and become chronically tired.
The solution to these problems is actually quite simple. The first thing to
do is to avoid cheese, chicken, eggs, and other heavy animal foods, all of which
415
cause trouble in the pancreas. Secondly, base your diet around complex
carbohydrates—whole grains, beans, vegetables, especially cabbage, squash,
carrots, onions, and others with a naturally sweet flavor, and sea vegetables.
Emphasize the naturally sweet taste of your foods, and be careful not to overuse
salt and salty seasonings or to eat too many hard baked flour products. As your
physical condition improves, you will have more than enough energy to pursue
your dreams day after day. Eating a grain and vegetablebased diet helps restore
flexibility to the body and mind.
As the process of play unfolds, we play actively at each level, experiencing
it fully, before we graduate and go on to the next stage. The unfolding process of
play takes the form of a spiral that winds outward toward wider and wider
dimensions. As we reach the higher levels of play, do we need to become a big
philosopher with a chair at Oxford? Or do we behave like a saint or holy man?
Actually, it is better to appear as an ordinary person, since in the coming age, the
full scope of consciousness and play will be available to everyone. The time
when everyone can realize and play on all levels is rapidly approaching. In other
words, the time in which all people can play freely on the earth is about to begin.
Suppose we don’t know yin and yang. Since ice cream is delicious, we
may assume that play consists of eating as much of it as we can. It’s easy to do.
However, what is the result? Without knowing the rules of the game, we
ultimately lose our ability to play. We get sick or dissolve our body. We can no
longer play in our wonderful human form. Therefore, whoever knows yin and
416
yang has a tremendous advantage. Knowing the laws of the universe, we can
manage our day to day life successfully, change ourselves at will, and develop
the ability to play freely throughout time and space.
Source: This essay is from a lecture at the Macrobiotic Summer
Conference, Great Barrington, Mass., 1988.
417
56. On Unity and Polarity
What is the origin of polarity? Everyone knows, for example, that men and
women are different, but where do these differences originate? Polarity does not
originate with yin and yang. It originates from unity, from oneness. Polarity is an
expression or manifestation of the oneness of the universe. It is found
everywhere and in all things.
Let us take an eraser as an example. An eraser has a front and a back, hard
and soft parts, dark and light parts, and a part that is used for erasing the
blackboard and a part that is not. The eraser is composed of numerous polarities.
Multiple polarities exist within this one object, as they do in all objects.
Moreover, the eraser does not exist by itself. It exists in relation to other
things, and to the environment as a whole. If we compare the eraser to other
things, we see that these comparisons are based on polarity. For example, the
eraser is bigger than some things, smaller than others. It is lighter than some
things, heavier than others. The eraser also exists in time; its duration is defined
by a beginning and an end. The eraser exists for a longer time than some things,
and for a shorter time than others.
The human body is composed of polarities. The unity of the self arises
from the harmony of opposites. Our body has a front and a back; the front is
418
generally softer and more expanded, and the back, condensed and harder. We
have a left and a right side that work together in a complementary way. The
body has a center and a periphery, and parts that are hidden and parts that are
revealed. The body has a top and a bottom, or an upper region and a lower one.
When taken together, these numerous complementary opposites comprise the
unity of our our existence.
If we compare ourselves to other people, we discover that our differences
are based on polarity. If we compare men and women, we see that men are larger,
and women smaller. Men have less hair on their heads, while women have more.
Men have rougher skin and more facial and body hair, while women have less
body hair and softer, smoother skin. Their body structures are different. The
female body is softer, more rounded, while the male form is leaner and more
compact. Men have more bone and muscle, and women, more soft fat.
A man’s thinking tends to be centered more in the left-brain, the source of
analytical and rational abilities. A woman’s thinking is centered more in the
right-brain, where creative, intuitive, and artistic abilities originate. Men have the
tendency to formulate a dream or vision and then act in order to realize it.
Women tend to go in the opposite direction; they are well-grounded in practical
reality and from there, aspire toward an idealistic dream. We can say that women
begin from the earth and aspire toward heaven, and men begin from heaven and
seek to achieve their dream on earth. In that way, men and women complement
each other very well.
419
Energy from the universe, is constantly coming in to the planet. Universal
energy, which we refer to as heaven’s force, moves downward and inward, and is
more yang. Meanwhile, the earth is continually rotating and giving off
centrifugal force. Earth’s force moves upward and outward, and is more yin.
Some things are more representative of heaven, while other are more
representative of the earth. Men receive more of heaven’s force, and women more
of earth’s force. This fundamental difference is reflected in their body structures
and in the way they think.
Although heaven and earth are strongly polarized, they originate in one
infinite universe. Because of that, opposites have the tendency to attract, go
toward, and seek to be together with each other. That movement occurs
throughout the universe, and among men and women, creates the desire to be
together physically, mentally, spiritually—on all levels. Unity creates polarity,
and all polarized things seek to reunite. Love is a cosmic process—a universal
dance, a cosmic drama—that we see acted out again and again in countless forms
among countless numbers of people.
Source: This essay is from a lecture at the Macrobiotic Summer
Conference, Amherst, Mass., 1990.
420
57. Discovering Yin and Yang
Not long ago I received a letter from a student with questions about the discovery method
of teaching that we use at the Kushi Institute. The following article is based on my reply.
Thank you for your questions about our way of teaching macrobiotic philosophy
at the Kushi Institute. The discovery method has many advantages over other
methods of teaching, especially those in which the teacher simply presents
information. In regard to the Order of the Universe, which is the class I teach,
these advantages can be summarized as follows:
1. The discovery method is a dynamic process that offers both teacher and
student the opportunity to explore the varied applications of the order of the
universe together.
2. The discovery method addresses students’ questions and concerns as
the class progresses, while sharpening their ability to think and answer
questions.
3. The discovery method allows students to see and experience the order
of the universe through practical, common examples, such as the observation of
421
common objects and daily life, and allows students to express their discoveries in
class.
4. The discovery method allows students to discover the order of the
universe on their own, thus revealing their original, native understanding.
5. The discovery method avoids the static memorization of concepts and
information, instead focusing on the development of each student’s native
intuition.
In the classes on the Order of the Universe, we begin our discovery by
seeing how all things are composed of complementary opposites. One way to do
illustrate complementary opposites is to invite a volunteer to come to the front of
the class and ask the students to make a list of the polarities that comprise a
human being. We do the same for the complementary factors in the room, and
study different types of movement, seeing how complementary/opposites exist
in motion and structure. Through these exercises, we begin to see that
complementary/opposites exist everywhere.
Next, we try to make order out of these pairs of opposites by arranging
them in a comprehensive classification, with our goal being to see them as a
reflection of the most basic forces of nature. In so doing, we discover yin and
yang on our own, rather than simply accepting a list or classification compiled by
someone else. At that point in the class, our discussions often become dynamic
and exciting, with students offering many opinions and asking many questions.
422
Let me briefly explain how the process works. Before we can develop a
consistent yin and yang classification, we need to establish a uniform frame of
reference. Using the earth as our common point of reference, it is possible to
classify numerous polarities in two columns. For example, if we begin with the
polarity between up and down and horizontal and vertical, we see that
movement in an upward direction means movement away from the earth, while
downward movement implies movement toward the center of the earth. Things
with vertical forms have a greater portion of their mass extending upward away
from the earth, while things with horizontal forms have a greater portion of their
mass lying closer to the earth. Therefore, upward movement gives rise to vertical
forms, while downward movement creates horizontal forms.
If we view the earth from a distance, we see that its center corresponds to
the inside, while its surface corresponds to the outside. When things fall
downward they are actually moving inward toward the center of the earth, while
things that go up are moving away from the center and toward the periphery .
Based on these consistencies, we can link these pairs of opposites as follows: (1)
upward movement, vertical forms, outward movement, and a peripheral
(outside) position; and (2) downward movement, horizontal forms, inward
movement, and a central (inside) position.
When things expand, they increase in size, and when they contract, the
become smaller. Largeness is produced by expansion, and smallness by
contraction. These attributes can be related to the above as follows: expanding
423
force makes things gather toward the center, and motion in an upward direction
is actually outward, expanding motion away from the earth. Movement in a
downward direction is actually a form a contracting motion toward the center of
the earth. Largeness and expansion therefore match the characteristics listed as
(1) above, while smallness and contraction match those listed as (2).
Once expansion and contraction are added to the list, it becomes
relatively easy to classify a variety of other complementary attributes into either
of these categories. For example, as things expand, they become lighter and less
dense, and become increasingly dense and heavy as they contract. Lightness can
thus be classified with the first group of attributes, while density and heaviness
can be listed with the second group. Liquids and gases are lighter and more
diffuse than solids, and thus go with the attributes listed in the first group, while
solid matter is more consistent with the attributes in the second.
In our classes, we categorize a wide range of polarities. All
complementary tendencies display either a stronger tendency toward expansive
force or movement, or toward contractive force or movement. These primary
forces were given different names by people in various cultures around the
world. The ancient Chinese referred to them as yin and yang, and these are the
terms we use today in macrobiotic philosophy.
At this critical time in history, it is essential that we understand the
principles of macrobiotics and apply them correctly on a daily basis. Macrobiotic
principles are the key not only to personal health, but to turning the modern
424
crisis toward health and peace. The discovery method offers an opportunity for
everyone to proceed step-by-step toward a genuine understanding of these
fundamental principles of life and health.
Source: This essay is from personal notes and correspondence.
425
58. The Pulse of Life
The rhythm of the heart is symbolic of the pulse of life. The heart is constantly in
motion, expanding and contracting without pause. It reflects the alternating
rhythm of yin and yang found throughout nature. The heartbeat is produced by
the interplay between the forces of heaven and earth. We are constantly receiving
energy from the universe. It spirals in from infinite space toward the center of the
earth. Heaven’s energy moves downward and causes the heart to contract.
Meanwhile, the earth is continually rotating. It gives off centrifugal force that
moves upward. Earth’s rising power causes the heart to expand. As long as these
forces are maintained in balance, the heart beats smoothly and without
interference.
The human heart is about the size of the fist; in an adult it averages 12 cm
in length, 9 cm in width, and 6 cm in thickness. It is enclosed in a double-walled
sack called the pericardium. The pericardium contains fluid that enables the
heart to move actively. The heart itself is composed of three layers: a yin, outer
layer called the epicardium; a middle layer known as the myocardium; and a
yang, inner layer called the endocardium.
The condition of these three layers can be seen in the lines on the hand.
The inner, lower line on the hand, sometimes referred to as the “life line,” shows
426
the endocardium. The middle line shows the myocardium, and the upper line,
sometimes called the “line of intellect,” shows the condition of the epicardium. If
these lines are deep and clear, it shows that these sections of the heart are strong
and healthy. If a line is broken or obscure, it shows potential weakness in the
corresponding section of the heart. These imbalances are caused by extremes in
diet and way of life.
Similarly, the three sections of the heart can be seen in the three ridges of
the ear. The inner ridge shows the innermost region of the heart; the middle
ridge, the middle region; and the outermost ridge, the outer region. When the
outer ridge of the ear becomes red, it shows that the heart is overactive, due to
too many strong yin foods or drinks, including sugar, coffee, fruits, spices, and
alcohol.
The Spiral of Circulation
At the center of the circulatory spiral is the heart. The upper orbits of the spiral
represent the upper regions of the body; the lower orbits, the lower regions.
Blood circulates through the body in the following order: (1) it begins in the heart
(yang), and then flows to the lungs (2) in the upper body (yin); to the abdomen
(3) in the lower body (yang); to the neck and head (4) in the upper body (yin); to
the kidneys (5) in the lower body (yang); to the arms and hands (6) in the upper
body (yin); and to the legs and feet (7) in the lower body (yang). The spiral of
circulation encompasses seven orbits alternating from yang to yin, and is a
perfect representation of the order of nature.
427
Blood circulates in two directions—from the center (yang) to the periphery
(yin), and from the periphery (yin) back to the center (yang). Blood flowing
outward from the heart and lungs contains oxygen, a more yin element, and
blood flowing from the periphery of the body to the center contains carbon
dioxide, a more yang compound. In the heart, blood pressure is at its highest
(yang), and it becomes progressively lower (yin) as blood flows outward through
the body.
Heart Rate
If we study the rate at which the heart beats (detected by the pulse), we can
discover the way in which the forces of heaven and earth, or yang and yin,
influence our life. Our heart rate varies according to age and sex as follows (the
numbers show the average number of beats per minute):
Age
birth: 140
1 year: 120
10 years: 90
adult: 70
Sex
women: 72-80
men: 64-72
428
Our heart rate increases with age; also, women have a faster rate than
men. Why is this so? Heart rate is generated primarily by the more yin,
expanding energy of the earth. Although they are physically yang—small and
compact—babies and children are actively growing, which means they are
strongly charged with earth’s expanding force. As we mature, heaven’s energy
becomes stronger in our bodies and our heart rate decreases. Women are more
strongly charged with earth’s force, and thus have a more rapid pulse.
When we stand up, the charge of earth’s force in our bodies becomes
stronger, and thus our heart rate increases. When we lie down, the charge of
heaven’s force is stronger, and our pulse and other life functions slow down.
Activity means that our bodies are charging earth’s energy more strongly;
inactivity means that heaven’s force has become stronger; thus, heart rate
increases with exercise and activity, and slows during rest. Mountains are
strongly charged with earth’s rising power; valleys with heaven’s descending
energy. Thus our pulse rate increases at higher altitudes. Emotional excitement is
produced by a strong charge of earth’s activating force, and thus increases the
heartbeat. Oxygen (more yin) is strongly charged with earth’s force; it increases
the heart rate. Carbon dioxide (more yang) is more strongly charged with
heaven’s force and slows it down.
Blood Pressure
429
Blood pressure is the opposite of the heart rate. It increases as heaven’s
contracting force becomes stronger. It is highest during the contraction of the
ventricles, which are the lower chambers of the heart. If we study a picture of the
heart, we can see how the lower chambers (ventricles) are more contracted, and
the upper chambers (atria) are more expanded. The atria are more strongly
charged with earth’s force, and thus receive blood from the lungs and other parts
of the body. The ventricles are more strongly charged with heaven’s force. Thus
they contract strongly and propel blood throughout the body.
Blood pressure is expressed as a fraction, for example, 120 over 80. The
upper number shows the pressure during the contraction (systole) of the heart;
the lower number during the heart’s expanding phase (diastole). The systolic
blood pressure tends to change with age as follows:
birth: 40
1 year: 80
12 years: 100
20 years: 120
40 years: 125
65 years: 134
after 65: tends to rise
430
Women’s blood pressures tend to average 8 to 10 points lower than those
of men until age sixty; after which the blood pressures of men and women tend
to become more equal. These averages confirm that blood pressure is primarily a
function of heaven’s contracting energy. As we saw above, children are strongly
charged by earth’s force; adults by heaven’s energy. As we mature, heaven’s
contractive force becomes stronger in the body, and thus our blood pressure
tends to rise. The female body is more strongly charged by earth’s force, and thus
women have lower blood pressures than men. However, as a woman ages, she
becomes more yang, and her charge of heaven’s force becomes stronger. After
age sixty-five, her blood pressure tends to become more like that of a man’s.
Maintaining the Pulse of Life
Food is the key to keeping the heartbeat smooth and strong. Foods are charged
by heaven and earth. Foods such as meat, eggs, cheese, chicken, and refined salt
are extremely contractive. They are strongly charged by heaven’s force. Foods
like sugar, fruit, soft drinks, ice cream, chocolate, alcohol, and spices are
extremely expansive. They are strongly charged by earth’s force. Both extremes
interfere with the smooth rhythm of the heart.
Eating a diet rich in animal foods (yang) causes the heart and circulatory
vessels to become overly contracted. These foods contain plenty of saturated fat
and cholesterol which, when eaten in excess, cause the blood to become too thick.
Saturated fat and cholesterol eventually accumulate throughout the circulatory
system, resulting in blockages that impede the flow of blood. In many people
431
today, blockage of the circulatory system leads to heart attack or stroke. Because
the modern diet is so high in fatty animal foods, heart and circulatory disorders
of that type affect millions of people and are the leading cause of death in the
modern industrialized nations.
Yin extremes also lead to heart disease. Foods like sugar, tropical fruits,
alcohol, coffee, and chocolate cause the heart and circulatory vessels to dilate or
expand. If they are consumed with regularity, the heart and blood vessels
become weak and fragile. The heart may become enlarged and unable to pump
blood efficiently. If the blood vessels become weak enough, they may rupture,
leading to hemorrhage. When that occurs in the brain, the result is a stroke. In
comparison to the type of stroke caused by a blood clot, this type of stroke,
known as cerebral hemorrhage, is more yin.
Foods such as whole cereal grains, beans, fresh local vegetables, sea
vegetables are not extreme. They conduct heaven and earth’s forces in a more
even way and can be considered centrally balanced, both in terms of their energy
and their effect on the body. They are low in fat and contain no cholesterol.
Avoiding or minimizing extremes and eating primarily centrally balanced foods
is the primary way to avoid heart disease. Changing to a more moderately
balanced diet can even reverse blockages in the circulatory system and restore
weakened blood vessels to a normally healthy condition. By balancing the
expanding and contracting energies in our diet and lifestyle, we make the heart
strong and healthy and thus maintain the pulse of life.
432
Source: This essay is based on an article entitled, The Pulse of Life,
published in The Rice Paper, Columbia, S. C., Autumn, 1992.
433
59. Relativity
Truth or facts are relative and changeable, and depend upon our perception.
Suppose there are three cars driving on a road, all moving at different
speeds in the same direction. The first is going very fast, the second, at a medium
speed, and the last, very slow. If you are in the last car, the two cars in front of
you appear to be moving in the opposite direction from you, one at a faster and
the other at a slower rate. If you are in the lead car, the two cars that are behind
you appear to be moving away from you. If you continue at the same speed, they
will eventually disappear behind you. If you are in the middle car, the lead car
seems to be moving away from you in one direction (forward), while the last car
is moving away from you in the opposite direction. When seen from above,
however, all of the cars seem to be moving in the same direction but at different
rates of speed. What we perceive as truth is always relative and dependent upon
our point of view.
Yin and yang is the study of relative motion. Whether we judge something
as more yin or more yang depends entirely upon our point of view. When you
say that tomatoes are yin, they are yin only in relation to other things, such as
squash and carrots. They contain yang factors as well. If something were yin
only, that would mean it was composed of pure expanding energy and thus
434
would not exist. If something were yang only, it would contract infinitely and
disappear. Both yin and yang are present in all things.
For example, yin and yang manifest in the continual cycling of day and
night and the seasons. However, these cycles always appear in a relative form.
When it is daytime in Boston, it is nighttime in Japan. When it is summer in
Paris, it is winter in Buenos Aires.
There is a tremendous daily and seasonal relativity existing along the
earth’s north/south axis. At the North Pole, there is no distinction between the
days and the seasons. There is only a continual day that lasts for about six
months during the summer, and a continual night that lasts for six months
during winter. Here, day is equivalent to summer and night is equivalent to
winter. At 70 degrees north, or about the latitude of Lapland and Siberia,
summer/day lasts about 70 days, and winter/night lasts about 55 days. The
remaining days alternate between brightness and darkness.
At the Arctic Circle (about 65 degrees north), there is no perpetual
brightness or darkness, just very long days during the summer, and long nights
in the winter. In the temperate zones, the two Polar seasons differentiate into four
distinct seasons, with the days becoming longer in the summer, and shorter in
winter. In the tropical zones, there is little variation in the length of day and
night; night follows day at almost the same hour throughout the year. Also, in
most tropical regions, there are only two distinct seasons during the year.
435
We should always be careful about believing that relative phenomena are
“absolutely true.” The scientific method, for example, is highly relative and
changeable. There is no such thing as an “exact” science in our relative world.
However, when you went to school, you were taught that one plus one is equal
to two. That was not presented as a possibility, but as an absolute truth. If you
did not agree with that equation, you were judged “wrong.” One plus one may
not always equal two; other answers may be equally correct.
Throughout history, there have been many attempts to define the relative
world in terms of some type of absolute and unchanging unit. At one time, atoms
were thought to be the ultimate, indivisible unit of matter, and that notion
continued until preatomic particles were discovered. The notion that matter was
indivisible became obsolete with the discovery that preatomic particles such as
electrons and protons are not discrete particles at all, but are something like
minute clouds of condensed energy.
When evaluating a theory or hypothesis, keep in mind that anything that
can be weighed, measured, seen, imagined, or conceived of is a relative
phenomenon. Scientific theories are themselves only approximations or guesses
about the nature of reality and should not be mistaken for absolute or
unchanging principles. The scientific “laws” of one generation are often
outmoded by the next. The scientific method itself is only one way of looking at
the world. There are other, complementary ways of understanding reality that
are equally valid.
436
Source: This essay is from a lecture at the Macrobiotic Summer
Conference, Poultney, Vermont, 1993.
437
60. Jurassic Science
The image that people have of science is often revealed in popular culture,
including art, literature, and film. A variety of recent films offer insight into the
way people view the development of science. One of the more popular of these
films is Jurassic Park. In this film, based on the best-selling novel by Michael
Crichton, scientists use genetic engineering to clone dinosaurs. This is done in
order to create a theme park, something like Disney World, where people would
pay to see real dinosaurs. However, the dinosaurs eventually get out of control,
and the people have to run for their lives in order to escape. The implication is
that techniques such as cloning and genetic engineering have the potential to
cause widespread destruction.
Art is a reflection of life. Jurassic Park and films like it reveal an underlying
apprehension about recent developments in science. Perhaps they will shock
people into thinking seriously about where science is headed. They may
convince people that a change of direction is needed.
There are many examples in history where the techniques of science have
been used in an unethical way. The ethics of so-called “double-blind” studies, for
example, in which a group of people with a certain illness is given medicine,
while a control group is given a placebo, are somewhat questionable.
438
Macrobiotics is difficult to test in that way, because you cannot pretend that
brown rice is pizza, or that tofu is fried chicken. Moreover, when someone adopts
macrobiotics for a particular illness, that is a fully conscious choice. The decision
to change your diet to overcome illness is actually an important part of the
healing process. In health and healing, the biochemical effects of brown rice, miso
soup, and azuki beans cannot be isolated and analyzed apart from the role of the
mind.
Ideally, scientific discoveries should be freely available to everyone, and
not used for narrow political or economic gain. At present, the opposite is true.
The majority of science graduates in the United States eventually go to work for
industry or the defense department. In Jurassic Park, the person behind the
dinosaur scheme was a businessman, not a scientist. Profit is also the motive
behind the recent development of genetically engineered foods.
Scientists have discovered that tomatoes and other vegetables will stay
fresh longer if animal genes, such as those of pigs or sheep, are inserted in them.
Tomatoes are very yin. They are watery, acidic, high in potassium, and originate
in South America. Once picked, they quickly spoil. More yang, hardy vegetables,
like squash and onions, keep longer in their natural state. Sheep or pigs are yang
in relation to tomatoes and other vegetables. Introducing their more yang genes
into vegetables slows the rate at which vegetables spoil, thus increasing “shelf
life.” However, the practice of genetic engineering could easily become
nightmarish. Suppose animal genes are inserted into a staple food such as wheat.
439
If you go to a restaurant and order whole wheat toast, without knowing it, you
will be eating animal food. For many people, including ethical vegetarians, such
a situation is clearly unacceptable.
The genetic engineering of food has the potential to create chaos in the
biological world. It represents humanity’s latest assault on the biosphere. The
integrity of species is inviolate. Life evolved into its present forms because of the
clear distinction between the plant and animal kingdoms. If we we tamper with
that distinction, especially on a mass scale, we are threatening the entire network
of biorelationships on earth.
Here and there, prophetic voices have warned humanity not to succumb
to the illusion that it can control nature. Mary Shelly, in her 18th century classic,
Frankenstein, tried to show the front and back of scientific attempts to manipulate
life. Her point was that if we create monsters, they will come back and destroy
us. Shelly knew intuitively that we live in a world of compensation, of yin and
yang, or action and reaction. Whatever we do comes back to us. Jurassic Park
offers a modern version of that same message.
Source: This essay is from a lecture at the Macrobiotic Summer
Conference, Poultney, Vermont, 1993, and published in One Peaceful World,
Autumn, 1993.
440
61. Reflections on the Philosopher’s
Stone
It is premature to reduce the vital process to the quite insufficiently developed
conceptions of 19th and even 20th century physics and chemistry.
L. de Broglie
The takeoff from Hartford was smooth and trouble-free. The USAir 737 turned
out over the Atlantic and headed south. The weather was rainy and the
temperature mild for early December. After a brief stop in Charlotte, I boarded
the forty-minute connecting flight to Atlanta. This was my third visit to Atlanta
for lectures since 1984. Following Atlanta, I was scheduled to return to Charlotte
for several days of teaching.
During the flight, I reflected on the book I just finished editing. Titled The
Philosopher's Stone, it is based on Michio Kushi’s lectures on alchemy and
transmutation. According to legend, the philosopher’s stone was the mysterious
element used by medieval alchemists to transmute base metals into gold. To me,
the philosopher’s stone symbolizes the invisible law that produces all of the
changes in the universe, including the transmutation of one element into another.
441
Transmutation has intrigued me since the beginning of my macrobiotic
practice over twenty years ago. Much of the early macrobiotic literature
contained references to the work of Louis Kervran, George Ohsawa, and others
in the field of transmutation. Kervran, a French biochemist, discovered the
transmutation of sodium into potassium in French workers in the Sahara. His
findings were summarized in the book, Biological Transmutations (Happiness
Press, 1987). George Ohsawa worked with Kervran and devoted the later years of
his life to proving transmutation in the laboratory. In my thinking, transmutation
offers proof of the mutability of the material world, and is at the core of the
macrobiotic philosophy of change.
Writing in Biological Transmutations, Kervran describes the relationship
between transmutation and modern chemistry and physics:
The serious error of scientists consists in their saying that reactions
occurring in living matter are solely chemical reactions, that chemistry can
and must explain life. That is why in science we find such terms as
“biochemistry.” It is certain that a great number of manifestations of life
are produced by chemical reactions. But the belief that there is only
chemical reaction and that every observation must be explained in terms
of a chemical reaction, is false. One of the purposes of this book is to show
that matter has a property heretofore unseen, a property which is neither
chemistry nor nuclear physics in its present state. In other words, the laws
442
of chemistry are not on trial here. The error of numerous chemists and
biochemists lies in their desire to apply the laws of chemistry at any cost,
with unverified assertions, in a field where chemistry is not always
applicable. In the final phase the result might be “chemistry,” but only as a
consequence of the unperceived phenomenon of transmutation.
When I visited Prague in 1990, friends took me to a section of the city
called “Alchemists’ Row.” It is a narrow street on either side of which are curious
tiny houses. Our guide explained that these houses were where medieval
alchemists had lived and conducted their experiments. Prague was one of the
centers of medieval European alchemy. The tiny houses on Alchemists’ Row now
serve as boutiques and gift shops for tourists.
Over the years, Michio Kushi has lectured on transmutation, and
transcripts of these lectures were published in his seminar reports. Michio
worked with Ohsawa and Kervran on transmutation experiments in New York
and Cambridge. When I edited Michio’s book Other Dimensions: Exploring the
Unexplained (Avery, 1992), I included a chapter on transmutation. I also lectured
on the macrobiotic view of transmutation at the East West Foundation in Boston,
and later as a part of the Kushi Institute’s Level III program in Becket.
More recently, Michio announced that a group of scientists at a university
in Texas had achieved the transmutation of carbon into iron, using Ohsawa’s
pioneering experiments as a guide. Michio announced that he was planning to
443
introduce the transmutation of carbon into iron to industry in the hope of
perfecting a method for the mass production of steel. As he states in The
Philosopher’s Stone, transmutation could be the key to changing industrial
civilization and solving the global environmental crisis.
As the plane landed in Atlanta, my thoughts came back to the task at
hand. I was met at the airport by Fred Rueff. Fred and his wife Marsha had
started macrobiotics nine months before. Originally from Basel, Switzerland,
Fred had undergone a triple bypass and had changed his diet to avoid a
recurrence of his condition. With the help of Dr. Dean Ornish, Fred eliminated
animal food and began to eat whole grains and vegetables. He eventually
adopted a macrobiotic diet, and in nine months, the fat content of his body went
from 12 to 8 percent. He explained that he was exercising on a regular basis and
felt better than he had in years.
Fred and Marsha had arranged for the seminars to take place at the
Doubletree Hotel outside Atlanta. Fifty people came to the Friday and Saturday
night lectures. Following the weekend in Atlanta, I returned to Charlotte. I was
met at the airport by Michel Matsuda. I first met Michel twenty years before in
Boston, when both of us were studying with Michio and living in a macrobiotic
student house. When Wendy and I visited Japan in 1978, Michel helped us get
settled in Kyoto, his home city. Michel and his wife Libby, who is originally from
Ireland, now run a macrobiotic study center in Charlotte. Aside from being a
444
student of macrobiotics for the past thirty-five years, Michel is a skilled
acupuncturist. His practice in Charlotte is now quite active.
After leaving the airport, Michel and I went to a Japanese restaurant not
far from his home. I mentioned the recent developments with atomic
transmutation. Michel told me that he had been involved in transmutation
research in Kyoto in the mid-Sixties. He led a group of young students, known as
the Circle of Seven (named after Kurosawa’s Seven Samurai) in the study and
practice of transmutation. The group, inspired by the work of George Ohsawa
and his associates, met weekly in an abandoned textile warehouse in Kyoto. The
group started out with seven members, and eventually grew to include several
dozen.
In June, 1964, Ohsawa achieved the transmutation of sodium into
potassium (with the addition of oxygen) in the laboratory, under low
temperature, pressure, and energy. He later achieved the transmutation of carbon
into iron (with the addition of oxygen) under similar conditions. These
discoveries challenge the prevailing notion that elements are fixed and separate,
and change into each other only under very extreme circumstances, such as in a
particle accelerator, during a thermonuclear reaction, or in the sun.
Inspired by Mr. Ohsawa’s results, the Circle of Seven met weekly from
1965 to 1967. According to Michel, after much trial and error, they achieved the
low-energy transmutation of carbon into iron. For Michel, these times were the
most exciting in his thirty-five years of macrobiotic practice. He gave me the
445
addresses of several member of the Circle of Seven after I expressed interest in
writing to them for more information about their experiences.
In 1978, the U.S. Army commissioned a report on biological
transmutations. The report concluded:
Two investigators, Kervran and Komaki [an associate of George
Ohsawa’s], have been recently nominated for a joint Nobel prize for their
work involving experimental proof that elemental transmutations were
occurring in life organisms. Elements which were definitely proven to
have been transformed were sodium (to magnesium), potassium (to
calcium), and manganese (to iron). Actually, observations have been made
for almost 200 years that elemental transmutations were occurring, but
little credence was given to them because they resembled alchemy--a relic
of the middle ages.
Modern physics and chemistry were born in the laboratories of the
medieval alchemists. However, the quest for the philosopher’s stone took a
destructive turn in the 20th century. In place of the peaceful, natural methods
employed by ancient alchemists, modern researchers began to utilize violent and
destructive methods to achieve transmutation.
In 1920, Rutherford changed nitrogen into hydrogen and oxygen by
bombarding nitrogen atoms with subatomic alpha particles. Ten years later,
446
Ernest Lawrence invented a device called the cyclotron in which atomic particles
were accelerated with high energy and used to “smash” target atoms. In 1932,
scientists discovered that neutrons could be used as “bullets” to smash atoms,
and in 1939, the nucleus of uranium was “bombarded” with free neutrons,
causing it to “split” and release energy. In 1942, Enrico Fermi at the University of
Chicago used these discoveries to achieve a chain reaction, and soon afterward,
Oppenheimer and other researchers in the Manhattan Project used these
discoveries to build the first atomic bomb.
After World War II, scientists used these discoveries to pursue nuclear
fusion. Using an atomic bomb, they forced two atoms of hydrogen to fuse and
form an atom of helium, releasing tremendous energy in the process. That led to
the development of the thermonuclear, or hydrogen bomb. In 1953, the United
States and the Soviet Union began to actively manufacture these weapons of
mass destruction. Since then, nuclear weapons technology has spread around the
globe. According to Newsweek, twenty-five nations have, or may soon have,
nuclear weapons. The disposal of nuclear waste is also a gigantic problem. The
U.S. Government recently revealed that it stores 33.5 metric tons of deadly
radioactive plutonium in six states. Many of the storage facilities for nuclear
waste are old and deteriorating rapidly. As we can see, the modern scientific
pursuit of the ancient dream of the alchemists has led to a situation that threatens
both humanity and the environment.
447
The discovery of peaceful, natural transmutation offers an alternative to
these destructive methods. Atomic transmutation can be achieved under natural
conditions without having to attack and destroy atoms. The work of George
Ohsawa, Louis Kervran, Michio Kushi, the members of the Circle of Seven, and
other pioneers in peaceful, natural transmutation have shown that the world of
matter is not fixed and static, but dynamic and changing. These discoveries could
revolutionize science and open the door to a new era for humanity. If the
knowledge of transmutation is properly understood and applied, the age-old
quest for the philosopher’s stone will contribute to an age of peace and
prosperity. The transmutation of the atom is thus a metaphor for the
transmutation of society itself.
Source: This essay is from an article entitled, Reflections on the Philosopher’s
Stone, published in MacroNews, Philadelphia, Pa., Spring, 1994.
448
62. The Wheel and the Spiral
From the outside
To the inside
A spiral weaves its track.
From the center to the outside
It always spirals back.
Always moving, always changing
In a sea of infinity.
For everything to understand
A spiral is the key.
--The Spiral Song
Once upon a time, a long time ago, a son was born into a royal family. His
mother, the queen, died soon after giving birth. His father, the king, was so
distraught over the loss of his beloved wife that he vowed his newborn son
would never experience any form of suffering. Following the king’s wishes, the
prince grew up surrounded by luxury without being exposed to the poverty,
sickness, and suffering that existed outside the palace.
449
The prince grew into a healthy young man. He married a beautiful
princess, and together they conceived a son. One day, a musician came to the
palace. She sang in haunting tones of distant lands, stimulating the prince’s
curiosity and imagination. He asked his father if he could venture outside the
palace to see the world outside.
The king, still wishing to shield his son, arranged for the prince to be the
center of a parade through the town. He decreed that all aged or sick people be
kept out of sight, and arranged that only healthy young people be seen by the
prince. On the day of the parade, the gates of the palace opened, and the prince
and his escort began winding their way through the town. Both sides of the street
were lined with young people who cheered the prince and threw flowers in his
path.
As the procession continued, two old men appeared on a side street. The
prince saw them and asked, “What is wrong with those men?” One of his trusted
friends, who was wise in the ways of the world, answered, “They are old. Aging
is the decline of the body and is something everyone must go through.” The
prince suddenly realized there was much more to life than what he had
experienced in the palace. With a burning desire to discover the truth, he climbed
down from his carriage and ran down a side street with his trusted friend close
behind.
The prince came upon a several huts where the villagers were living in
poverty. He asked his friend what was wrong. His friend replied, “These people
450
are living in poverty. They often don’t have enough to eat. Most of the people in
the world must struggle daily just to survive.” For the first time in his life, the
prince was confronted with the harsh reality of human suffering. Then, from
within one hut, the prince heard the sound of moaning and wailing. When he
entered the hut, he saw a sick man lying on a straw mat surrounded by his
family. He asked his friend what was wrong and his friend replied, “That man is
suffering from sickness. Sickness is the breakdown of the body and is something
everyone experiences in one form or another.” Again the prince was astonished.
Continuing his journey, the prince came to a river. He came upon a sight
that was even more troubling. He saw a group of people moaning and wailing.
At the center of the group was a funeral pyre. The flames were consuming the
body lying in the middle. The prince asked his friend what was wrong and his
friend replied, “That man has died. Death is the ultimate dissolution of the body.
We all die eventually. No one can escape death.”
At this point, the prince was overcome with emotion. He felt as if the
flames were burning away his own delusions. He felt the pain of the dead man’s
relatives and vowed he would never go back to his previous life. He resolved to
devote himself to finding a way for humanity to escape from suffering.
That night he told his father of his desire to leave the palace. The king
loved his son very much and begged him to stay. He told his son that his search
was pointless. Everyone, he said, is caught in the wheel of karma, or cause and
451
effect. No one can escape the eternal cycle of birth, suffering, death, and rebirth.
That was humanity’s fate. The wheel of karma turned forever.
The prince’s intuition told him that his father’s view was not correct: that
everything changes; and that nothing, not even the wheel of karma, was static.
There had to be a way for human beings to escape such a condition and achieve
freedom. Late that night, while everyone in the palace was asleep, the prince
bade a silent farewell to his wife and infant son and slipped away. The journey of
self-discovery he was about to embark upon would change the world.
The prince joined a group of ascetics who had renounced the world and
retreated to the forest. There he fasted, meditated, and performed spiritual
practices. His life as an ascetic continued for a number of years until one
morning, while down by a river, he overheard a conversation in a boat that was
passing downstream. The conversation was between a musician and his pupil.
Holding a stringed instrument, the musician said to his student, “If the strings
are too tight, they will break. If they are too loose, they won’t play.” At that
instant, the prince had a revelation about the path he would follow.
The prince realized that the path to enlightenment was found in the
“middle way,” in between extremes of yang (too tight) and yin (too loose.) He
decided to accept a bowl of brown rice offered by a young woman, and began to
eat to restore his strength and vitality. He continued on his own with his
meditations and spiritual practices, eventually achieving the freedom and
452
enlightenment he was seeking. Later, the prince, whose name was Siddhartha,
would become known as the Buddha, or “enlightened one.”
Central to the Buddha’s teaching was his understanding that behind the
world of manifestation is the eternally non-manifest. The manifest arises from
the non-manifest and is as transitory and ephemeral as a dream. To exist is to
change. Change is the only constant, the one eternal fact. Change occurs in an
orderly cycle, and that cycle appears not as a wheel, but as a spiral. The spiral is
the one constant that governs the world of being. Being equals spiral; spiral
equals being. To be is to spiral. To spiral is to be.
His insight was revolutionary. It directly challenged the view that
humanity was tied to an endless cycle of birth, suffering, death, and rebirth. The
spiral liberated humanity from the wheel of karma. Through correct living and
thinking, human beings could advance or evolve along a spiral path that led to
spiritual freedom.
All movement occurs in spirals. Yin and yang appear in the form of spirals
of moving energy. Spirals are visible throughout nature, from the shape of
galaxies to the formation of electrons. (Try making a list of at least twenty spiral
forms in nature.) The spiral explains the genesis or creation of the universe. In
the infinite ocean of the universe, beyond time and space, two opposite poles
arise, which we call yin and yang. Yin and yang give birth to energy and
movement, causing spirals to appear like whirlpools in a stream. These spirals
wind inward, so that energy condenses into matter, giving rise to our physical
453
universe. When a spiral reaches its condensed center, it begins to expand,
eventually dissolving into the infinite ocean from which it came.
Spirals are governed by two forces: the condensing force that causes them
to form (yang), and the expanding force that causes them to dissolve (yin.) Yin
and yang are the origin of time and space, and time and space are the origin of
our relative, ever-changing world. All things exist within the matrix of time and
space, and, like the universe in which they appear, are themselves constituted as
spirals. And, like the universe itself, all things follow the spiral of change and
development, continually appearing (yang), disappearing (yin), and reappearing
in a new form.
In macrobiotics, we call the creation of the universe “spiralgenesis.” The
process of spiralgenesis occurs in seven stages:
7. One infinity (the eternally non-manifest or non-being; the source of all
manifestation and all being)
6. Polarization (the two primary forces that give rise to being or
manifestation)
5. Energy (the first appearance of being; endless movement in the form of
contracting and expanding spirals)
4. Preatomic particles (condensed spirals of energy that take the form of
electrons, protons, etc.)
3. Elements (further condensed and complex spirals of energy)
454
2. Plant life (further complex, self-replicating spirals of energy)
1. Animal life, and ultimately human beings (the most condensed,
complex, and free of all energy spirals)
When we view spiralgenesis from a human perspective, we can say that
we attract or take in the various forms of our environment. We eat plants and
elements in the form of food and water. We breathe air and absorb solar energy
and other forms of light and radiation. We take in yin and yang in the form of
heaven and earth’s forces, and these are actually complementary expressions of
one infinite force. We can look at sprialgenesis from the opposite point of view.
When we see it from the perspective of totality, it can be said that infinity
changes into each of these worlds, ultimately taking human form.
The world we inhabit is the condensed form of infinity. Infinity is the
expanded form of our world. Infinity moves at absolute speed, beyond space and
time, yin and yang. Movement at infinite speed also equals absolute stillness.
Infinity is the constant and unchanging source of the spiral, and exists both
within and outside of it. The relative world is the world of spiral motion. It
changes constantly and is governed by yin and yang, the unchanging order of
change. Absolute and relative are not separate. One is the continuation of the
other.
Infinity is the origin of our relative world. Infinity did not create our
world; it changed into our world. The process of spiralgenesis, in which the large
455
becomes small, the infinite produces relative forms, is yang. Humans are the
center of that universal process, having passed through and assimilated all
previous worlds. Human life represents an ending and a beginning: the
conclusion of spiralgenesis and the beginning of spiralconsciousness. Like the
cereal grains that are the food of their species, human beings are both the fruit
and the seed of a cosmic process. Spiralconsciousness is the yin, expanding
process in which a human being returns to and merges with infinity. From the
human perspective, spiralgenesis is the visible front, spiralconsciousness, the
invisible back.
The Buddha was spiralconscious, as were other spiritual teachers and
guides. Spiralconsciousness enabled these teachers to realize their unity with
God or infinity. It pointed the way toward life eternal and the development of
consciousness through the worlds of matter and spirit. Spiralconsciousness
opens the possibility of endless spiritual evolution, leading to absolute freedom.
In the new millennium, we have the opportunity to unite behind a
common awareness of spiralgenesis, spiralconsciousness, and the order of
change that governs both. Spiralawareness and yin yang consciousness can be
available to everyone. The simple, yet universal, laws of change are humanity’s
magic carpet, Alladdin's lamp, and Holy Grail. They are the key to health, peace,
and happiness in this world and all the worlds to come.
456
Source: This essay is from the Yin Yang Primer, One Peaceful World Press,
2000.
457
Books by the Same Author
Healing Planet Earth
Notes from the Boundless Frontier
The Pulse of Life
Basics and Benefits of Macrobiotics
Yin Yang Primer
with Michio Kushi
Natural Healing through Macrobiotics
Cancer and Heart Disease: The Macrobiotic Approach
Crime and Diet
Other Dimensions
The Macrobiotic Approach to Cancer
Nine Star Ki
Forgotten Worlds
The Teachings of Michio Kushi
Holistic Health through Macrobiotics
Healing Harvest
The Philosopher’s Stone
Spiritual Journey
Basic Shiatsu
458
Dream Diagnosis
with Michio and Aveline Kushi
Raising Healthy Kids
Macrobiotic Pregnancy and Care of the Newborn
with Wendy Esko
Macrobiotic Cooking for Everyone
459
About the Author
Edward Esko is one of the most active contemporary macrobiotic teachers in the
world. Over the last twenty-five years, he has lectured and counseled in Europe,
Asia, Latin America, and throughout North America, and has written and edited
numerous books and articles. Building on the teachings of George Ohsawa,
Michio Kushi, and other modern macrobiotic pioneers, he has applied yin and
yang--the universal principles of change and harmony--to helping solve personal
health concerns, as well as problems related to crime and violence in society, the
environmental crisis, and other social ills. He has served as Vice President of the
East West Foundation in Boston and as a faculty member of the the Kushi
Institute in the Berkshires. He is the co-founder of One Peaceful World Press,
KINA, LLC, a natural products company, and eMacrobiotics.com, a popular
website dedicated to personal and planetary health.
460